UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

 

OR

 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report ________________

 

Commission file number 001-35165

 

Brainsway Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
Israel
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Hadar Levy, Chief Financial Officer
19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel
Tel: +972-(2)-582-4030
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing two Ordinary Shares (1)   BWAY   NASDAQ Global Market
         
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share   BWAY   Tel Aviv Stock Exchange

 

(1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of Class)

 

 

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 22,236,368 Ordinary Shares

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

Yes ☐   No ☒

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934.

 

Yes ☐   No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes ☒   No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

Yes ☒   No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐
    Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☐

 

International Financing Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒   Other ☐

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17 ☐     Item 18 ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Yes ☐   No ☒

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 1
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 41
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 70
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 70
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 83
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 101
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 104
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 104
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 105
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 119
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 120
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 122
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 122
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 122
ITEM 16. [RESERVED] 122
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 122
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 122
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 123
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES. 123
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 123
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 123
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 124
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 124
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 124
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 124
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 124
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
EXHIBIT INDEX 125

 

i

 

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “Brainsway,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to Brainsway Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “including” means “including but not limited to”, whether or not explicitly so stated. The term “NIS” refers to New Israeli Shekels, the lawful currency of the State of Israel, the terms “dollar”, “US$”, “$” or “U.S.” refer to U.S. dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America. Our functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar. Unless otherwise indicated, U.S. dollar amounts herein (other than amounts originally receivable or payable in dollars) have been translated for the convenience of the reader from the original NIS amounts at the representative rate of exchange as of March 20, 2020 ($1 = NIS 3.60). The dollar amounts presented should not be construed as representing amounts that are receivable or payable in dollars or convertible into dollars, unless otherwise indicated. Foreign currency transactions in currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated in this Annual Report into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the date of the transactions.

 

The “Brainsway” name and design logo are our registered trademarks. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this Annual Report are without the ® and TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This Annual Report contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this Annual Report are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

This Annual Report includes statistics and other data relating to markets, market sizes and other industry data pertaining to our business that we have obtained from industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Market data and statistics are inherently predictive and speculative and are not necessarily reflective of actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which itself is based on sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market. In addition, the value of comparisons of statistics for different markets is limited by many factors, including that (i) the markets are defined differently, (ii) the underlying information was gathered by different methods and (iii) different assumptions were applied in compiling the data. Accordingly, the market statistics included in this Annual Report should be viewed with caution. We believe that information from these industry publications included in this Annual Report is reliable.

 

ii

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements under the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual Report may include forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms including “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, the sections of this Annual Report entitled “Item 4. Information on the Company” contain information obtained from independent industry and other sources that we may not have independently validated. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

 

Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

the adequacy of our existing capital to meet our future capital requirements;

 

market perception and acceptance of Deep TMS technology;

 

physician and patient satisfaction with the effectiveness and competitive advantages and benefits of our Deep TMS system;

 

availability of reimbursement from third-party payers, including insurance companies and Medicare;

 

our ability to commercialize Deep TMS, including internationally, by ourselves or through third-party distributors;

 

our ability to develop enhancements to our Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts;

 

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and manufacture our product candidates for clinical testing;

 

our ability to complete and obtain favorable results from existing clinical trials, and to launch and successfully complete new clinical trials, for Deep TMS indications;

 

our ability to obtain regulatory approvals of Deep TMS and enhancements to our Deep TMS system on our anticipated time frames, or at all;

 

our ability to comply with applicable regulatory approvals and requirements; and

 

our ability to obtain and maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property, including intellectual property licensed to us.

 

iii

 

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth our selected financial data, which is derived from our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. We have derived the selected financial data as of December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. You should read this selected financial data and other information provided in this Annual Report in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our historical financial information including “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

    Year Ended December 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Statements of Operations Data                  
Revenues   $ 23,101     $ 16,397     $ 11,145  
Cost of revenues     5,129       3,589       2,595  
Gross profit     17,972       12,808       8,550  
Research and development expenses, net     7,876       6,156       5,343  
Selling and marketing expenses     13,269       8,345       6,331  
General and administrative expenses     5,303       3,421       3,487  
Total operating expenses     26,448       17,922       15,161  
Total operating loss     8,476       5,114       6,611  
Financial expenses, net     1,430       1,156       274  
Loss before income taxes     9,906       6,270       6,885  
Income taxes     422       209       169  
Net loss     10,328       6,479       7,054  
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)     (0.50 )     (0.39 )     (0.48 )
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding – basic and diluted     23,236,368       16,640,446       14,768,514  

 

    As of December 31  
    (U.S. Dollars, in thousands)  
    2019     2018     2017  
Balance Sheet Data                  
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits   $ 21,895     $ 9,069     $ 14,559  
Total assets     38,736       23,602       27,030  
Total liabilities     14,516       16,650       14,309  
Accumulated deficit     (71,909 )     (61,581 )     (55,102 )
Total equity     38,736       6,952       12,721  

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the risks we describe below, in addition to the other information set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including our financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”) or our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). The risks and uncertainties described below in this annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 are not the only risks facing us. We may face additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial. Any of the risks described below or incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F, and any such additional risks, could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

1

 

 

Risks Related to our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

 

We have a history of operating losses. We expect to incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable.

 

We have incurred net losses since our inception, largely reflecting research and development, general and administrative expenses and sales and marketing expenses. We have experienced net losses of $10.3 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As a result of ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $71.9 million. While we have sold and leased Deep TMS systems in various markets over the last few years, primarily for MDD and recently also for OCD, we expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing, product development, regulatory and other expenses as we continue to expand our commercialization efforts to increase adoption of Deep TMS and expand existing relationships with our customers, to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for Deep TMS in additional countries and for additional indications, and to develop new enhancements or features to our existing Deep TMS systems. Furthermore, our general and administrative expenses increased following our offering of ADSs on Nasdaq in April 2019 due to the increased costs associated with being a public company in the United States. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from period to period. We will need to generate additional revenues to achieve and sustain profitability and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of the ADSs.

 

We cannot ensure that our existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements.

 

We believe that our existing capital, other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. To date we have funded our operations primary through offerings of our securities, research and development grants from the Israel Innovation Authority and other sources, and a loan under our credit facility. We expect to generate revenues primarily through sales and lease income generated by the commercial distribution of Deep TMS systems for approved indications.

 

The adequacy of our available funds to meet our operating and capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our ability to achieve revenue growth and maintain favorable operating margins; our ability to increase the market share of Deep TMS and expand our operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts; the cost, progress and results of our future research, product development and clinical programs for additional enhancements to Deep TMS and future indications for the system; the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals for future indications of Deep TMS; our ability to improve or maintain coverage and reimbursement arrangements with third-party and government payers; the terms and conditions of commercial agreements for marketing and distribution of Deep TMS; the effect of competing technological and market developments; and costs incurred in enforcing and defending certain of the patents and other intellectual property rights upon which our technologies are based, to the extent such rights are challenged.

 

We cannot be certain that in the future alternative financing sources will be available to us at such times or in the amounts we need or whether we can negotiate commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that our actual cash requirements will not be greater than anticipated. Any issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities could be dilutive to our existing shareholders, and any new equity securities could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of the ADSs. Additional debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our shares, make investments and engage in merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. If we are unable to obtain future financing through the methods we described above or through other means, our business may be materially impaired and we may be unable to complete our business objectives and may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more product development or commercialization programs, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors or liquidate all our assets.

 

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

 

Our success depends on Deep TMS as a treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally.

Our business depends entirely on the success of Deep TMS, our proprietary TMS solution. TMS is an emerging treatment option for patients. As a result, physician and patient awareness of TMS therapy as a treatment option for applicable brain disorders, and experience with TMS therapies, is limited. Because the market for TMS therapy is still developing and contains a limited number of market participants, sales of Deep TMS could be negatively impacted by unfavorable market reactions to TMS generally or to Deep TMS in particular. For example, in June 2018 researchers in medical centers of the U.S. Veterans Affairs reported research findings that showed that approximately 40% of the 81 patients with treatment-resistant major depression achieved remission in a randomized trial of a competitor’s TMS device, but the rate was virtually the same with sham treatments versus active stimulation. If the use of our Deep TMS system or other TMS therapies results in serious adverse events (e.g., seizures), or such products malfunction or are misused, patients and physicians may attribute such negative events to all TMS solutions generally, which may adversely affect market adoption of Deep TMS. In addition, if patients undergoing treatment with any available TMS solutions perceive the benefits to be inadequate or the administration of TMS to be too burdensome or inconvenient, and/or if adverse events and/or factors such as discomfort and noise with available TMS solutions are too numerous or severe compared to the relevant rates of alternative therapies or pharmaceutical options, it will be difficult to demonstrate the value of Deep TMS to patients and physicians. Additionally, psychiatrists may find it difficult to train existing employees and/or hire additional staff, allocate sufficient space or operate our device given that psychiatry is a field not traditionally associated with medical equipment treatment options. As a result of any one or a combination of these reasons, demand for and the use of Deep TMS may decline or may not increase at the pace or to the levels we expect. These reported findings may have a negative effect on market perception of the effectiveness of the TMS therapy in general, and by extension Deep TMS.

 

Even if TMS therapy is widely accepted by physicians and patients, our success will depend in large part on our ability to educate and train physicians and patients, and to successfully demonstrate the safety, tolerability, ease of use, efficacy, cost effectiveness and other advantages of Deep TMS. We have been engaging in an active marketing campaign to raise awareness of Deep TMS and its benefits, but we cannot assure that these efforts will be successful or that they will not prove to be too costly. Physicians may find patient set up and the subsequent procedures for future treatment sessions to be difficult or complicated compared to competing treatment methods. Any of these factors could slow market adoption of Deep TMS.

 

2

 

 

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth.

 

Our strategy depends on our ability to further commercialize and increase market penetration of Deep TMS for MDD and OCD, develop and seek regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for new indications and add new enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system. These goals are also designed to respond to changing customer demands and competitive pressures and technologies. Our industry is characterized by intense competition, including from existing treatments (e.g., anti-depressant medications), a growing number of focal TMS competitors, rapid technological changes, new product introductions and enhancements, price competition and evolving industry standards. It is important that we anticipate changes in technology and market demand, as well as physician practices to successfully develop, obtain clearance or approval, if required, and successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis.

 

We might be unable to further commercialize Deep TMS for approved indications or develop or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals to market Deep TMS for new indications, or to develop and obtain regulatory approvals for enhancements or new features for the Deep TMS system. Additionally, Deep TMS for MDD, OCD and any future indications, even if cleared, might not be accepted by physicians or the third-party payers who reimburse for the procedures performed with our products. Our risk share pricing model to capture increased market share may also not be successful, and we may be unable to devise new pricing strategies that are attractive to customers. The success of any new indications, enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system will depend on numerous additional factors, including our ability to:

 

properly identify and anticipate clinician and patient needs;

 

demonstrate the benefits associated with the use of Deep TMS when compared to the products and devices of our competitors;

 

demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new indications, and obtain regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for such indications;

 

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties; and

 

develop and obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system.

 

If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new indications, enhancements or features in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these indications, enhancements or features, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new indication for Deep TMS, any enhancements to the Deep TMS system or any other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new features for Deep TMS, these enhancements or features may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or enhancements or features.

 

Furthermore, we must carefully manage our introduction of new indications. If potential customers believe such indications will offer enhanced enhancements or features or would be available at a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such indications are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory as we transition to indications, and we have limited experience in managing product transitions.

 

3

 

 

Our success also depends upon patient satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS.

 

In order to generate significant revenues from Deep TMS, patients must be satisfied with the effectiveness of Deep TMS. We train our physician customers to properly diagnose patient candidates and select the appropriate patient candidates for treatment using the Deep TMS system, explain to their patients the time-period over which the results from a treatment course can be expected to occur, and measure the success of treatments using medical guidelines. However, our physician customers may not properly diagnose or select appropriate patient candidates for Deep TMS treatment, which may produce results that do not meet patients’ expectations. To the extent physicians do not make the proper measurements for a specific patient or use the same procedures at each treatment session, it could result in variability of the treatment efficacy and results for the patient. If patients are not satisfied with the results of Deep TMS, our reputation and future results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues and operating results may be negatively affected.

 

Our currently marketed Deep TMS systems for MDD, OCD and any future indications are or will be subject to intense competition. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop and obtain regulatory clearances of Deep TMS for indications that reach the market in a timely manner, to receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers, and to successfully demonstrate to physicians and patients the merits of Deep TMS compared to the products of our competitors. If we are not successful in convincing others of the merits of Deep TMS or educating them on the use of the Deep TMS system, they may not use our system or use them effectively and we may be unable to increase our revenues.

 

Deep TMS competes with several existing focal TMS competitors, including Neuronetics, Magventure, MAG & More, CloudTMS, Magstim and Nexstim. Competing TMS therapy companies have developed or may develop treatments that can be administered for shorter time periods or may develop treatments that have improved efficacy when compared to our products or that require a less significant investment of resources from physicians. For instance, one of our focal TMS competitors has received FDA clearance for a TMS treatment protocol that can be administered within a shorter time period than Deep TMS. In addition, psychiatrists and other customers may not be able to easily compare Deep TMS to our focal TMS competitors given the absence of head-to-head studies.

 

We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies, many of which have greater resources than we do, that develop competitive products, such as anti-depressant medications (including but not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine, which was recently approved by the FDA for use in conjunction with an oral antidepressant) and to a lesser degree, ECT and other neuromodulation treatment options. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if these competitors develop and commercialize anti-depressant medications or other treatments that are safer or more effective than Deep TMS, or are offered at more competitive prices, are more easily administered to patients or are otherwise more attractive to our customers and patients. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may make Deep TMS less competitive.

 

We also note that competition varies based on the indication, and some of the indications we are advancing may face marketability challenges based on existing treatment options. For example, there are a variety of smoking cessation products currently available on the market, including nicotine patch treatment. Electronic cigarettes, or e-cigarettes, are also widely available substitutes for tobacco smoking. Deep TMS for smoking cessation, if FDA-cleared, may not be a marketable alternative to these existing options.

 

In addition, our competitors may have more established distribution networks than we do, or may be acquired by enterprises that have more established distribution networks than we do. Our competitors may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar products. In addition, we compete with our competitors to engage the services of independent distributors outside the United States, both those presently working with us and those with whom we hope to work as we expand.

 

4

 

 

Furthermore, our competitors may be seeking predicate FDA approvals in other psychiatric and neurological indications, and TMS products of various companies are frequently used off-label, and in certain circumstances, are marketed outside of the United States for other indications.

 

If we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators on the safe and appropriate use of our Deep TMS systems, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

 

There is a learning process involved for treatment providers to become proficient in the use of our Deep TMS systems, which requires us to spend considerable time and resources for training. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of physicians and to provide them with adequate, ongoing instruction and training in the use of our Deep TMS systems. This training process generally requires physicians to review and study product materials and engage in hands-on training sessions. This training process may also take longer than expected or be more complicated than the physicians or their personnel are comfortable with and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Convincing physicians to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts.

 

The use of our Deep TMS system to treat OCD requires a special procedure to provoke the patient to exhibit symptoms of OCD while the patient is treated with Deep TMS. This procedure requires special training and may make the treatment more difficult to apply than alternative treatments, as the treatment must be tailored for the condition of each patient. As a result, this may lead to a variability of the overall results and between patients, which could discourage use of Deep TMS for OCD. In addition, if the physicians and operators do not apply the treatment of OCD patients properly or experience difficulties in the use of the system for OCD, this could reduce the level of satisfaction with this system for OCD and adversely affect our revenues and our operating results.

 

We may be unable to forecast our future growth accurately.

 

We may be unable to predict future growth related to Deep TMS for MDD, OCD and other psychiatric indications because these disorders are inherently difficult to diagnose and there are frequent co-morbidities (overlap) in these disorders that complicate treatment methods. Diagnosis for psychiatric disorders, such as MDD and OCD, is based on an individual’s reported experiences and mental status examination, and accordingly is subject to significant error. For example, it is estimated that about half of the individuals in the United States who experience a major depressive episode annually are not diagnosed correctly. In addition, there is a rising trend in which primary care providers, rather than mental health professionals, prescribe anti-depressant medications. Primary care providers often prescribe anti-depressants without a psychiatric diagnosis of disease. In 73% of visits in which a primary care provider prescribed an anti-depressant, patients did not have a psychiatric diagnosis. Without a psychiatric diagnosis, treatment cannot be tailored to the underlying condition. In one study in a managed care environment, 89% of patients did not receive an adequate medication dosage or duration of treatment from their clinicians. Accordingly, a significant portion of MDD patients that are considered treatment-resistant may be unresponsive to first-line treatment as a result of incorrect diagnosis, and any such patients may not respond to Deep TMS treatment. In addition, the H-Coils for our Deep TMS systems may prove to be interchangeable and clinicians may be able to treat patients with multiple disorders in the same procedure. As a result of the foregoing factors, the addressable market for Deep TMS for MDD and OCD may be smaller than we currently anticipate, and predictions for our future growth may prove to be inaccurate. This may have a materially adverse effect on our future results of operations.

 

We may be unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.

 

We have been growing rapidly and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial-stage company. We intend to continue to grow our business operations and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. This anticipated growth could create a strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including our supply chain operations, quality control, technical support and customer service, sales force management and general and financial administration. These risks increase as we expand into new countries. We may be unable to maintain the quality, or delivery timelines, of our products or customer service or satisfy customer demand if our business grows too rapidly. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business.

 

5

 

 

As our commercial operations and sales volume grow, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for our supply chain, customer service, training and education personnel, billing, accounting reporting and general process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program, among other things. Our current work force may not be sufficient to handle our expanding growth and we will be required to expand and train these personnel as we increase our sales efforts. We may not successfully implement these increases in scale or the expansion of our personnel, which could harm our business.

 

If we are unable to successfully expand our sales and customer support team and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact revenues and market acceptance of Deep TMS and we may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had 107 employees, including 28 employees in sales and marketing. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer support team and, to a lesser extent, on our independent third party distributors outside of the United States. If our employees or our independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell or lease our Deep TMS systems, our revenues could significantly decrease and/or fail to meet our targets.

 

In addition, our future revenues will largely depend on our ability to successfully execute our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. We believe it is necessary to expand our sales force, including by hiring additional sales representatives or distributors with specific technical backgrounds that can support our customers’ needs.

 

As we develop and seek regulatory clearances for new indications, enhancements and features and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled employees, and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our Deep TMS systems, which could harm our business.

 

Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement of our Deep TMS system for the currently authorized indications and other indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Patients generally rely on third-party payers to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with outpatient treatment services. Patients may, thus, be unwilling to undergo, and physicians may be unwilling to prescribe, a given course of treatment in the absence of adequate coverage and reimbursement. Accordingly, our ability to successfully commercialize our Deep TMS system depends significantly on the extent to which treatment sessions using Deep TMS are covered and reimbursed by government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid (among others), commercial health insurers, managed care organizations, and other third-party payers.

 

Third-party payers are increasingly examining the medical necessity and cost effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to safety and efficacy. Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of any newly approved (or cleared) products or therapies, such as Deep TMS for OCD, which represent novel approaches to treatment of a disease or condition. Even if a third-party payer covers a particular treatment that uses Deep TMS, the resulting reimbursement rate may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase or lease the Deep TMS system or ensure such transaction is profitable for the provider. Reimbursement by a third-party payer may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payer’s determination that a treatment is neither experimental nor investigational, safe, effective, and medically necessary, appropriate for the specific patient, cost-effective, supported by peer-reviewed medical journals and included in clinical practice guidelines.

 

6

 

 

In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among third-party payers, including private insurers. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payer to payer. However, many third-party payers often rely upon Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies and methodologies. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires three to four failures of anti-depressant medications.

 

Medicare coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires that certain, specified clinical criteria relating to medical necessity are met (and documented). In particular, subject to variations by payor and locale, under most applicable payor policies, Deep TMS may be covered for MDD if: (i) prescribed by a licensed physician, knowledgeable in the use of TMS (ii) as a treatment for an adult with a confirmed diagnosis of MDD and no contraindications, (iii) where there is sufficient documentation of: (a) failure of a trial of psychotherapy known to be effective in treating MDD without significant improvement in depressive symptoms and (b) one of the following:

 

(1) resistance to treatment with psychopharmacologic agents for depression, as evidenced by lack of clinically significant response to four trials of such agents, including at least two different agent classes and two augmentation trials,

 

(2) Inability to tolerate a therapeutic dose of medications as evidenced by four trials of psychopharmacologic agents with distinct side effects,

 

(3) History of good response to repetitive TMS in a previous depressive episode (at least three months since the prior episode), or

 

(4) Individual is a candidate for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and TMS is less burdensome to the patient.

 

Reimbursement for Deep TMS as an MDD treatment is also generally limited to 36 treatment sessions.

 

Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement of Deep TMS for OCD, or for any future indications, as applicable, may be difficult. Currently, there is no third-party coverage of Deep TMS as a treatment for OCD, as payors that have evaluated Deep TMS for OCD coverage have not yet concluded that it is a reasonable and necessary therapy for OCD. We are working to gather and submit additional clinical data in order to sufficiently demonstrate the efficacy of Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD. These efforts may be expensive and time-consuming. Therefore, it may take significant time to obtain sufficient reimbursement coverage of Deep TMS for OCD. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement compared to existing approved biologics and other therapies. There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved therapies in the United States, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Further, there is no guarantee that Deep TMS will ever be adequately covered or reimbursed for OCD or any other future indication for which we obtain authorization, if any.

 

In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. To contain costs, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price, scrutinizing the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical treatments.

 

7

 

 

Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets, including Japan, have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for psychiatric treatments and procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the United States, including Japan, are not obtained, international sales and lease transactions for the Deep TMS system may not materialize or grow significantly.

 

The marketability of Deep TMS may suffer if the government and third-party payers fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

 

We rely on third-party suppliers for some components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, and we may be unable to immediately transition to alternative parties for these components.

 

We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet and the arm of the helmet, and we may not have sufficient contractual assurances for the long-term supply of these components. We recently began assembling our proprietary stimulator in our Deep TMS systems for MDD and OCD; however, we remain dependent on a single source third-party supplier for stimulators used in older versions of our Deep TMS system, and accordingly we must still rely on third-party suppliers for those older versions. In addition, we rely on the outsourcing company utilized for the manufacture of certain components in our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator and various other components. For us to be successful, our suppliers and contract manufacturer must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. While these suppliers have generally met our demand requirements on a timely basis in the past, their ability and willingness to continue to do so going forward may be limited for several reasons, including our lack of long-term agreements with those suppliers, our relative importance as a customer of those suppliers, or, as applicable, their ability to produce the components for or provide assembly services to manufacture our Deep TMS systems. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these components, if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute.

 

Any transition to a new supplier or contract manufacturer could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of Deep TMS or could require that we modify its design. If we are required to change our contract manufacturer, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture Deep TMS systems in a timely manner. If the change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar non-U.S. regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could cause a substantial delay. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and engage alternative suppliers or contract manufacturers on similar terms or without delay. Furthermore, our contract manufacturer could require us to move to a different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for Deep TMS in a timely and cost-effective manner.

 

We face risks associated with our international business.

 

We currently market and sell Deep TMS systems outside of the United States in various countries and/or intend to market and expand the commercialization of Deep TMS in other markets, including Japan, Europe and various Asian countries.

 

We are assessing the opportunity to expand into other international markets. However, our expansion plans may not be realized, or if realized, may not be successful. We expect each market to have particular regulatory hurdles to overcome, and future developments in these markets, including the uncertainty relating to governmental policies and regulations, could harm our business.

 

8

 

 

The sale, lease and shipment of the Deep TMS system across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S. and other foreign governmental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. We expect our international activities will be dynamic over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets. Our international business operations are subject to a variety of risks, including:

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign and geographically dispersed operations, to the extent we establish non-U.S. operations;

 

differing and multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay systems;

 

difficulties in determining and creating the proper sales pathway in new, international markets;

 

compliance with various U.S. and international laws, including export control laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA), and anti-money laundering laws;

 

differing regulatory requirements for obtaining marketing authorizations for our products in non-U.S. jurisdictions;

 

changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate profits to the United States;

 

tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations, sanctions and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets;

 

potential adverse tax consequences, including imposition of limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures;

 

imposition of differing labor laws and standards;

 

armed conflicts or economic, political or social instability in foreign countries and regions;

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and

 

availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us.

 

We rely and in the future expect to rely on a network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products internationally, and if we are unable to maintain and expand this network, we may be unable to generate anticipated revenues.

 

We rely, and expect to rely in the future, on a network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products in international markets. We are assessing the opportunity to continue expanding into other international markets. We may face significant challenges and risks in managing a geographically dispersed distribution network. We have limited ability to control any third-party distributors and agents. Our distributors and agents may be unable to successfully market, lease and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing, sales, education and training efforts that we believe enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. In addition, if a dispute arises with a distributor or if a distributor is terminated by us or goes out of business, it may take time to locate an alternative distributor, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals with the new distributor and to train new personnel to market our products, and our ability to sell those systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated distributor could be harmed. Any of these factors could reduce our revenues from affected markets, increase our costs in those markets or damage our reputation. In addition, if an independent distributor or agent were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent that distributor or agent from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. As a result of our reliance on third-party distributors and agents, we may be subject to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error and other issues. If the services of any of these third-party distributors and agents become unsatisfactory, we may experience delays in meeting our customers’ demands and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose potential customers.

 

9

 

 

Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep TMS for additional indications.

 

We are currently at various stages of completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials of Deep TMS for new indications. Development of medical devices includes pre-clinical studies and sometimes clinical trials, and is a long, expensive and uncertain process, subject to delays and failure at any stage. Clinical trials for Deep TMS involve certain specific risks, including factors related to trial design and patient enrollment. Additionally, if we are unable to recruit a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may be unable to generate sufficient data to support marketing authorization. Moreover, our research and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial activities are subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities. We cannot predict whether we will encounter problems with any of our completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials, which would cause us or regulatory authorities to delay or suspend clinical trials, or delay the analysis of data from completed or ongoing clinical trials. We estimate that clinical trials involving various indications of Deep TMS will continue for several years; however, such trials may also take significantly longer to complete and may cost more money than we have expected. Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support regulatory authorizations or to enable market acceptance of certain indications of Deep TMS. Failure can occur at any stage of testing, and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent commercialization of the current, or a future, version of, Deep TMS, for any particular indication, including but not limited to:

 

delays in securing clinical investigators or trial sites for the clinical trials;

 

delays in obtaining institutional review board and other regulatory approvals to commence a clinical trial;

 

slower than anticipated patient recruitment and enrollment;

 

negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials;

 

unforeseen safety issues;

 

an inability to monitor patients adequately during or after treatment;

 

placement of a clinical trial on hold by the FDA, institutional review boards/ethics committees or other regulatory authorities;

 

changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions, including governmental changes in permissible endpoints or other measures utilized in clinical trials;

 

problems with investigator or patient compliance with the trial protocols;

 

the FDA or other regulators disagreeing as to the design, protocol or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

exceeding budgeted costs due to difficulty in accurately predicting costs associated with clinical trials;

 

the quality of the products falling below acceptable standards; and

 

the inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products to commence or complete clinical trials.

 

Additionally, the FDA or other regulatory entities may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to demonstrate safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay authorization of additional indications for Deep TMS. A number of companies in the medical device and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials. We do not know whether any clinical trials we or our clinical partners may conduct will demonstrate adequate efficacy and safety to result in regulatory authorization to market new indications for Deep TMS. In addition, the results of our past clinical trials of Deep TMS may not be predictive of future trial results. If later-stage clinical trials involving Deep TMS for new indications do not produce favorable results, our ability to obtain regulatory authorization for such indications may be adversely impacted, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

10

 

 

We rely in part on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties fail to perform their duties on time or as expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory authorization for additional indications that we may seek for Deep TMS.

 

Our clinical trials are managed by our both own staff and personnel as well as certain third-parties, including clinical trial sites, medical institutions, clinical research organizations, or CROs, and private practices, for, among other things, site monitoring, statistical work and electronic data capture in our clinical trials. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with applicable protocols, and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, including current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, which are set forth in regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials. If we or any such third parties fail to comply with applicable cGCPs, the clinical data generated in such trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before granting a marketing authorization for any particular indication. In addition, if such third parties do not devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical trials or otherwise carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they assist in obtaining is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory authorization for or successfully commercialize Deep TMS for a specified indication.

 

Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

 

We are currently involved in a number of research and development collaborations with third parties relating to the development of new technology and additional uses of Deep TMS. These and any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

 

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

 

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our products or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results or may change their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products,

 

availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

 

a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities;

 

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

our collaborators may default on their obligations to us and we may be forced to terminate, litigate or renegotiate such arrangements;

 

our collaborators may have claims that we breached our obligations to them which may result in termination, renegotiation, litigation or delays in performance of such arrangements;

 

collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products;

 

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and

 

a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

 

If any of our collaboration arrangements are not successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

11

 

 

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

 

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices for the treatment of MDD, OCD and other potential indications. Our treatments are designed for patients who suffer from significant psychiatric and neurological disorders and addictions, and these patients are more likely to experience significant adverse health outcomes, which could increase the risk of product liability lawsuits. Furthermore, if physicians and other operators are not sufficiently trained in the use of our Deep TMS systems, they may misuse or ineffectively use our system, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to

 

Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

decreased demand for Deep TMS;

 

injury to our reputation and brand;

 

significant litigation costs;

 

substantial monetary awards to or costly settlements with patients;

 

product recalls;

 

material defense costs;

 

loss of revenues;

 

the inability to commercialize new indications, enhancements or features; and

 

diversion of management attention from pursuing our business strategy.

 

Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not related to a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

 

Our insurance policies protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

 

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include liability, public liability, employers liability, property, third party liability, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products and clinical trial liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if these policies will provide us with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

 

We bear the risk of warranty claims on our products.

 

We bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply, generally for the entire contract term for systems which are leased either via the fixed lease or risk share models, and generally for one year for Deep TMS systems we sell to customers. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds, devices, components and/or personnel to cover future warranty claims. We may not be successful in claiming recovery of relevant components from our suppliers or vendors in the event of a successful warranty claim against us by a customer or that any recovery from such vendor or supplier would be adequate. In addition, warranty claims brought by our customers related to third-party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires, which could result in costs to us.

 

12

 

 

We could be negatively impacted by violations of applicable anti-corruption laws or violations of our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business practices.

 

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, and we may operate in countries that may not have as strong a commitment to anti-corruption and ethical behavior that is required by U.S. laws or by our corporate policies. We are subject to the risk that we, our U.S. employees or any future employees or consultants located in other jurisdictions or any third parties such as our distributors that we engage to do work on our behalf in foreign countries may take action determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws in any jurisdiction in which we conduct business, including the FCPA. The FCPA generally prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments, offers or promises to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In addition, the FCPA imposes recordkeeping and internal controls requirements on publicly traded corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to, among other things, prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made.

 

We will face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments, offers or promises of payment to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. We have implemented or are in the process of implementing company policies relating to compliance with the FCPA and similar laws. However, such policies may not be effective at preventing all potential FCPA or other violations. Although our agreements with our international distributors state our expectations for our distributors’ compliance with U.S. laws, including the FCPA, and provide us with various remedies upon any non-compliance, including the ability to terminate the agreement, our distributors may not comply with U.S. laws, including the FCPA.

 

Any violation of the FCPA or any similar anti-corruption law or regulation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions and might harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our operations could be affected by the outbreak of the Coronavirus.

 

The recent outbreak of the Coronavirus has led governments and authorities around the globe, to take various precautionary measures in order to limit the spread of the Coronavirus, including government-imposed quarantines and other public health safety measures, which could have an adverse effect on the global markets and its economy, including on the availability and pricing of materials, manufacturing and delivery efforts, sales to existing and potential customers and leads, collections from accounts and other aspects of the global economy. Therefore, the Coronavirus could disrupt production and cause delays in the supply and delivery of products used in our operations, may further divert the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping with the Coronavirus, impact our ability to recruit subjects for ongoing and planned clinical trials  and disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may have a material adverse effects on our operations, sales, revenues, collection from accounts and ability to raise funds. In particular, certain of our third-party suppliers may currently source certain components and materials of our Deep TMS systems from Asia and other affected countries, and the continued outbreak and spreading of the coronavirus may adversely impact our third-party suppliers’ development, manufacture, and supply of our Deep TMS systems. In addition, treatment sessions conducted with our Deep TMS system, which are generally scheduled or non-emergency procedures, may be postponed as hospitals and healthcare centers shift resources to patients affected by the coronavirus. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. Moreover, the coronavirus outbreak has begun to have indeterminable adverse effects on general commercial activity and the world economy, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that this coronavirus or any other epidemic harms the global economy generally.

 

Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis.

 

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis.

 

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption or loss due to natural or other disasters, power loss, strikes and other events beyond our control.

 

A major earthquake, fire or other disaster, such as a major flood, seasonal storms, military action or terrorist attack affecting our facilities, or those of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers, could significantly disrupt our or their operations, and delay or prevent product shipment or installation during the time required to repair, rebuild or replace our third-party manufacturers or suppliers’ damaged manufacturing facilities. These delays could be lengthy and costly. If any of our manufacturers’, suppliers’ or customers’ facilities are negatively impacted by a disaster, shipments of our products could be delayed. Additionally, customers may delay purchases of our products until operations return to normal. Even if we are able to quickly respond to a disaster, the ongoing effects of the disaster could create some uncertainty in the operations of our business. Any shortages may increase our costs for power and energy supplies or could result in blackouts, which could disrupt the operations of our affected facilities and harm our business. In addition, concerns about terrorism, the effects of a terrorist attack, political turmoil or an outbreak of epidemic diseases could have a negative effect on our operations.

 

13

 

 

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected.

 

We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing and inventory management. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing upgrades to our information technology systems, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

 

We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

We rely on the use of technology and may become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs.

 

We rely heavily on our internal computer and information technology systems. Our information technology systems may be subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs, which may result in unauthorized access to our proprietary information, destruction of our data or disability, degradation or sabotage of our systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses, cyber-attacks and other means, and could originate from a variety of sources, including internal or unknown third parties. We cannot predict what effects such cyber-attacks or compromises or shut-downs may have on our business, and the consequences could be material. Cyber incidents may remain undetected for an extended period, which could exacerbate these consequences. If our information systems or other technology are compromised, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business.

 

As part of our business we may receive and process information about our customers, partners and, potentially, their patients, including protected health information (PHI), and we may configure our devices to store or contract with third parties to store our customers’ data, including PHI. PHI, a subset of “individually identifiable information,” is defined under the federal level by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information and Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), including applicable implementing regulations. HIPAA, along with various analogous laws at the state level, governs the protection and confidentiality of PHI and other sensitive information, as applicable (as more fully described below). To the extent we, or third parties we contract with, store or transfer PHI, we may be required to safeguard PHI in accordance with HIPAA. Furthermore, to the extent we qualify as a business associate under HIPAA, we may be directly subject to HIPAA’s Privacy Rule.

 

While we implemented security measures relating to our operations, generally, those measures may not prevent security breaches that could harm our business or expose us to liability under HIPAA and/or applicable state privacy laws. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and any data we store and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance, among many other possibilities. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information, including information about our customers and their patients, cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our or our customers’ operations or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data we store or process could implicate reporting requirements, civil penalties, and other enforcement actions under applicable laws, result in a loss of confidence in the security of our software, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us by our customers, their patients or other third parties, including the federal and state governments. While our customer agreements typically contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

 

14

 

 

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, technologies and market pressures. Accordingly, from time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses and other alliances involve numerous risks, including:

 

difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products or business operations;

 

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill;

 

diversion of management’s attention from our core business and disruption of ongoing operations;

 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, distributors and customers;

 

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

potential losses related to investments in other companies;

 

potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; and

 

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

 

We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors.

 

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages and legal and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

 

To finance any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, we may choose to issue ADSs or other equity-linked securities as consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our shareholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of the ADSs is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances using our shares as consideration.

 

Risks Related to Employee Matters

 

If we are not able to retain our key management, or attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and business personnel, our ability to implement our business plan may be adversely affected.

 

Our success largely depends on the skill, experience and effort of our senior management. The loss of the service of any of these persons, including Dr. David Zacut, the chairman of our board of directors, Christopher R. von Jako, our president and chief executive officer, Hadar Levy, our chief financial officer and chief operating officer and Dr. Yiftach Roth, our chief scientist, would likely result in a significant loss in the knowledge and experience that we possess and could significantly delay or prevent successful product development and other business objectives. There is intense competition from numerous medical device, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, universities, governmental entities and other research institutions, seeking to employ qualified individuals in the technical fields in which we operate, and we may not be able to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for the successful development and commercialization of Deep TMS.

 

15

 

 

Employment litigation and unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our future business.

 

Employees may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us regarding injury, creating a hostile work place, discrimination, wage and hour, sexual harassment and other employment issues. In recent years there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms and similar devices that allow individuals access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel, and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their sales. If we were to face any employment related claims, our business could be negatively affected.

 

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.

 

Our employment agreements generally include covenants not to compete. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking to enforce covenants not to compete to demonstrate that the competitive activities of a former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer, such as the secrecy of a company’s confidential commercial information or the protection of its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that such an interest will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees and our competitiveness may be diminished.

 

Risks Related to Government Regulation

 

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the FDA, FTC and their foreign counterparts. The FDA and foreign regulatory agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices: design, development and manufacturing; testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage; clinical trials; product safety; marketing, sales and distribution; premarket clearance and approval; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market approval studies; and product import and export.

 

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and stringently enforced. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces these regulatory requirements through, among other means, periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future FDA inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

 

16

 

 

We may not receive the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals to market our product for other proposed indications in the future, and failure to timely obtain necessary clearances or approvals for such future indications would adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

 

An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our Deep TMS systems, add new enhancements and features and expand clearance or approval of the Deep TMS System to include new indications. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or claim new or expanded indications for use or introduce a significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, de novo classification, or premarket approval application (PMA), from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to a PMA and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class by the FDA. Manufacturers of these devices may request that FDA review such devices in accordance with the de novo classification procedure, which allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require a PMA prior to marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo classification request, the applicant will then receive authorization to market the device. This device type can then be used as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions.

 

We received marketing authorization of our MDD indication through the 510(k) clearance process and we have made changes to our system for the MDD indication through subsequent 510(k) clearances. We received marketing authorization of our OCD indication through the de novo classification process, but will be permitted to make changes to our system for the OCD indication through subsequent 510(k) clearances. Competitors may seek 510(k) clearance of a TMS device for an OCD indication and use our de novo classification as a predicate device in their submission. The process of obtaining regulatory authorization to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain authorizations on a timely basis, if at all.

 

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including: we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that the product or modification is substantially equivalent to the proposed predicate device or is safe and effective for its intended use; the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support authorization, where required; and the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements. The FDA may also, instead of accepting a 510(k) submission, require us to submit a PMA, which is typically a much more complex, lengthy and burdensome application than a 510(k) submission. To support a PMA, the FDA would likely require that we conduct one or more clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective. In some cases such studies may be requested for a 510(k) as well. We may not be able to meet the requirements to obtain 510(k) clearance or PMA approval (or a De Novo classification request), in which case the FDA may not grant any necessary clearances or approvals. In addition, the FDA may place significant limitations upon the intended uses of our products as a condition to a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. Product applications can also be denied or withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following clearance or approval. Any delays or failure to obtain FDA clearance or approval of new products we develop, any limitations imposed by the FDA on new product use or the costs of obtaining FDA clearance or approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17

 

 

Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA imposes substantial restrictions on how our devices may be marketed or sold, and the FDA continues to place considerable restrictions on our products and operations. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR). In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing facilities, list the products with the FDA, and comply with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals, and import and export restrictions. The FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or those of our suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or if we or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions: untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, detention or seizure of our products; operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government; refusing to grant export approval for our products; or pursuing criminal prosecution. Any of these sanctions could impair our ability to produce or commercialize our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands, and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. We may also be required to bear other regulatory compliance costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales and our ability to generate profits.

 

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay authorization of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict how these executive actions, including the Executive Orders, will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

 

In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA, or in countries that also rely on the CE Mark outside the EEA, our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC), and, by 2020 comply with the Medical Device Regulation (Regulation 2017/745). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would be unable to continue to affix the CE Mark to our device, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA and may have an impact on our marketing authorizations in other countries.

 

We or our distributors will also need to obtain, or retain, regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to or currently do market and sell our products, and we or they may not obtain such approvals as necessary to commercialize our products in those territories. Regulatory marketing authorizations in these foreign jurisdictions typically require device testing, conformance to classification requirements, pre-market requests to authorize commercialization, and in some cases inspections.

 

18

 

 

Modifications to our Deep TMS systems may require new 510(k) clearances, de novo classification or PMA, and may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until authorizations are obtained.

 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or de novo classification, or possibly, a PMA. Modifications to products that have been approved through the PMA process generally require premarket FDA approval. Similarly, certain modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) or authorized through the de novo classification process may require a new 510(k) clearance. Each of the PMA, de novo classification and the 510(k) clearance processes can be expensive, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials.

 

Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory authorizations could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory authorizations, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device.

 

Any modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming and uncertain PMA process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline.

 

The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this modification determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new authorizations are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances were not required. We may make modifications or add additional enhancements or features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance, de novo classification or a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, de novo classifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously authorized products for which we have concluded that new authorizations are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain appropriate regulatory authorization, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not authorize our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required regulatory authorizations would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth.

 

Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

 

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. Compliance with the QSR is necessary to receive FDA clearance or approval to market new products and is necessary for a manufacturer to be able to continue to market cleared or approved devices in the United States. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing. Foreign regulatory authorities also impose manufacturing quality requirements, that may differ from the FDA requirements, with which we must comply.

 

19

 

 

We or our third-party suppliers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA or foreign jurisdiction requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals of Deep TMS for additional indications; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees.Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our Deep TMS systems. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenues and increased costs.

 

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more of our products.

 

 If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting or the standard of care for such conditions evolves, we may need to redesign our Deep TMS systems and seek new marketing authorizations from the FDA. Our existing 510(k) and de novo clearances from the FDA are based on current treatment guidelines. Additionally, if treatment guidelines change so that different treatments become desirable, the clinical utility of one or more of our indications could be diminished and our business could suffer.

 

The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

 

Deep TMS system has been authorized for marketing by the FDA only for MDD and OCD indications. We train our commercial organization to not promote our products for uses outside of the FDA-authorized indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” However, we cannot guarantee that all of our employees, representatives, and agents will abide by our marketing policies. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or other marketing activities constitute promotion of an off-label or unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

 

Moreover, even if we, and all our employees, contractors, and agents, market our products in compliance with applicable FDA regulations, such regulations do not apply to the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from prescribing and/or using our products off-label when, in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment, he or she deems it appropriate. Similarly, we cannot prevent patients from using our products off-label. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to prescribe, or patients attempt to use, Deep TMS off-label. Furthermore, the use of Deep TMS for MDD or OCD other than as stated on product labeling, or for indications other than those authorized by the FDA, may not be effective to treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. There are similar risks if Deep TMS is used off-label with respect to non-U.S. regulatory approvals.

 

Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

 

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products.

 

20

 

 

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require, and in the United States companies are expected to voluntarily, the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. An FDA recall, whether mandatory or voluntary, may be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future. If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

 

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new authorization for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such authorization may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.

 

Companies are required to maintain certain records of corrective actions, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary corrective actions for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification to the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

 

Any adverse event involving Deep TMS systems could result in voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as exposing us to private litigation, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

 

If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States.

 

Sales of our Deep TMS systems outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. While the regulations of some countries may not impose barriers to marketing and selling Deep TMS systems or only require notification, others require that we or our distributors obtain the approval of a specified regulatory body. Complying with foreign regulatory requirements, including obtaining registrations or approvals, can be expensive and time-consuming, and we or our distributors may not receive regulatory approvals in each country in which we plan to market Deep TMS or we may be unable to do so on a timely basis. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA authorization, and requirements for such registrations, clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our Deep TMS systems, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country.

 

21

 

 

Regulatory authorization by the FDA and/or the permission to affix the CE Mark does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, and clearance or approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure clearance or approval by the FDA, the EU and/or the regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others.

 

We are subject to certain federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

 

There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims and physician transparency laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. Our business practices and relationships with providers and patients are subject to scrutiny under these laws. We may also be subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

 

22

 

 

the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring civil False Claims Act qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal civil False Claims Act. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with alleged off-label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government;
     
HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
     
the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under PPACA which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives;
     
HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to PHI, upon entities subject to the law, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve PHI. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make HIPAA compliance as well as civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; and

 

analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers or patients; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and local laws that require the licensure of sales representatives; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the EU, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018); state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers.

 

These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have also entered into consulting agreements with physicians, which are subject to these laws. Further, while we do not submit claims and our customers will make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, we may provide reimbursement guidance and support regarding our products. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws.

 

23

 

 

To enforce compliance with healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. For example, U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate violations of healthcare laws and regulations, including pursuing novel theories of liability under these laws. These government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity with respect to manufacturer reimbursement support activities and patient support programs, including bringing criminal charges or civil enforcement actions under the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback statute, federal civil False Claims Act, the health care fraud statute, and HIPAA privacy provisions. Responding to investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to.

 

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

 

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations, revisions, or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs, lengthen review times of any future products, or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future.

 

For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may impact our business, the PPACA:

 

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research;

 

implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and

 

expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs.

 

Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. Since taking office, President Trump has continued to support the repeal of all or portions of the PPACA, and in January 2017, he signed Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. in December 2018, a district court in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. Substantial uncertainty remains as to the future of the PPACA after the U.S. Supreme Court declined to expedite its review of the Fifth Circuit’s holding on January 21, 2020. It is, thus, unlikely that these issues will be resolved before the next presidential election in November 2020. The current administration may seek to pass additional reform measures before the upcoming election. We cannot predict the outcome of the election, nor can we predict the healthcare-reform-related initiatives that the newly elected (or re-elected, as applicable) administration will put forth thereafter. There is no way to know whether, and to what extent, if any, the PPACA will remain in-effect in the future, and it is unclear how judicial decisions, subsequent appeals, election-related measures, or other efforts to repeal and replace or, possibly, to restore the PPACA will impact the U.S. healthcare industry or our business.

 

24

 

 

We cannot predict the impact that such actions against the PPACA will have on our business, and there is uncertainty as to what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state level in the United States, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation. However, it is possible that such initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we intend to commercialize in the United States (or our products more specifically, if approved) or reduce medical procedure volumes could adversely affect our business plan to introduce our products in the United States.

 

Our employees, consultants, distributors, agents and other commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

 

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, distributors, agents and other commercial partners may engage in inappropriate, fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate the regulations of the FDA and other U.S. healthcare regulators, as well as non-U.S. regulators, including by violating laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators, manufacturing standards, healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry, including the sale of medical devices, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, distributors, agents and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Efforts to ensure that the activities of these parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. These risks may be more pronounced, and we may find that the processes and policies we have implemented are not effective at preventing misconduct. If any actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain sufficient patent protection and/or licensing rights for Deep TMS (including, but not limited to, the various H-Coils utilized in our devices and various product features/capabilities), maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our success also depends, in part, on the ability of the U.S. Public Health Service, or PHS, which refers collectively to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the FDA, as agencies of the PHS within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or the DHHS, and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd., or Yeda, the technology transfer arm of the Weizmann Institute of Science, from whom we license essential intellectual property upon which Deep TMS technology is based, to obtain sufficient patent protection for such intellectual property, maintain the confidentiality of related trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and prevent others from infringing such intellectual property.

 

25

 

 

We and our licensors try to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing U.S., European, and other patent applications related to Deep TMS, as well as inventions and improvements that may be important to the continuing development of Deep TMS. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. In addition, we cannot assure you that:

 

any of our future processes or product indications will be patentable;

 

our processes or product indications will not infringe upon the patents of third parties; or

 

we will have the resources to defend against charges of patent infringement or other violation or misappropriation of intellectual property by third parties or to protect our own intellectual property rights against infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties.

 

Because the patent position of medical device companies involves complex legal and factual questions, we cannot predict the validity and enforceability of patents with certainty. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowable or enforceable in our patents (including patents owned by or licensed to us). Our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties or could be circumvented. Our competitors may also independently develop formulations, processes and technologies or products similar to ours or design around or otherwise circumvent patents issued to, or licensed by, us. Thus, any patents that we own or license from others may not provide any protection against competitors. Our pending patent applications, those we may file in the future or those we may license from third parties may not result in patents being issued. If these patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope to provide us with meaningful protection. The degree of future protection to be afforded by our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford relatively limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage.

 

Patent rights are territorial; thus, the patent protection we do have will only extend to those countries in which we have issued patents. Even so, the laws of certain countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and the European Union. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the patents issued, if any, as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our U.S. patents. Competitors may successfully challenge our patents, produce similar products that do not infringe our patents, or produce products in countries where we have not applied for patent protection or that do not respect our patents. Furthermore, it is not possible to know the scope of claims that will be allowed in published applications and it is also not possible to know which claims of granted patents, if any, will be deemed enforceable in a court of law.

 

After the completion of development and registration of our patents, third parties may still act to manufacture and/or market products that infringe our patent protected rights, and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Any such manufacturing and/or marketing of products that infringe our patent rights may significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

In addition, due to the extensive time needed to develop, test and obtain regulatory approval for new indications of Deep TMS, any patents that protect these indications may expire early during the commercialization process. This may reduce or eliminate any market advantages that such patents may give us. Following patent expiration, we may face increased competition through the entry of competing products into the market and a subsequent decline in market share and profits.

 

26

 

 

However, our business interests may change or our licensees may disagree with the scope of our license grants. In such cases, such licensing arrangements may result in the development, manufacturing, marketing and sale by our licensees of products substantially similar to our products, causing us to face increased competition, which could reduce our market share and significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

 

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective non-provisional filing date. Although various extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our technologies, products, or product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition. Patents covering some of our core technology have expired or will expire within the next five years. In particular, the earliest of our U.S. patents on Deep TMS is set to expire in 2024. See “Business—Intellectual Property.” In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our technologies, products, and product candidates, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Our right to the essential intellectual property upon which the Deep TMS technology is based results from in-license agreements with government agencies and research institutions, the termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS.

 

We have in-licensing agreements with the PHS and Yeda. There is no assurance that the in-licenses or related rights on which we base our technology will not be terminated or expire due to a material breach of the underlying agreements or some other failure to meet the terms of agreement, such as a failure on our part to make certain progress milestone payments set forth in the terms of the licenses or to comply with manufacturing obligations under these agreements. There is no assurance that we will be able to renew or renegotiate our license agreements on acceptable terms if and when such agreements terminate. We cannot guarantee that any in-license is enforceable or will not be terminated in the future. The termination of any in-license or our inability to enforce our rights under any in-license would materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our Deep TMS.

 

Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements that may adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business plan.

 

We depend upon license agreements with the PHS and Yeda for our intellectual property rights to Deep TMS technology. Deep TMS was developed by our founders, among others, prior to our founding over the course of their work for the PHS. The key family of patents and patent applications upon which the unique coil of Deep TMS technology is based is owned by the DHHS (based on an assignment of the related rights from the PHS) and is exclusively in-licensed to us under a license agreement with the PHS. In addition, a second family of patent applications covering additional functions of Deep TMS (including the multichannel stimulator that we are developing for use in a more advanced version of our system), which is jointly owned by us with the NIH and Yeda, is also licensed to us under the PHS license agreement and our license agreement with Yeda.

 

Our license agreement with Yeda provides for in-licensed rights to both a second family of patent applications and a third family of patent applications that covers additional characteristics of Deep TMS (including several Deep TMS coils and stimulators and methods of use), and we have commissioned research at the Weizmann Institute related to the Deep TMS under this agreement.

 

These agreements provide us an exclusive (subject to certain standard exceptions and such as described below), worldwide license, with a right to sublicense, subject to the approval of PHS and Yeda, respectively, for the life of the relevant patents (in the case of Yeda, on a per country basis or, until the 15-year anniversary of the first commercial sale (per country) of a product developed on the basis of the agreement, if later) for the development, creation, use, import, offer and sale of any product or treatment that relates to Deep TMS technology and that is developed on the basis of such patents or (in the case of the agreement with Yeda) such research. These agreements require us, as a condition to the maintenance of our license and other rights, to make milestone and royalty payments and satisfy certain performance obligations, including with respect to manufacturing. If we were to receive a notice of non-compliance under any of these agreements, we would need to either obtain appropriate waivers and/or cure such non-compliance, which may require us to modify our operations.

 

27

 

 

All of the above-described obligations impose significant financial and logistical burdens upon our ability to carry out our business plan. Furthermore, if we do not meet such obligations in a timely manner, we could lose the rights to our proprietary technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The key patents that underlie our Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery based on such patents, which may have unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our product.

 

Under our PHS license agreement, the U.S. government possesses an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for the practice of inventions based on the inventions upon which our Deep TMS technology is based, for the benefit of the U.S. government, foreign governments, or international organizations under any existing or future treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. Furthermore, the PHS may grant, or may cause us to grant, nonexclusive research licenses, for the purpose of encouraging basic research at academic or corporate facilities (but, in the case of any license to a commercial entity, subject to our right to object if we believe that such license would adversely impact the exclusivity of our rights under the agreement). The PHS may also require us to grant sublicenses to responsible applicants if the public health and safety so require, subject to our right to demonstrate that any such sublicense will not materially increase the availability to the public of our licensed rights or that such public health and safety requirements may be otherwise met without any such sublicense.

 

No material limits have been placed on the license held by the U.S. government for its own (or for its treaty partners’ or agreement counter-parties’) benefit, and it is possible that the U.S. government, a foreign government or an international organization could even commercialize a product on the basis of this license and the related technology. We cannot provide assurance that these rights will not be exploited in a manner that infringes upon our exclusive license to the PHS-owned patents, that does not develop or advance products that compete with our own, or that does not otherwise adversely impact our business. Because our rights with respect to the PHS-owned patents are critical to Deep TMS-based technologies and systems, any unexpected consequences from the U.S. government’s or other third party’s exploitation of such rights could have an adverse impact on the market for Deep TMS and, hence, on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us.

 

In addition to filing patent applications, we generally try to protect our trade secrets, know-how, technology and other proprietary information by entering into confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our development and/or commercialization partners, employees, contractors and consultants. We also enter into agreements that require the disclosure and assignment to us of the rights to the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors and consultants while we employ or engage them. However, we cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information because these agreements can be difficult and costly to enforce or may not provide adequate remedies. Any of these parties may breach the confidentiality agreements and willfully or unintentionally disclose our confidential information, or our competitors might learn of the information in some other way. The disclosure to, or independent development by, a competitor of any trade secret, know-how or other technology not protected by a patent could materially adversely affect any competitive advantage we may have over any such competitor.

 

To the extent that any of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors or consultants independently develop, or use independently developed, intellectual property in connection with any of our projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to this type of information. If a dispute arises with respect to any proprietary right, enforcement of our rights can be costly and unpredictable and a court may determine that the right belongs to a third party.

 

28

 

 

Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and money and could prevent us from developing or commercializing Deep TMS.

 

The development, manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation of Deep TMS may infringe on the claims of third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. The nature of claims contained in unpublished patent filings around the world is unknown to us and it is not possible to know which countries patent holders may choose for the extension of their filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or other mechanisms. Therefore, there is a risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, which technology would infringe a third-party patent once that patent is issued. The cost to us of any intellectual property litigation or other infringement proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Any claims of patent infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand Deep TMS, if feasible; cause us to stop from engaging in normal operations and activities, including developing and new indications for Deep TMS; and divert management’s attention and resources. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation or defense of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Intellectual property litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Consequently, we may not be able to manufacture, use, offer for sale, sell or import our Deep TMS systems in the event of an infringement action.

 

Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

 

In the event of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from a third party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could potentially limit our competitive advantage. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement or other claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This inability to enter into licenses could harm our business significantly.

 

In addition, because of our developmental stage, claims that Deep TMS infringes on the patent rights of others are more likely to be asserted after commencement of commercial sales incorporating our technology.

 

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other medical device, biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

29

 

 

International patent protection is particularly uncertain, and if we are involved in opposition proceedings in foreign countries, we may have to expend substantial sums and management resources.

 

Patent law outside the United States may be different than in the United States. Further, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, if at all. A failure to obtain sufficient intellectual property protection in any foreign country could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and future prospects. Moreover, we may participate in opposition proceedings to determine the validity of our foreign patents or our competitors’ foreign patents, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s resources and attention. Additionally, due to uncertainty in patent protection law, we have not filed applications in many countries where significant markets exist.

 

Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel

 

Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel.

 

Aspects of our business are located in Israel. Accordingly, our business will be directly influenced by the political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel at any given time. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its neighboring countries. These conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel including most recently, central Israel, and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. A change in the security and political situation in Israel and in the economy could impede the raising of the funds required to finance our research and development plans and to create joint ventures with third parties and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our facilities are in range of rockets that may be fired from Lebanon, Syria or the Gaza Strip into Israel. In the event that our facilities are damaged as a result of hostile action or hostilities otherwise disrupt the ongoing operation of our facilities, our research and development activities and our ability to deliver products to customers could be materially and adversely affected. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli government is currently committed to covering the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, there can be no assurance that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, popular uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Furthermore, some countries restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities involving Israeli or political instability in the region continue or intensify. Such restrictions may seriously limit our ability to sell Deep TMS to customers in those countries. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to sell our products to customers in those countries. In addition, there have been increased efforts by activists to cause companies and consumers to boycott Israeli products. Such efforts, particularly if they become more widespread, may materially and adversely impact our ability to sell our products.

 

Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or significant downturns in the economic or financial condition of could adversely affect our operations and product development, cause our revenues to decrease and adversely affect the share price of publicly traded companies having functions in Israel, such as us.

 

30

 

 

Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues.

 

In the future, we expect that a substantial portion of our revenues will be generated in U.S. dollars, although we currently incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than U.S. dollars, such as NIS. Our financial records are maintained, and will be maintained, in U.S. dollars, although many of our expenses are incurred in NIS. As a result, our financial results may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies in the countries in which Deep TMS may be sold.

 

Our operations may be affected by negative labor conditions in Israel.

 

Strikes and work-stoppages occur relatively frequently in Israel. If Israeli trade unions threaten additional strikes or work-stoppages and such strikes or work-stoppages occur, those may, if prolonged, have a material adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner.

 

Our operations could be disrupted as a result of the obligation of our personnel to perform military service.

 

A significant portion of our senior management and key employees reside in Israel and although most of them are no longer required to perform reserve duty, some may be required to perform annual military reserve duty and may be called for active duty under emergency circumstances at any time. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence for a significant period of time of one or more of these officers or key employees due to military service. Any such disruption could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the Israeli Government provides to domestic companies may increase the costs involved in operating a company in Israel.

 

The Israeli government currently provides tax and capital investment incentives to domestic companies, as well as grant and loan programs relating to research and development and marketing and export activities. In recent years, the Israeli Government has reduced the benefits available under these programs and the Israeli Governmental authorities have indicated that the government may in the future further reduce or eliminate the benefits of those programs. We may take advantage of these benefits and programs in the future, however, there is no assurance that such benefits and programs would continue to be available in the future to us. If such benefits and programs were terminated or further reduced, it could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep TMS systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased royalties if we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel.

 

We have received royalty-bearing grants from the government of Israel through the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA) formerly, the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Ministry of Economy and Industry, for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. We are required to pay low single-digit royalties on the sale of those of our products developed with this funding, which payments shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR. When know-how is developed using IIA grants, the Encouragement of Research, Development and Technological Innovation in Industry Law 5744-1984, or the Innovation Law, the IIA’s rules and guidelines as well as the terms of each of these grants, impose an obligation to pay royalties from any income deriving from a product developed, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, in the framework of a research and development program funded by the IIA, including any derivatives and related services and restrict our ability to manufacture our products and transfer know-how developed as a result of the IIA’s funded research and development outside of Israel. In certain cases, transfer of the IIA funded know-how outside of Israel requires pre-approval by the IIA, which may also impose certain conditions, including payment of a redemption fee calculated according to the formulas provided in the IIA’s rules and guidelines, or Redemption Fee, which differentiate between certain situations (while in no event will the Redemption Fee be more than six (6) times the grants received from the IIA plus interest). In addition, we may need to manufacture our products outside of Israel, in which case prior approval from the IIA is required (such approval is not required for the transfer of less than 10% of the manufacturing capacity in the aggregate), and we would be required to pay royalties at an accelerated rate and would be subject to payment of increased royalties, as defined under the IIA’s rules and regulations (up to, in the aggregate, 300% of the amount of the grant received (dollar linked), plus interest at annual rate based on LIBOR, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside Israel less royalties already paid to the IIA). Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to manufacture outside of Israel, and the manufacture of our products outside of Israel could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

31

 

 

The IIA has also published rules and guidelines with respect to the grant to a foreign entity of the right to use know-how that was developed using the IIA’s grants, or Funded Know-How, (in a manner that does not entirely prevent the IIA funded company from using the Funded Know-How) which is subject to receipt of the IIA’s prior approval. This approval is subject to payment to the IIA in accordance with the formulas stipulated in these rules.

 

In addition, we may transfer Funded Know-How to another Israeli company, provided that the acquiring company assumes all of our responsibilities toward the IIA (the transfer would still require IIA approval and is subject to the obligation to pay royalties to the IIA from the income of such sale transaction, but will not be subject to the payment of the Redemption Fee).

 

The obligation to comply with the IIA’s rules and guidelines and the Innovation Law (including with respect to the restriction of the transfer of Funded Know-How and manufacturing rights outside of Israel) remains in effect even after full repayment of the amount of royalties payable pursuant to the grants. Once a Redemption Fee is paid on a transfer of Funded Know-How outside Israel, all obligations towards the IIA (including the royalty obligation) cease. We are also subject to reporting obligations towards the IIA including submitting during the R&D approved program period periodic reports pertaining to the progress of research and development, reports on income derived from products developed using grants from the IIA and in certain circumstances, reports regarding change in the holding and change in control. Furthermore, in the event of any change of control or any change in the holding of voting rights or rights to appoint directors or the CEO a result of which any non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident becomes an “Interested Party” in our company, the non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident shall comply with all the restrictions imposed on us and our obligations pursuant to Innovation Law and the IIA’s rules and guidelines. See “Management—Internal Auditor” for definition of Interested Party. In addition, the government of State of Israel may from time to time audit sales of products which it claims incorporate technology funded via IIA programs and this may lead to additional royalties being payable on additional product candidates. In addition, under certain circumstances, further offerings of our shares to the public in any stock exchange whether in Israel or abroad, is subject to the approval of the IIA.

 

These restrictions may impair our ability to enter into agreements for IIA Funded Know-how without the approval of the IIA, and we cannot be certain that it will be obtained on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, in the event that we undertake a transaction involving the transfer to a non-Israeli entity of know-how developed with IIA funding pursuant to a merger or similar transaction, or in the event we undertake a transaction involving the licensing of the IIA’s Funded Know-How, the consideration available to our shareholders may be reduced by the amounts we are required to pay to the IIA. Any approval, if given, will generally be subject to additional financial obligations. Failure to comply with the requirements under the IIA’s rules and guidelines and the Innovation Law may subject us to mandatory repayment of grants received by us (together with interest and penalties), as well as expose us to criminal proceedings.

  

In August 2015, a new amendment to the Innovation Law was enacted, or Amendment No. 7, which came into effect on January 1, 2016. Since Amendment No. 7 has entered into force, the IIA was appointed to act as the entity which is responsible for the activity which was previously under the OCS’ responsibility. The IIA was granted wide freedom of action, and among other things, the authority to amend the requirements and restrictions which were specified in the Innovation Law before Amendment No. 7 became effective with respect to the ownership of Funded Know-How (including with respect to the restrictions on transfer of the Funded Know-How and manufacturing activities outside of Israel), as well as with respect to royalty payment obligations which apply to companies that receive grants from the IIA. Although the IIA’s published rules which for the most part adopted the principal provisions and restrictions in effect in the Innovation Law prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 7, we are unable to assess the effect on our business of any future rules which may be published by the IIA.

  

32

 

 

Enforcing a U.S. judgment against us and our current senior management and directors, or asserting U.S. securities law claims in Israel, may be difficult.

 

We are incorporated in Israel. Members of our current senior management and directors reside in Israel (and most of our assets reside outside of the United States). Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or any of these persons in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. It may also be difficult to effect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel.

 

Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear such a claim, it may determine that Israeli, and not U.S., law is applicable to the claim. Under Israeli law, if U.S. law is found to be applicable to such a claim, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” for additional information on your ability to enforce civil claim against us and our senior management and directors.

 

Provisions of our articles of association and Israeli law and tax considerations may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and negatively affect the price of the ADSs.

 

Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for certain transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and therefore depress the price of the ADSs.

 

Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders, especially for those shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel which exempts such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free stock exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred.

 

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

 

We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees who engage in research and development for the company pursuant to which such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to any inventions created during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course and as a result of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company and as a result thereof are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,” the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions and the scope and conditions for such remuneration. Israeli case law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for “service inventions” can be waived by the employee and that in certain circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. In order to determine the scope and validity of such wavier, the Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration (but rather uses the criteria specified in the Patents Law). As such, and. although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

 

33

 

 

The government tax benefits that we currently are entitled to receive require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future.

 

Some of our operations in Israel may entitle us to certain tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, or the Investment Law, once we begin to generate taxable income. If we do not meet the requirements for maintaining these benefits, they may be reduced or cancelled and the relevant operations would be subject to Israeli corporate tax at the standard rate, which is set at 23% in 2018 and thereafter. In addition to being subject to the standard corporate tax rate, we could be required to refund any tax benefits that we may receive in the future, plus interest and penalties thereon. Even if we continue to meet the relevant requirements, the tax benefits that our current “Technology Enterprise” is entitled to may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at all. If these tax benefits were reduced or eliminated, the amount of taxes that we pay would likely increase, as all of our operations would consequently be subject to corporate tax at the standard rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by way of acquisitions, our increased activities may not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefits programs. See “Material Tax Considerations—Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs—Tax Benefits Under the 2017 Amendment” for additional information concerning these tax benefits.

 

Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law, which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

 

The rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in U.S. corporations. For example, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders, and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, voting at a general meeting of shareholders on matters such as amendments to a company’s articles of association, increases in a company’s authorized share capital, mergers and acquisitions and related party transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, a shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness toward the company. There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations and liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

 

Risks Related to our ADSs and Ordinary Shares

 

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

 

The share price of publicly traded medical device companies has been highly volatile and is likely to remain highly volatile in the future. The market price of the ADSs or ordinary shares on either Nasdaq or the TASE, respectively, may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, including:

 

positive or negative results of testing and clinical trials by us, strategic partners and competitors;

 

delays in entering into strategic relationships with respect to development and/or commercialization of Deep TMS or entry into strategic relationships on terms that are not deemed to be favorable to us;

 

technological innovations or commercial product introductions by us or competitors;

 

changes in government regulations;

 

developments concerning proprietary rights, including patents and litigation matters;

 

public concern relating to the commercial value or safety of Deep TMS;

 

34

 

 

financing or other corporate transactions;

 

publication of research reports or comments by securities or industry analysts;

 

general market conditions in the medical device industry or in the economy as a whole; or

 

other events and factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs. In addition, stock markets in general, and medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

 

The significant share ownership position of our officers, directors and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Our officers, directors and entities affiliated with certain of our directors beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, approximately 24% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of March 22, 2020. Accordingly, these persons are able to significantly influence, though not independently determine, the outcome of matters required to be submitted to our shareholders for approval, including decisions relating to the election of our board of directors, and the outcome of any proposed merger or consolidation of our company. These interests may not be consistent with those of our other shareholders. In addition, these persons’ significant interest in us may discourage third parties from seeking to acquire control of us, which may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our ordinary shares.

 

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our ordinary shares, unless they withdraw the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs in accordance with the deposit agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The depositary is the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore do not have any rights as holders of our ordinary shares, other than the rights that they have pursuant to the deposit agreement. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

 

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

 

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of the ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares. In addition, ADS holders may not be able to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares when they owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

 

35

 

 

We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, or to terminate the deposit agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders.

 

We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of the ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders. We and the depositary may agree to amend the deposit agreement in any way we decide is necessary or advantageous to us or to the depositary. Amendments may reflect, among other things, operational changes in the ADS program, legal developments affecting ADSs or changes in the terms of our business relationship with the depositary. In the event that the terms of an amendment are materially disadvantageous to ADS holders, ADS holders will only receive 30 days’ advance notice of the amendment, and no prior consent of the ADS holders is required under the deposit agreement. Furthermore, we may decide to direct the depositary to terminate the ADS facility at any time for any reason. For example, terminations may occur when we decide to list our ordinary shares on a non-U.S. securities exchange and determine not to continue to sponsor an ADS facility or when we become the subject of a takeover or a going-private transaction. If the ADS facility will terminate, ADS holders will receive at least 90 days’ prior notice, but no prior consent is required from them. Under the circumstances that we decide to make an amendment to the deposit agreement that is disadvantageous to ADS holders or terminate the deposit agreement, the ADS holders may choose to sell their ADSs or surrender their ADSs and become direct holders of the underlying ordinary shares, but will have no right to any compensation whatsoever.

 

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

 

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our ordinary shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement.

 

If this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York, which has non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.

 

If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and / or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.

 

No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

36

 

 

You will not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise your right to vote.

 

Holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. Under the terms of the deposit agreement, holders of the ADSs may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs. Otherwise, holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise their right to vote unless they withdraw the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs to vote them in person or by proxy in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and our articles of association. Even so, ADS holders may not know about a meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those ordinary shares. If we ask for the instructions of holders of the ADSs, the depositary, upon timely notice from us, will notify ADS holders of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to them. Upon our request, the depositary will mail to holders a shareholder meeting notice that contains, among other things, a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given. We cannot guarantee that ADS holders will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that they can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs. A shareholder is only entitled to participate in, and vote at, the meeting of shareholders, provided that it holds our ordinary shares as of the record date set for such meeting and otherwise complies with our articles of association. In addition, the depositary’s liability to ADS holders for failing to execute voting instructions or for the manner of executing voting instructions is limited by the deposit agreement. As a result, holders of ADSs may not be able to exercise their right to give voting instructions or to vote in person or by proxy and they may not have any recourse against the depositary or us if their ordinary shares are not voted as they have requested or if their shares cannot be voted.

 

Our ordinary shares and ADSs are traded on different markets and this may result in price variations.

 

Our ordinary shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007 and our ADSs have been traded on the Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019. Trading in our securities on these markets takes place in different currencies (dollars on the Nasdaq and NIS on the TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Israel). The trading prices of our securities on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our securities on one of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading price of our securities on the other market.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends for at least the next several years

 

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for at least the next several years. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of the ADSs will be the investors’ sole source of gain for at least the next several years. In addition, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends, and may subject us to certain Israeli taxes. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade the ADSs, the price of the ADSs could decline.

 

The trading market for the ADSs will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of the ADSs could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade the ADSs or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

 

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

 

In the past, U.S.-listed companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities, including many life sciences and biotechnology companies, have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Regardless of the merits or the ultimate results of such litigation, securities litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

37

 

 

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain Nasdaq requirements.

 

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption”:

 

we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of our voting rights, which complies with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be two or more shareholders, having any percentage of our voting rights;
     
we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company) and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholder approval is required (subject to certain limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office and employment or other engagement of our controlling shareholder, if any, or such controlling shareholder’s relative; (d) approval of transactions with the company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to his or her compensation, whether in accordance with the approved compensation policy of the company or not, or transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for office holders and (f) certain private placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and

 

as permitted by the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors selects director nominees, and we do not have a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. Directors are not selected, or recommended for board of director selection, by independent directors constituting a majority of the board’s independent directors or by a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors as required by the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on the Nasdaq Global Market may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Foreign Private Issuer and Controlled Company Status.”

 

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements (including disclosures with respect to executive compensation), and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

 

38

 

 

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

 

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our ordinary shares and ADSs (calculated together) must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our senior management or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50 percent of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we were to lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

 

We may incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company in the United States, and our management may be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

 

As a public company whose ADSs are listed in the United States, and particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may incur accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur prior to our listing on Nasdaq and registration with the SEC, including costs associated with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. We also anticipate that we may incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market, and provisions of Israeli corporate law applicable to public companies and the rules of the TASE. These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, introduce new costs such as investor relations, increased insurance premiums and stock exchange listing fees, and may make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Our board and other personnel may need to devote a substantial amount of time to these initiatives. We are constantly evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

Any future changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States and Israel, including Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and the rules of the Nasdaq, will result in increased costs to us as we respond to such changes.

 

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

 

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting with the next annual report that we file with the SEC, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto discussed above and depending on our status as per Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. We have not yet commenced the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 and whether there are any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our chief financial officer and other members of our senior management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective controls over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate, including the hiring of outside consultants. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors. 

 

39

 

 

Changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies will result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements. These laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as senior management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with such requirements.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Most of such requirements relate to disclosures that we would only be required to make if we also ceased to be a foreign private issuer in the future, for example, the requirement to hold shareholder advisory votes on executive and severance compensation and executive compensation disclosure requirements for U.S. companies. However, as a foreign private issuer, we could still be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are exempt from such requirement for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, which may be up to five fiscal years after the date of our initial public offering on Nasdaq in April 2019. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion; (b) December 31, 2024 (the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering on Nasdaq); (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and our share price may be more volatile.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs.

 

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

 

Our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures and disclose changes in these controls on an annual basis. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

 

40

 

 

Risks Related to Tax Matters

 

We may be a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally would result in certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders.

 

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a “passive foreign investment company” (a PFIC) for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (the “income test”) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “asset test”). Generally, “passive income” includes interest, dividends, rents, royalties and certain gains, and cash is a passive asset for PFIC purposes. We do not believe that we are currently a PFIC, and we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the determination of whether we are a PFIC depends on the particular facts and circumstances (such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets) and also may be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The fair market value of our assets is expected to depend, in part, upon (i) the market price of the ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate, and (ii) the composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in any financing transaction. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. shareholder owned the ADSs, such U.S. shareholder generally will be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including increased tax liability on gains from dispositions of the ADSs and certain distributions and a requirement to file annual reports with the Internal Revenue Service. In light of the foregoing, no assurance can be provided that we are not currently a PFIC or that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding our PFIC status. See “Material Tax Considerations—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Our legal and commercial name is Brainsway Ltd. We are a limited liability company that was incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in November 2006. We completed our initial public offering on the TASE in January 2007, and in April 2019 we completed the listing of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market. Our ordinary shares are currently listed on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY”, and our ADSs are currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “BWAY”. Our principal executive offices are located at 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem 9777518, Israel, and our telephone number is +972-2-582-4030.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://sec.gov.

 

Our ordinary shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007 and our ADSs have been traded on the Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019.

 

Our web site address is http://www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

 

Our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were approximately $3 million, $2 million and $1 million respectively. Our current capital expenditures involve purchase of property and equipment and system components.

 

41

 

 

B. Business Overview

 

We are a commercial stage medical device company focused on the development and sale of non-invasive neuromodulation products using our proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS) technology for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), for which we have received marketing authorization from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hyperactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we refer to as H-Coils, are designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Focal TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. We believe that our Deep TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders beyond MDD and OCD.

 

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-hate and critique, and cognitive symptoms, such as difficulty concentrating, memory dysfunction, suicidal thinking and faulty judgment of reality. According to a 2015 study by the World Health Organization (WHO), MDD affects approximately 300 million people worldwide, with the rate of depression increasing in developed countries. The U.S. National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) estimates that 16.2 million individuals in the United States suffer from a major depressive episode within a given year. Based on 2006-2007 data from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, we estimate that approximately 4.9 million adult MDD patients in the United States are considered treatment-resistant (i.e., do not benefit from anti-depressant medication), of which we estimate that approximately 3.4 million or more are currently eligible to receive reimbursement for Deep TMS from either governmental or private insurers. Assuming a course of treatment per patient of 33 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which is the price per treatment session used in our risk share pricing model), we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for MDD in the United States is approximately $8 billion.

 

OCD is a common, chronic and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. Based on data from the NIMH, we estimate that approximately 2.24 million adults in the United States suffer from OCD annually. Of these people, we estimate approximately 820,000 patients have sought treatment for OCD and approximately 410,000 are considered treatment-resistant. Assuming a course of treatment per patient of 29 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which is the price per treatment session used in our risk share pricing model), we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for OCD in the United States is approximately $800 million.

 

Our first commercial Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication in the current episode. Our pivotal trial for MDD demonstrated statistically significant response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world.

 

In addition to our FDA clearance of Deep TMS for MDD, we are the first and only medical device company to offer an FDA-authorized non-invasive treatment for OCD, the marketing authorization for which we received in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment.

 

We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology that provides for an opportunity to develop additional Deep TMS products for a variety of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. We recently completed multicenter clinical trials to support FDA clearance of Deep TMS for smoking cessation and are working to facilitate a clearance pathway for that indication. We are also planning multicenter trials for other indications, including opioid addiction, multiple sclerosis (MS), and post-stroke rehabilitation, the latter of which are the first neurological indications that we plan to advance into multicenter trials.

 

42

 

 

We recently decided to discontinue the funding of our PTSD multicenter clinical study following an insufficient demonstration of efficacy during an interim analysis of the results achieved with the first 87 eligible subjects who completed the study protocol. We consider future PTSD studies using alternative parameters.

 

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. A standard MDD or OCD session lasts 20 minutes and 19 minutes, respectively. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation and no systemic side effects have been reported.

 

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS, available after three to four failures of anti-depressant medications. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS may be eligible for reimbursement from Medicare, and is expected to be available after four failures of anti-depressant medications. Deep TMS for OCD is not currently investigational . However, we believe that there is currently an out-of-pocket market for our Deep TMS systems for OCD, and we are working to broaden the scope of reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS to include OCD treatment, based on novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment.

 

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, Brainsway USA Inc, as a direct marketing and sales channel, where we currently have existing sales, marketing and support infrastructure. We are currently ramping up our commercialization efforts of Deep TMS for MDD and OCD. We generate revenue from various flexible pricing models that are designed to maximize market penetration. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated revenues of $23 million, an increase of 41% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018..

 

Our Deep TMS Platform

 

Our proprietary Deep TMS technology is intended for non-invasive treatment of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. The system includes an H-Coil uniquely designed to transmit electric current flows at varying rates, creating an electromagnetic field that serves to depolarize cortical neurons and activate neural networks in certain areas of the brain in accordance with the operating frequency, with the effect of treating the disorder associated with that area of the brain. Our innovative technology is capable of stimulating deeper and broader regions of the brain than any other commercially available TMS product.

 

We have developed a number of H-Coils with differing configurations, building upon our technology with important changes for each coil. For different regions of the brain which are known to be associated with specific brain disorders, we offer different H-Coils that are designed to influence the neurological networks of those regions. For example, we have one H-Coil (BrainsWay D) that is used in our Deep TMS system for MDD, and we have another H-Coil for OCD (BrainsWay OCD) that is used for OCD (and future clinical development is planned for opioid addiction). The H-Coils transmit pulses which are generated by a power supply, known as a stimulator. We recently developed our own proprietary stimulator that is more advanced than our previously used third-party stimulator and improves our approved Deep TMS systems through its user-friendly software interface and other features. We obtained FDA 510(k) clearance for our proprietary stimulator as a modification to the FDA clearance for both the MDD and OCD indications. In addition, we are currently developing a next generation multichannel stimulator allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain with independent stimulation parameters, thus potentially enabling more flexible and effective treatment of various brain disorders, which we believe would make our Deep TMS systems even more attractive to clinicians, researchers and patients. This innovation is potentially well-positioned for use in neurology indications.

 

43

 

 

Our Deep TMS system is comprised of the various key components, as illustrated below:

 

Helmet, including proprietary H-Coil

 

Stimulator, which provides the power supply and source of the Deep TMS electromagnetic field

 

Graphic User Interface (GUI)

 

One or More Arm(s)/Positioning Device(s)

 

Cooling System

 

Movable Medical Cart

 

We believe our Deep TMS system has many advantages relative to other TMS products currently on the market. Our H-Coil is a flexible device encased in a helmet that fits securely around the patient’s head. This, together with the proprietary structure of our H-Coil, means that a much larger surface area of the head is in contact with the H-Coil. Furthermore, if the patient moves his or her head, the helmet—and thus the H-Coil—moves along with it, eliminating the need for features which prevent the patient from moving his or her head during therapy. In contrast, all other currently available TMS products utilize what we refer to as Focal TMS, which generally utilizes a variation of the figure 8 coil that is placed adjacent to the scalp of the patient and needs to be specifically positioned and attached to the head in order to deliver focal stimulation of the desired area of the brain. Whereas some figure 8 coils are handheld by the operator, some Focal TMS systems attach the coil to an apparatus designed to minimize the ability of the patient to move the head away from the relevant portion of the coil during therapy and thus failing to achieve the required stimulation. These features either alert the operator in the event of a shift of the patient’s head away from the coil, or actually fasten the coil next to the patient’s head. In either case, only a small surface area on the patient’s head comes into contact with the figure 8 coil. Focal TMS is limited to the narrow area treated, and the manual placing of the figure 8 coil in Focal TMS may cause inaccuracies in the region treated. Studies suggest that the figure 8 coil misses the target in 33% of patients.

 

A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. The clearance for this indication is categorized as an adjunct therapy, which means that it should be administered in conjunction with other first-line therapies and/or medications, as determined in the independent medical judgment of the treating healthcare professional on a case-by-case basis A standard MDD or OCD session lasts 20 and 19 minutes, respectively. The protocol for OCD also requires a short provocation procedure (i.e., triggering of OCD symptoms), to ensure that Deep TMS is calibrated to treat the particular needs of the patient, which is then followed by a Deep TMS session. The treatments are typically officebased procedures performed in private clinics, hospitals, universities and other medical centers. As with Focal TMS, Deep TMS is contraindicated for patients with metallic objects or implanted stimulator devices in or near the head, including cochlear implants, deep brain stimulators, other implanted electrodes or stimulators, aneurysm clips or coils, stents, bullet fragments, jewelry and hair barrettes. During treatment, the patient must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device.

 

44

 

 

We believe that Deep TMS has additional advantages over Focal TMS because it is capable of stimulating deeper and broader areas of the brain. Studies have shown that while Focal TMS devices create an electromagnetic field estimated to penetrate the cortical surface of the brain up to depths in the range of 0.7 centimeters to 1.1 centimeters, Deep TMS creates a magnetic field with a slower and more gradual deterioration that reaches depths from the cortical surface of approximately 1.8 centimeters for BrainsWay D and approximately 3.5 centimeters for BrainsWay OCD. Studies have also shown that BrainsWay D has the capacity for total stimulated brain volume of 17 cm3 compared to 3 cm3 for the figure 8 coil used in Focal TMS. We believe this deeper and broader penetration of Deep TMS provides an advantage over Focal TMS because of its potential to address a wider variety of brain disorders, and for a given disorder, to stimulate more relevant brain structures.

 

The training for operation of a Deep TMS system is relatively simple and generally requires a day of training which includes classroom lectures as well as a number of hours of practice providing treatment. The OCD training protocol also includes instruction on addressing specific obsessions and compulsions.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Deep TMS technology has advantages over Focal TMS.

 

We believe that Deep TMS, with our proprietary H-Coil design, allows for deeper and broader penetration of regions of the brain compared to Focal TMS, permitting Deep TMS to address a wider variety of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. We believe that this deeper and broader penetration provides us with the opportunity to address more indications with potentially greater clinical efficiency because Deep TMS stimulates a larger portion of the brain and is less sensitive to coil orientation and position during treatment. In addition, Deep TMS is administered at stimulation levels that we believe are as safe and tolerable as Focal TMS.

 

We have obtained FDA marketing authorizations of Deep TMS for MDD and OCD.

 

We are the only company to have obtained FDA marketing authorizations for TMS products in more than one psychiatric indication: MDD, which was FDA-cleared in 2013, and OCD, which was classified by FDA as a Class II device in a de novo classification in August 2018. For MDD, we are one of only two TMS companies that have performed clinical studies supporting the FDA clearance. We are the first and only TMS company to have developed a non-invasive medical device that has received FDA marketing authorization for OCD.

 

Our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS.

 

We believe that our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS that will accelerate its market acceptance by clinicians. Our pivotal trial for MDD demonstrated statistically significant response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients in these trials.

 

We have a commercial track record for MDD and are ramping up commercialization for OCD.

 

We have an established commercial footprint in the United States for Deep TMS for MDD, including our own sales, marketing and support employees at our U.S.-based subsidiary. We estimate that over 90% of total private insurer covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS may be eligible for reimbursement from Medicare. We are also currently selling Deep TMS for MDD in Europe, Mexico, Israel and certain other countries. We are currently ramping up our commercialization efforts for Deep TMS for OCD. We believe that our installed base of Deep TMS systems for MDD will facilitate faster expansion into OCD because clinicians who already have a Deep TMS system only need to lease an add-on arm and helmet to the existing system. We are currently working to obtain insurance reimbursement coverage for OCD in the United States.

 

45

 

 

Our flexible pricing models are designed to achieve market penetration.

 

For Deep TMS for MDD, we offer a fixed-fee lease model enabling unlimited use, including warranty and support, or provide an option to purchase, including a one-year warranty. In addition, we offer a risk share model, a pay-per-use pricing model with a minimum annual fee, for MDD, and for OCD, we offer only our risk share model. We believe these pricing models will increase market acceptance among clinics and psychiatric professionals at reduced up-front costs compared to our sales or fixed-lease models. Based on our commercial data, and depending on insurer reimbursement rates, we believe our psychiatrist customers can generate approximately $10,000 of revenues per patient for a course of treatment using our system.

 

Deep TMS has potential applicability to a range of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders.

 

Deep TMS has the potential to serve as a platform technology that can address a potentially wide variety of other psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders by using the appropriate H-Coil structure for the targeted brain region. We are working to facilitate a clearance pathway for our recently completed smoking cessation multicenter trial, and we are also planning trials for opioid addiction, and other neurological indications . We were selected to be one of eight participants, out of over 250 applications, in the FDA Innovation Challenge: Devices to Prevent and Treat Opioid Use Disorder. Furthermore, in March 2019, the FDA granted our system a Breakthrough Device Designation for the Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder. The Breakthrough Devices Program is intended by the FDA to help patients have more timely access to medical devices which may provide more effective treatment of life-threatening or irreversibly debilitating diseases or conditions. We are currently working directly with the FDA on the design of the planned opioids addiction study. As a result of these developments, all of our regulatory submissions for the planned opioids addiction study will be subject to priority review by senior FDA officials.

 

Our Strategy

 

We are currently focused on expanding the commercialization of Deep TMS with respect to the two indications that have FDA marketing authorization, MDD and OCD. Simultaneously, we are continuing to pursue the potential application of Deep TMS for smoking cessation through our recently completed pivotal multicenter trial for this indication. In addition, we are actively engaged in research for other potential applications for Deep TMS for patients suffering from neurological conditions and addictions. For each potential indication, we assess and evaluate our technology’s efficacy, safety, patent status, market potential, and development and regulatory pathways. Our systematic approach to evaluating and developing applications for Deep TMS allows us to continually build upon our clinical pipeline, and advance those applications with the greatest clinical effect and revenue potential. We also plan to advance other technological innovations in the neuromodulation space for the improvement of our products. For example, we are currently developing a multichannel stimulator allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain, as well as pursuing personalized treatment solutions allowing for providers to customize ideal treatment approaches for each patient.

 

Specific elements of our strategy include the following:

 

Increase the full-scale commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD and accelerate commercialization of Deep TMS for OCD.

 

We are continuing to scale up our commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD as we seek to further penetrate the MDD market. We continue to focus our principal commercial activity on the U.S. market in light of the market size and wide range of insurance coverage. In addition, we plan to commence full-scale commercialization of our Deep TMS for OCD, which is currently the only non-invasive medical device FDA-authorized for the treatment of OCD, pending reimbursement coverage for this indication.

 

46

 

 

Pursue additional indications and technological innovations for Deep TMS.

 

The majority of our research and development efforts are currently focused on pursuing a regulatory pathway for our recently completed multi-center clinical trial in smoking cessation and on pursuing other technological innovations. We are also working to expand the application to other areas as well such as forms of addictions, targeting first opioid addictions, as well as neurological indications such as MS. We intend to progress these plans ourselves and through our relationships with third-party researchers and clinical institutions in conducting clinical trials for additional psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. With this approach, we address psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders that we believe present some of the most promising market opportunities for Deep TMS.

 

Expand reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD and other approved indications in the future.

 

A key prerequisite to the successful market acceptance of Deep TMS is securing sufficient insurance/third-party payer coverage. The scope and level of coverage are also key factors in our ability to penetrate the market and to expand further use of our Deep TMS system by healthcare providers and facilities for the benefit of the larger patient population. We aim to achieve similar levels of reimbursement for Deep TMS for OCD, which was granted marketing authorization in the United States, and we are also working to obtain reimbursement in other jurisdictions.

 

Develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems.

 

We continue to develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems to expand the applicability of Deep TMS to additional indications and improve the capabilities of the systems for approved indications. For example, we are currently developing a novel multichannel stimulator, which is designed to target multiple brain regions simultaneously with independent stimulation parameters, thus potentially enabling more flexible and effective treatment of various brain disorders. We believe this design enhancement would make Deep TMS even more efficient to clinicians, researchers and patients, and is potentially well-positioned for use in neurology.

 

Increase our international commercial footprint.

 

We are working to expand our existing commercial footprint in Europe, Asia, Latin America and Israel, and pursue commercialization in additional markets, such as Japan and various Asian countries. We currently have exclusive distribution agreements in Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, the Philippines Ecuador and Costa Rica.

 

We obtained regulatory approval with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (PMDA) in Japan, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

 

In Israel, we terminated our distribution agreement with our previous Israeli distributor, assuming direct operations for customers in Israel as of July 2019.

 

47

 

 

Deep TMS for MDD

 

Disease Overview

 

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-hate and critique, and cognitive symptoms, such as difficulty concentrating, memory dysfunction, suicidal thinking and faulty judgment of reality. MDD is expressed differently, and in different intensities, among patients, and significantly impacts the functioning in all aspects of life. Patients are often not diagnosed due to low levels of awareness of the disease and its symptoms by the patient and the family doctor involved, or due to prejudice related to psychotherapy. In order to be diagnosed with MDD, a patient must display symptoms that are present most of the day, nearly every day, for at least two weeks. A diagnosis of MDD is established by clinical interview and an assessment of whether a patient reports a collection of the relevant symptoms.

 

MDD is a recurrent disease and follows a fluctuating course over an individual’s lifetime, with periods of remission and relapse. If an initial episode of MDD is resolved, the return of depressive symptoms during the first nine months thereafter is referred to as a relapse of the illness and is generally considered to be part of the same depressive episode. When depressive symptoms return more than 12 months after the initial episode of MDD is resolved, it is considered to be a recurrence of the illness and is deemed a new and distinct episode. A response to treatment is commonly measured as a clinically significant decrease in symptoms on a standardized rating scale from baseline scores. When a patient shows no or nearly no symptoms, the patient is referred to as being in remission. Experiencing one episode of MDD places an individual at an estimated 50% risk of experiencing an additional episode of MDD. Approximately 80% of those individuals who have experienced two episodes of MDD will experience an additional episode.

 

In people with MDD, the complex system of neuronal communication does not function properly. One of the most important discoveries in neuroscience has been the recognition that improper regulation of one or more of the three major neurotransmitters, serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine, plays a key role in a patient’s depression. This understanding has guided psychiatric drug development and the treatment of depression for more than three decades by placing a major focus on targeting chemically-based mechanisms. The relatively recent introduction of TMS as a targeted, circuit-based treatment option has reintroduced the importance of electrical mechanisms in restoring proper function to neuronal pathways to treat depression.

 

Market Information

 

According to the WHO and the NIMH, an estimated 300 million people worldwide including 16.2 million individuals in the United States develop a major depressive episode within a given year. We estimate that there are 57 million depression patients in India, 55 million in China, 25 million in Europe and 5 million in Japan. MDD is one of the most prevalent mental illnesses across all demographics. According to the Clinical Psychology Review, MDD follows a chronic course of repeated bouts of remission and recurrence in about 50% of people affected. The chronic nature of MDD makes it the leading cause of years lost to disability in the world, and MDD patients are more likely to commit suicide. According to the American Journal of Psychiatry, roughly 2% of MDD patients treated as outpatients, and 4% of those hospitalized because of their condition, commit suicide. In addition, studies suggest that some patients exhibit a higher mortality rate even after controlling for suicide. Due to the prevalence and severity of MDD, the treatment of the disorder is a pressing concern for mental health professionals.

 

We focus on the population segment for whom conventional treatment (medicinal and/or psychotherapy) of MDD has not provided the required clinical response, as patients who are treatment-resistant and are entitled to reimbursement for Deep TMS treatment. It is customary to assess that approximately half of the sufferers from the illness do not respond to the first medicinal treatment, and that one-third do not find conventional solutions to their suffering at all. In addition, even among patients who receive medicinal treatment that is found effective, many suffer from severe side effects that cause them to abandon the treatment and be left with their depressive condition. We aim to meet the enormous need of these groups of treatment-resistant patients and provide effective, non-medicinal treatment which is not accompanied by the systemic side effects of the medication on the one hand and the electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) treatments on the other hand (such as damage to memory).

 

48

 

 

Treatment Options for MDD

 

Treatment for patients diagnosed with MDD varies by disease severity. For patients with mild to moderate depression, first line treatment is usually psychotherapy (the treatment of mental disorders by psychological means), especially if the patient is able to identify particular stressors or sources of depressive symptoms. For some of these patients, pharmacotherapy (anti-depressant medication) may be used to supplement psychotherapy. For patients with moderate depression, pharmacotherapy with or without psychotherapy is the recommended initial treatment. TMS is a second line therapy for the treatment of a patient who has failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior pharmacotherapy. For patients with severe depression and later stage treatment, somatic treatments such as ECT may be an option.

 

The central group of anti-depressant medicines is the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake (SNR). Drug side effects play a decisive role in treatment selection and modification, as each class of drugs is associated with a host of side effects, some more severe or more common than others. The most common side effects include gastrointestinal symptoms, sedation, insomnia, weight changes, sexual dysfunction, nervousness, sleep disruption, nausea, headaches and cardiovascular or neurological effects. Side effects may also cause patients not to adhere to the treatment or to abandon it. On initiation of anti-depressant pharmacotherapy, close monitoring for response to treatment and development of side effects is essential.

 

The limitations of anti-depressant medications in MDD treatment were demonstrated in the STAR*D study, a large clinical trial funded by the NIMH that enrolled more than 4,000 adult MDD patients at 41 clinical sites to examine the outcomes to a sequenced series of anti-depressant medication attempts that mimicked best practices. In the study, only 36.8% and 30.6% of patients achieved remission in their first and second medication attempts, respectively. In addition, 30-40% of MDD patients did not experience a meaningful response to anti-depressant medication. This means that there is still a significant number of patients who could benefit from an alternative treatment such as Deep TMS.

 

Side effects are one of the most commonly cited reasons for patients terminating the use of anti-depressants. The most troubling side effects resulting from long-term anti-depressant use are insomnia, weight gain, and sexual dysfunction. In addition, correlation was discovered between consumption of SSRI medications and actualization of suicidal thoughts in youth, and some SSRI group medicines require strict diets and medical supervision.

 

TMS has been used as an anti-depressant therapy since 2008. Currently, TMS for MDD is only recommended for treatment-resistant MDD patients, and payers typically require that patients fail three or more anti-depressant medications prior to receiving TMS. However, research has shown that TMS is also effective in treating depressive symptoms in patients who fail one to two anti-depressant medications. For many patients, the side effects associated with pharmacological treatments for depression are a primary reason underlying low compliance and, subsequently, low efficacy of treatment. For TMS, however, no significant side effects have been observed, other than mild headaches for a short period of up to a few hours after the treatment, and rare instances of short seizures. The few side effects associated with TMS treatment is considered one of its main advantages. The most common side effect of Deep TMS treatment is short-lasting mild pain or discomfort around the site of coil application. This side effect usually only lasts during the first week of treatment. Other adverse reaction reactions such as jaw and face pain, muscle pain, spasm or twitching, and neck pain were reported as mild or moderate and were also resolved shortly after treatment, as well as seizures in certain patients. The less severe side effects associated with Deep TMS make it an attractive option for patients.

 

Alternatives to pharmacological and TMS-based treatments include ECT, vagal nerve stimulation (VNS), and deep brain stimulation (DBS). ECT, the main psychotherapy alternative to TMS, is a therapy in which patients are administered brief electric currents through the brain. ECT is a non-invasive treatment carried out by a doctor under full anesthesia and muscle relaxant medicines, and patients often undergo partial hospitalization with recovery time lasting from hours to even days. While fewer treatment sessions are required (6-12 sessions) compared to TMS (20-30 sessions), each session lasts approximately an hour compared to the Deep TMS sessions that are about 20 minutes each. While ECT has high proven efficacy (70-75%) for patients with MDD, ECT’s potential for serious side effects, as well as negative stereotypes surrounding the treatment, often cause patients to be reluctant to undergo ECT. ECT affects the entire brain, including parts which do not need treatment, and may cause permanent cognitive damage, including memory loss. ECT may have significant and relatively severe side effects, the most common of which are cognitive and memory loss, changes in blood pressure, muscle pains, nausea, changes in mood, headaches and pain or discomfort. ECT is currently approved for treatment-resistant depression, severe mania, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, aggression or agitation in patients with dementia, and catatonia. It is provided usually in cases of severe MDD, where medicinal treatment is ineffective or impossible and in instances where the depression constitutes a risk to the life of the patient.

 

49

 

 

VNS and DBS are invasive therapies that can have serious side effects. Both involve implanted devices, which require surgery. In DBS, two electrodes are surgically implanted in the brain and a pulse generator is implanted into the patient’s chest. The electrodes produce electrical impulses that can regulate the electrical activity of the brain. In VNS, a pulse generator is implanted on the upper left side of the chest to stimulate the vagus nerve. VNS and DBS include surgical related risks, such as infection or local damage to the recurrent laryngeal nerve, which may lead to permanent voice alteration.

 

Deep TMS for MDD—Our Clinical Trials

 

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety of Deep TMS

 

We completed a Phase III trial at 20 different sites in the United States, Canada, Israel and Germany to test the efficacy and safety of using Deep TMS to treat MDD between 2009 and 2013. The therapeutic effect was clinically meaningful in both patients who failed one to two medications and patients who failed three or more medications, indicating that Deep TMS is effective in an even more treatment-resistant population.

 

Based on these results, we filed a 510(k) application to the FDA for Deep TMS (using BrainsWay D) for MDD. In 2013, the FDA cleared Deep TMS for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from previous anti-depressant medication treatment in the current episode.

 

(a) Trial Design

 

This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial investigated the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in 212 treatment-resistant adult MDD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized in a 1:1 ratio to undergo either monotherapy with active Deep TMS or with a sham. For active Deep TMS treatment, BrainsWay D was used at 120% stimulation intensity and a frequency of 18 Hz.

 

The trial was designed with three phases. The first phase was a wash-out phase in which patients slowly stopped any anti-depressants, mood stabilizers, or antipsychotics that they were previously taking. This phase lasted one to two weeks. The second phase was a four-week acute treatment phase in which patients received daily treatment with Deep TMS or a sham. The treatments were administered in a five-day sequence each week during the second phase. Measurements in respect of this phase were taken in week five. The final phase was a 12-week maintenance-continuation phase in which patients received two treatments per week of Deep TMS or a sham. Measurements in respect of the final phase were taken in week 16.

 

The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the 21-question Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS) at week five (following the end of the acute treatment phase). The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates at week five. Response was defined as a reduction of at least 50% from baseline HDRS score. Remission was defined as a total HDRS score of less than 10. Tertiary efficacy endpoints included a change in HDRS score from baseline to week 16 and the response and remission rates at week 16. Safety was assessed at every treatment and additional safety evaluations included auditory threshold tests and cognitive evaluations.

 

Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to meet the following criteria:

 

Anti-depressant medication-free (following washout period)

 

Failure to respond to one to four anti-depressant trials or not tolerant of at least two anti-depressant treatments in the current episode

 

Diagnosed with MDD with a single or recurrent episode

 

Duration of current episode must be at least one month but less than seven years

 

Score of at least four on the Clinical Global Impression Severity of Illness (CGI-S)

 

50

 

 

Score of at least 20 on the HDRS

 

No current (or within past year) diagnosis of other Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) Axis I disorders (e.g., PTSD, OCD, other mood disorders, eating disorders, psychotic disorders, or dissociative disorders)

 

No history or increased risk of seizures

 

During analysis, the study results were analyzed in two separate groups: the intention-to-treat (ITT) and per-protocol (PP) analysis sets. The ITT group included all subjects who met the eligibility criteria and received at least one Deep TMS treatment. Some of these patients, however, were not administered the treatment at the specified stimulation intensity of 120%. The PP patients included all subjects from the ITT group who received the protocol-specified treatment and stimulation intensity. Baseline demographic, clinical and safety assessments were performed on the ITT analysis set. Primary efficacy analysis was performed only on the PP group.

 

(b) Trial Results

 

The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the HDRS total score from baseline through week five. The change was measured as the slope of a graph of time point versus HDRS score. The estimated slope for the Deep TMS treatment group was −6.39 while the estimated slope for the sham treatment group was −3.28. The difference between groups was statistically significant (p = 0.008) for the PP group.

 

The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates through week five. As shown in Figure 1, response rates were 38.4% at week five for the Deep TMS group and 21.4% at the same time point for the sham group. Remission rates were 32.6% for the Deep TMS group and 14.6% for the sham group. The difference between groups was statistically significant for both response and remission rates (p = 0.0138 and p = 0.0051, respectively).

 

The tertiary efficacy endpoints were changes in HDRS scores, response, and remission rates at week 16 compared to baseline (see Figure 1 below). The difference in slope between Deep TMS and sham groups was 2.47, which was statistically significant (p = 0.0259). Additionally, the response rates at week 16 were 44.3% for the Deep TMS group and 25.6% for the sham group, which demonstrated a statistically significant difference between the groups (p = 0.0086). Remission rates at week 16 were 31.8% for the Deep TMS group and 22.2% for the sham group, which was a nonsignificant difference between groups (p = 0.1492).

 

Figure 1. Response and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups at Week 5 and Week 16

 

 

 

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

 

51

 

 

We and Yeda have agreed to cooperate in order to seek patent protection with regard to the licensed technology, to defend any patents licensed under the agreement against any infringement claims and to bring claims against third parties who are infringing the patents licensed under the agreement. The patents are to be registered in the name of Yeda, and where possible, at our request, we shall be registered as the holder of the exclusive license for use of the patent. We have agreed to pay all expenses related to registration and defense of the patents under the Yeda license agreement, and in the event that we are not interested in registration of a patent with regard to the licensed technology, Yeda is permitted to register such patent at its expense.

 

In addition, under the Yeda agreement, we recently exercised our exclusive option to in-license certain intellectual property rights owned by Yeda relating to an innovation known as “rotational field TMS” which involves the operation of two orthogonal coils to induce a rotating field in the brain. This method can stimulate neurons in various orientations, and may increase the efficacy of TMS for numerous applications.

 

Under the Yeda license agreement, we have agreed to pay to Yeda royalties as follows:

 

(i) 1% of net sales/leases of Deep TMS systems based upon Patent Family A and Patent Family B (which include technology licensed from PHS);

 

(ii) 3% for the first $10 million of net sales/leases, and 2% for net sales/leases over $10 million, for all other Deep TMS products based solely on Patent Family C (which is licensed exclusively from Yeda); provided, however, in the event the products are sold to a sub-licensee and are thereafter sold by such sub-licensee, the royalties paid to Yeda will be based on the higher of the net sales/leases of the product by the licensee or the net sales/leases of the sale by the sub-licensee; and

 

(iii) 4% of the net cash proceeds that we receive in respect of granting sublicenses or options for sublicenses (8% for Patent Family C).

 

Investigators then performed a subset analysis to understand whether there were statistically significant differences in response to treatment between patients who had failed one to two anti-depressant medications compared to three or more medications. The data for this is shown in Figure 2. For the group of patients who failed one to two medications, the slope was −6.75 for the Deep TMS group compared to −3.52 for the sham group. This difference was statistically significant (p = 0.0327). For the group of patients who failed three or more medications, the slope of HDRS score change was −6.07 for the Deep TMS group compared to −2.97 for the sham group. However, this difference did not reach statistical significance (p = 0.0958).

 

For the group of patients who failed one to two medications, remission rates were 36.6% in the Deep TMS group and 16.7% in the sham group. This was a statistically significant difference (p = 0.032). For the group of patients who failed three or more medications, remission rates were 28.9% for the Deep TMS group and 12.2% for the sham group. This difference was just outside of significance (p = 0.057). The data suggest that Deep TMS treatment can achieve high rates of remission even in patients who have been more resistant to medications.

 

52

 

 

Figure 2. HDRS Score Change (Slope) and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups in Subpopulations of Patients Who Failed 1 to 2 Medications versus Patients Who Failed 3+ Medications

 

 

 

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

 

(c) Safety Results

 

Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients. The most common reported side effects within the Deep TMS group are as follows: 26.7% of patients experienced headaches, 5.0% experienced application site pain, and 3.0% experienced application site discomfort. The most common reported side effects within the sham group are as follows: 18.9% of patients experienced headaches, 3.6% experienced insomnia, and 2.7% of patients experienced back pain. One subject experienced a seizure, following excessive consumption of alcohol on the night before treatment that was not reported to the treating physician or operator at the time of treatment. This was considered device-related, albeit with the caveat that withdrawal from alcohol may have led to a reduction of seizure threshold and consequently to this seizure during Deep TMS.

 

Longer-Term Remission and Response

 

As demonstrated our pivotal multicenter study for MDD (as described above) and in another third-party study (Harel et al. (2014)), MDD patients who achieved remission or response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment of 20 sessions over four weeks were able to sustain the therapeutic effect by continuing to undergo Deep TMS treatment beyond the treatment course. Additionally, our trial and the Harel study showed that among MDD patients who did not achieve a response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment, the longer such patients continued to undergo Deep TMS therapy, the more likely they were to achieve remission or response. This result was also demonstrated in another study examining the results of our multicenter trial (Yip et al. (2017)), which found that 72.7% of the patients who did not achieve response after an acute course of treatment achieved a response within the next 12 weeks (which involved twice weekly Deep TMS treatment), of which 60.6% achieved response within the first four weeks. These studies suggest that Deep TMS may continue to be effective beyond the standard acute treatment course, potentially broadening its clinical applicability.

 

Deep TMS for OCD

 

Disease Overview

 

OCD is a common, chronic and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships.

 

Individuals with OCD exhibit obsessions, compulsions, or both. Obsessions are reoccurring ideas, thoughts, or impulses that cause anxiety that individuals experience excessively and without cause. Compulsions are defined as repetitive behaviors or thoughts that are performed on a strict schedule and appear to have a purpose to the patient exhibiting the behavior or thought. Even if an individual is aware that the thoughts are inappropriate or irrelevant, he or she still might not be able to suppress the thought or the corresponding action. Obsessions tend to be related to contamination, cleanliness, or orderliness, and so compulsions frequently involve cleaning, washing, counting, arranging things in a particular way or repeatedly checking on things. These symptoms can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. While a wide spectrum of individuals may exhibit OCD-like symptoms, in order to be diagnosed with OCD, he or she must exhibit symptoms that cause severe distress or disrupt a person’s functioning for more than one hour per day.

 

53

 

 

OCD can severely disrupt an individual’s daily functioning, and many individuals suffering from OCD have a lower quality of life and significantly more mental distress compared to unaffected individuals. A survey of OCD patients found that 73% of patients have weakened family relationships, 62% have weakened friendships, and 40% are chronically underemployed or unemployed. Patients with both OCD and MDD, a frequent combination of disorders, experience the most severely impacted quality-of-life. Additionally, individuals with OCD may feel embarrassment or shame regarding their obsessions and compulsions, contributing to the low treatment-seeking rate of approximately 36%.

 

Market Information

 

Despite variances in estimates of the incidence of the disorder, we believe that a majority of research reports that 2% of the global population suffer from OCD sometime during their lifetime. According to the National Institute of Mental Health, approximately 1% of the adult population in the United States suffered from OCD in the past year. Based on these data, we estimate that approximately 2.24 million adults in the United States suffer from OCD annually. Of these people, we estimate approximately 820,000 patients have sought treatment for OCD and approximately 410,000 are treatment resistant. Of that population, 50.6% of cases are characterized had severe impairment. Another 34.8% of adults with OCD had moderate impairment, and 14.6% had mild impairment. The average age of onset is 19 years old.

 

There is a significant overlap of patients experiencing MDD and those experiencing OCD. Researchers found that MDD was 10 times more prevalent in OCD patients compared to the general population. Additionally, roughly 30% of OCD patients have concurrent OCD and MDD at the time of evaluation and 60 to 80% of OCD patients experience a depressive episode over the course of their lifetime. Frequently, depressive symptoms follow OCD, which suggests that the depressive symptoms occur as a response to the distress caused by OCD.

 

Treatment Options for OCD

 

OCD is generally considered to be one of the most difficult psychiatric diseases to treat. The wide variability in the expression of the disease and the frequent co-morbidity (simultaneous presence) with MDD and other anxiety disorders has complicated the development of an effective, targeted treatment for OCD. The accepted treatment for OCD is medicinal treatment, psychotherapy or a combination of both. However, up to 40% of patients do not respond to these treatments sufficiently.

 

While 60-70% of patients respond or partially respond to treatment with anti-depressant medications such as SRIs or SSRIs, there is a high relapse rate of approximately 60% when medications are stopped. The high relapse rate suggests that pharmacological treatments should be continued over an extended period of time in order to have continued effect. In addition, when testing a new pharmacological treatment on a patient, it takes 10 to 12 weeks to determine if the medication is bringing about clinically significant improvements in symptoms. Over half of patients experience a 25% to 35% decrease in symptoms within 10 to 12 weeks, but symptoms rarely disappear entirely. In addition, 40-60% of OCD patients do not experience a meaningful response to pharmacological treatment.

 

Deterrents to treatment include the often severe side effects of medications. Tricyclic anti-depressant medication, generally considered to be an effective first-line OCD treatment, is known for its particularly strong side effect profile. The medication can cause heightened risk of seizures, weight gain, sleepiness, tremor, dry mouth, nausea, constipation, visual changes, sweating, and sexual dysfunction. All other OCD medications may cause similar side effects, which make it challenging for patients to retain a high quality of life while also working toward disease remission. Upon initiation of pharmacological treatment for OCD, it is critical to closely monitor for development of any adverse effects.

 

54

 

 

Psychotherapy can be an effective treatment for adults and children with OCD. The treatment may involve controlled exposure to the source of the obsession and practice of refraining from performance of the compulsion. Research shows that certain types of psychotherapy, including cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) and other related therapies (e.g., habit reversal training) can be as effective as medication for many individuals. Research also shows that a type of CBT called Exposure and Response Prevention (EX/RP) is effective in reducing compulsive behaviors in OCD, even in people who did not respond well to anti-depressant medication. For many patients EX/RP is the add-on treatment of choice when anti-depressant medication does not effectively treat OCD symptoms.

 

Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for OCD. In August 2018, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for Deep TMS for OCD as an adjunct treatment (i.e., to be used in conjunction with first-line treatment, such as anti-depressant medication or CBT) for adult patients suffering from OCD. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific regions in the brain related to OCD. In addition, it offers a direct effect over deep regions in the brain associated with the disorder. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and the duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for OCD has not demonstrated any systemic side effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for OCD because anti-depressant medications, due to their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse of OCD symptoms.

 

The NIMH is supporting research into new treatment approaches for people whose OCD does not respond well to the usual therapies. These new approaches include combination and add-on (augmentation) treatments, as well as novel techniques such as deep brain stimulation (DBS). We believe that our Deep TMS system is the only non-invasive medical device that has obtained FDA marketing authorization to treat OCD.

 

Deep TMS for OCD — Our Clinical Trials

 

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety

 

We completed a Phase III trial at 11 sites in the United States, Israel and Canada to test the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS as a treatment for OCD, which was conducted from 2014 through 2017. In this trial, Deep TMS met its safety and efficacy endpoints and based on these results, we filed a de novo application to the FDA for the Deep TMS (using BrainsWay OCD) in this indication. In August 2018, the FDA classified and granted marketing authorization for Deep TMS as an adjunct treatment for adult patients with OCD to be used together with other first-line therapies.

 

(a) Trial Design

 

This double blind, placebo-controlled trial tested the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in the treatment of 94 treatment-resistant OCD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized to either treatment with active Deep TMS or a sham. Deep TMS for OCD was used for all treatment sessions, each of which lasted 18.3-minutes. BrainsWay OCD is specifically used in OCD treatment because it targets the anterior cingulate cortex, a region believed to be affected by OCD.

 

The trial consisted of three phases. The first phase, lasting one to two weeks, was the screening phase, during which anti-depressant medications other than SSRIs were tapered down and washed out (i.e., to make sure that patients take during the trial only medications that were approved by the protocol (such as SSRIs), and that they remained stable on these medications). Following the screening phase, patients entered into a six-week treatment phase. During the first five weeks of the treatment phase, patients received five consecutive sessions per week, followed by one week with four sessions (29 total treatment sessions). The third phase was the follow-up, in which patients were assessed in week six after their final treatment.

 

The primary endpoint measure was the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS), which is a score ranging from 0 to 40, with higher scores indicating greater severity of OCD symptoms. The secondary efficacy endpoint measures were response rate at weeks 6 and 10, partial response rate at weeks 6 and 10, and remission rates at week 6. Secondary safety endpoint measures included the number of adverse events, physical and cognitive evaluations, and vital signs.

 

55

 

 

Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to be diagnosed with OCD, have a YBOCS score of greater than 20, and not be diagnosed with any severe personality disorders.

 

(b) Trial Results

 

After six weeks of treatment, the Deep TMS treatment group had statistically significant improvement in YBOCS score compared to the sham treatment group. The adjusted mean YBOCS score decreased by 6.04 points in the Deep TMS group and by 3.27 points in the sham control group. The difference between the slopes of 2.78 points across six weeks between the treatment arms was statistically significant (p-value: 0.0127), and the effect size at week six assessment was 0.69. As shown in Figure 3, 38.1% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a response compared to 11.1% of the sham treatment group. Furthermore, 54.8% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a partial response, compared to 26.7% of the sham treatment group. The differences between groups were statistically significant for both response rate (p = 0.0033) and partial response rate (p = 0.0076).

 

Figure 3. Response and Partial Response Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

 

 

One month after the end of treatment (10 weeks after baseline), patients retained clinical improvement of symptoms, and these measures (YBOCS change and response rate) were significantly better in the Deep TMS group compared to the sham group (p=0.03 for YBOCS change and p=0.0057 for response rate).

 

Figure 4 highlights the continued decrease in unadjusted mean YBOCS score from baseline over the ten-week period.

 

Figure 4. Total YBOCS Score Change from Baseline over 10-Weeks for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

 

 

56

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

United States

 

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, Brainsway USA Inc, as a direct marketing and sales channel, engaging in the marketing, sale and support and logistics independently in the United States. As of December 31, 2019, we had 37 U.S. employees, including 21 sales and marketing employees and 11 field services and operation employees at our U.S.-based subsidiary.

 

In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of up to four years, for unlimited use and including warranty and support; (ii) a risk share model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer which pays based on the usage of the system, subject to an annual minimum amount; and (iii) a sales model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price, with additional potential revenue from warranties paid for the system for each year beginning the second year from purchase. These three models are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the different needs and risk tolerance among our customer base. In the beginning of 2017, we shifted our sales and marketing focus in the United States from the sales model to the fixed-fee lease model and the risk share model, which we anticipate will increase market acceptance of our Deep TMS systems. While the lease and sales models enable unlimited use of the system by the customer in exchange for higher committed revenues, the risk share model allows for a lower market entry price with higher potential upside to us for customers that exceed the contracted minimum usage amount.

 

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 46% of our Deep TMS systems installed base for MDD utilized the fixed-fee lease model, approximately 41% utilized the sales model and approximately 13% utilized our risk share model. We have started, and expect to continue, to commercialize Deep TMS for OCD based solely on the risk share model, which charges per session and per treatment, in an effort to achieve greater market acceptance for that indication.

 

The training for operation of our Deep TMS system is not complex and requires about a day of training which includes theoretical learning and a number of practical hours of practice of placing the helmet on the head of the patient and providing treatment. Deep TMS for OCD requires additional training on triggering the patient’s OCD symptoms prior to administration of the treatment.

 

After installation of our system, we offer high quality service, technical support and repair to customers. Customers leasing the device (whether fixed lease or risk share model lease) receive support including maintenance and warranty for repairs and replacements during the full term of the lease. In contrast, customers purchasing the device receive this support for the first year following purchase. Thereafter, the warranty and support can be extended on a yearly basis by paying a set fee.

 

Our marketing activities include, amongst other things, corporate presence in major commercial and professional conferences, press releases, advertising, participation in open house and other similar events, social media, Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and other internet-based promotional campaigns and release of both direct and online marketing materials, which are all designed to increase the use of our systems for the authorized indications.

 

Outside of the United States

 

Approximately 10% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 was generated outside of the United States. A significant part of our sales outside the United States are made indirectly with local distributors and agents. Most of our sales outside the United States are made only via the purchase model, although we lease some of our Deep TMS systems in France, Mexico and Israel. Our primary focus is on selling to hospitals, medical centers and clinics dealing with the treatment of psychiatric neurological and addiction illnesses and disorders.

 

Our non-U.S. sales are managed both by our internal team in Israel and by local agents in various countries. In Israel, we do not use a distributor and our sales team distributes directly to our customers. We have exclusive distribution agreements in Japan, South Korea, Thailand, Taiwan, the Philippines Ecuador and Costa Rica and are seeking new distribution partners for other strategic markets including Mexico and Brazil which had been serviced by a previous distributor. Under our distribution agreements, the distributor receives an exclusive right to distribute the systems of our Deep TMS systems in the relevant territory. The exclusivity is contingent upon fulfillment of certain quotas, or pre-defined minimum orders of a number of systems per period. We have the right to cancel the exclusivity of the distributor if the distributor fails to fulfill the set targets. The distributor is required to pay us for each Deep TMS system installed in the territory. In some instances, we reserve the right to engage directly with the customer in which case it pays the distributor a commission derived from the transaction with the customer.

 

57

 

 

The duration of these agreements varies between distributors and ranges between three and ten years. In territories in which we use a local distributor, the distributor is generally responsible for obtaining and maintaining the regulatory approvals required for marketing of Deep TMS systems in the territory and for the installation, training and maintenance of the systems in the relevant territory. In addition to the regulatory approval requirements, the distributor is also required to implement efforts to obtain reimbursement and or coverage, as well as to market Deep TMS systems in the territory, including, in some cases, holding the marketing authorization in their name. For example, we recently obtained regulatory approval with the PMDA in Japan, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

 

We aim to increase our marketing and sales outside the United States by means of distributors in other countries, and we are currently seeking additional distribution agreements. Marketing and the success of penetration in each country is contingent on a variety of factors, including, among others, the existence of regulatory approvals, the availability of reimbursement, the support of key opinion leaders and the ease and ultimate success of market participants in adopting our technology.

 

Our Clinical Pipeline

 

Set forth below is a table presenting the current status of our clinical pipeline:

 

 

 

Smoking Cessation

 

Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, activates the limbic system and causes uncontrollable desire to smoke. Approximately 38 million U.S. adults smoke cigarettes, and 480,000 die from smoking each year. The global smoking cessation market is estimated at $3 billion per annum, and this market value is anticipated to increase. The most common smoking cessation option is nicotine replacement therapy, which is the affixing of patches to the body or the chewing of gum which secrete decreasing concentrations of nicotine in a manner which may assist physical withdrawal. However, this method does not treat the psychological-behavioral component of the addiction, and therefore there is a high probability that the patient will return to smoking if nicotine patch treatment is discontinued.

 

We recently concluded with positive results a pivotal multicenter trial assessing the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS as an aid in smoking cessation in adults suffering from chronic smoking addiction.

 

The trial was a randomized, double-blind, multicenter study designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS as an aid in smoking cessation in heavy smokers. The multicenter study was conducted at 14 sites, primarily in the U.S. All of the subjects in the study had at least one prior unsuccessful attempt to quit smoking before being enrolled in the trial. Over 80% of the subjects had undertaken at least two prior unsuccessful attempts, and over 25% had undertaken at least five prior unsuccessful attempts. 

 

Participants received three weeks of daily Deep TMS (or sham) treatment followed by one session per week for three more weeks (for a total of 18 treatments over six weeks). Assessment visits, including questionnaires and the collection of urine samples, were performed weekly from week two until week six. In addition, subjects were asked to keep a record of their smoking behavior on a diary card.

 

58

 

 

Only participants who reported zero cigarettes in their diary card at the week six assessment were invited to an additional follow-up visit three months following the completion of the Deep TMS (or sham) treatment. Among the participants who managed to meet the 4-week CQR within the first 6 weeks of the study, 73% in the active group and 60% in the sham group did not return to smoking at all by the time of this final follow up visit.

 

The trial was a randomized, double-blind, multicenter study designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS treatment as an aid in reducing cigarette smoking in individuals suffering from chronic smoking addiction. It was conducted at 14 sites, primarily in the U.S., and enrolled 262 eligible subjects randomized into two groups: an active treatment group treated with our proprietary H4 coil targeting addiction-related brain circuits, and a sham (placebo) control group. The primary endpoint of the study was a comparison between the two groups of the four-week continuous quit rate (CQR), representing abstinence during a consecutive four-week period. Weekly abstinence was defined as a subject’s self-report (in a diary) of no smoking, confirmed by urine tests indicating abstinence from smoking. The participants in the study were highly addicted to smoking, with a history of smoking on average for over 26 years and multiple failed attempts to quit.

 

Of the 168 participants in the study who actually completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the six-week endpoint), the CQR was 28.4% in the treatment group compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.0063).  The primary endpoint was defined based on the CQR among those subjects who received at least one Deep TMS (or sham) treatment session and had at least one post-baseline assessment, even if not completing the treatment period.  Within this cohort (which consisted of 234 participants and included dropouts) the CQR was 19.4% in the treatment group and 8.7% in the sham group (p= 0.0174).

 

An important secondary endpoint was the reduction in the number of cigarettes smoked. At baseline, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was 132 for the active group and 127 for the sham group. After 3 weeks of treatment, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was reduced to 38 in the active group and 57 in the sham group (p= 0.0018, active vs. sham). By the sixth week of the study, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week declined to 31 for the active group and 48 for the sham group (p=0.0125, active vs. sham).

 

Additional Potential Deep TMS Applications

 

Our primary focus for additional potential applications for Deep TMS are smoking cessation, opioid addiction and indications in neurology, including fatigue in MS and post-stroke rehabilitation. The U.S. patient population for opioid addition, MS and post-stroke rehabilitation is approximately 2 million, 1 million and 795,000, respectively.

 

We have previously recruited patients as part of a Phase III clinical trial in the U.S. and other countries of Deep TMS for bipolar disorder. We have recently ceased actively recruiting patients for this trial in order to focus our strategy on our proposed clinical trials for opioid addiction, fatigue in MS and post-stroke rehabilitation. We have also conducted double-blind, placebo-controlled trials evaluating Deep TMS for Alzheimer’s disease (in Israel and Italy), autism spectrum disorders such as Asperger syndrome (in Australia), alcohol addiction (in Israel and Sweden), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) (in Israel), Parkinson’s disease (in Israel and Italy) and chronic neuropathic pain (in Japan, Italy, France and Norway). We believe further clinical study in these indications could pave the way for marketing authorizations for new indications in the United States and expand the potential for treatment to a wider range of patients. Factors that contribute to how we prioritize the pursuit of certain clinical studies include, but are not limited to, the strength of our feasibility clinical data, market potential, required budget and ease of conduct of the trial. However, there is no guarantee that we will ultimately be successful in obtaining marketing clearance for the indications prioritized for further study.

 

59

 

 

Competition

 

The industry for the treatment of mental health diseases, disorders and other conditions is intensely competitive. Our currently marketed Deep TMS System is, and any future indications we develop and commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Our Deep TMS system for MDD competes with existing anti-depressant drugs, other TMS therapies and to a lesser degree, more invasive treatments such as ECT, VNS and DBS. Our Deep TMS system for OCD also competes with existing medications and other available treatments, although faces less direct competition as we are the only FDA-approved TMS product for this indication. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants. Our competitors may be larger and have greater resources than us, and may develop treatment options that receive faster regulatory approvals and/or are more rapidly adopted by clinicians and patients. Our competitors compete with us on the basis of efficacy and safety, regulatory approvals, price and availability of reimbursement from third-party payers, ease of use/administration of the treatment option, and reputation and market trends. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success Deep TMS System are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability, reliability, convenience and time frame of administration, market acceptance of our products relative to alternative treatments and reimbursement.

 

Competitors that sell other forms of TMS therapy for MDD include Neuronetics, Magventure, Magstim, MAG & More, Cloud TMS and Nexstim, that compete directly with us. Their systems are based on focal TMS coils and are FDA-cleared for MDD only, although there is one other company (eNeura) that is marketing a device that is FDA-cleared for treating pain associated with migraine headaches using single-pulse TMS. By contrast, our unique Deep TMS H-Coils are designed to address a number of different brain disorders. None of our competitors in the MDD market is currently FDA-cleared for an OCD indication, and thus we are the only company currently with marketing authorizations for MDD and OCD.

 

We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies that develop competitive products, such as anti-depressant medications (including but not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine which was recently approved by the FDA for use in conjunction with an oral antidepressant), with certain competitive advantages such as widespread market acceptance, ease of patient use and well-established reimbursement. In addition, we may face competition from ketamine, which is used as an anesthetic to treat a variety of brain disorders. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if these competitors develop and commercialize anti-depressant medications or other treatments that are safer or more effective than Deep TMS. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may render our products uncompetitive or less competitive.

 

We are also subject to competition from invasive neuromodulation therapies such as ECT, VNS and DBS. Major players in this space include Medtronic, St. Jude’s Medical, LivaNova and Boston Scientific Corporation. For example, the VNS system developed by Cyberonics (now LivaNova) is FDA-approved for MDD.

 

In addition, we may face competition in the future from other non-invasive treatments for MDD. Examples of non-invasive treatment options in early development include low-intensity and low-frequency ultrasound (LIFU), transcranial laser therapy and infrared therapy. We cannot predict whether any of these or any other treatment options will succeed in clinical trials or be commercially marketable in the future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses.”

 

Government Grants

 

As of December 31, 2019, we have received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $12.7 million. We are currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2019, we have paid royalties to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $2.0 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $12.9 million.

 

In addition, we received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.4 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2019). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon.

 

60

 

 

Manufacturing and Supply

 

We manage all aspects of product supply through our Jerusalem-based operations team. We manufacture our proprietary H-Coils and outsource the manufacture of certain components, including the stimulator, the computer controlling the stimulator, cooling system, the helmet and the arm of the helmet, which are produced and tested to our specifications. We assemble Deep TMS systems at our headquarters in Jerusalem and in New Jersey. In some cases, we rely on third-party providers to provide components used in existing products and we expect to continue to do so for future products. Our production activities also include manually assembling certain components of our devices for all required clinical and commercial quantities, and the integration of all components into a functioning Deep TMS system.

 

We manage our arrangements with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to adjust delivery schedules and quantities of components to match our changing manufacturing requirements. We forecast our component needs based on historical trends, current utilization patterns and sales forecasts of future demand. We establish our relationships with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers through supplier contracts and purchase orders. In most cases, these supplier relationships may be terminated by either party upon short notice. Magstim (UK) has historically supplied us with stimulators, and it is anticipated that they will continue to be used a source for older generation systems which do not include our newer FDA-cleared stimulator.

 

In order to mitigate against the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers when possible, maximize the use of commercial, off the shelf components and materials, minimize specialized or proprietary manufacturing processes, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of any critical components. To date, we have not experienced material delays in obtaining any of our components, nor has the ready supply of finished products to our customers or clinicians been adversely affected by component supply issues.

 

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation in connection with the manufacture of our devices. We must ensure that all of the processes, methods and equipment are compliant with the current Quality System Regulations (QSR) for devices on an ongoing basis, mandated by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and must conduct extensive audits of vendors, contract laboratories and suppliers. We comply with such regulatory requirements. Certain of our foreign marketing authorizations requires compliance of said manufacturing process with the ISO 13485 standard, with which we are compliant.

 

Reimbursement

 

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS, available after three to four failures of anti-depressant medications. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS may be eligible for reimbursement from Medicare, and is expected to be available after four failures of anti-depressant medications and subject to the satisfaction of other clinical criteria. Typically, payors (including Medicare) will provide reimbursement for up to 36 treatment sessions of Deep TMS for MDD, although the maximum number of covered sessions varies by insurer and/or location. Deep TMS for OCD is not currently eligible for reimbursement. However, there is currently an out-of-pocket market for our Deep TMS systems for OCD, and we are working to broaden the scope of reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS to include OCD treatment, based on a demonstration of the reasonableness and necessity of the treatment through clinical data.

 

The sales or lease of a medical device utilized for in-office medical treatments depend, in part, on the extent to which such treatments using that device will be covered by third-party payers, such as government health care programs (e.g., Medicare), private insurance and managed healthcare organizations. Even if a third-party payer covers a particular treatment, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase such medical device or ensure that purchase or lease will be profitable for the provider. Additionally, patients who are treated in-office for a medical condition generally rely on third-party payers to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with the treatment and may be unwilling to undergo such treatment in the absence of coverage and adequate reimbursement.

 

Reimbursement by a third-party payer may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payer’s determination that a treatment is: neither experimental nor investigational; safe, effective, and medically necessary; appropriate for the specific patient; cost-effective; supported by peer reviewed medical journals; and included in clinical practice guidelines.

 

61

 

 

Physician reimbursement under Medicare generally is based on a defined fee schedule, or the Physician Fee Schedule, through which payment amounts are determined by the relative values of the service rendered in a physician office setting or by a physician in a facility setting. Medicare coverage for TMS also has specific patient history requirements. Medicare coverage for Deep TMS generally requires four failures of anti-depressant medications.

 

In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among private third-party payers. Reimbursement rates from private payers vary depending on the procedure performed, the commercial payer, contract terms, and other factors. Private third-party payers often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare coverage and reimbursement determinations. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS generally requires three to four failures of anti-depressant medications.

 

Coverage and reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payer to payer. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for an in-office treatment are made on a plan-by-plan basis. One payer’s determination to provide coverage for a specific treatment does not assure that other payers will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement.

 

In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. Governmental and private insurers are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-efficacy of medical services. Adoption of price controls and cost containment measures by any such payers, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit our market opportunity and reduce our revenues.

 

Private insurers currently covers only treatments using our Deep TMS system for MDD, and does not currently cover our Deep TMS therapy for OCD or therapies currently under development for other indications. We are actively working to broaden the scope of reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS therapy to include OCD based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need and the demonstrated efficacy and safety profile of the treatment. We believe that our recent FDA marketing authorization of Deep TMS for OCD will help us to obtain reimbursement for that indication, but we can provide no assurance that we can obtain the same level of reimbursement coverage for OCD as we have for MDD.

 

We are also working to include Deep TMS in additional insurance coverages in the United States and in other jurisdictions in which we operate. In regions where we have appointed a local distributor, usually it is an obligation of the distributor under the distribution agreement to obtain reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS in the relevant territory on our behalf. For example, through our Japanese distributor, we recently obtained regulatory approval with the PMDA in Japan, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

 

Government Regulation

 

United States

 

Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products are subject to regulation as medical devices under the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

 

In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA clearance or approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside of the United States. The marketing authorization process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval.

 

62

 

 

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

 

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification or premarket approval, or PMA. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and efficacy. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and efficacy can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and efficacy of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, postmarket surveillance, patient registries, special labeling requirements, premarket data requirements and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA.

 

Our Deep TMS system is classified as a Class II medical device. For MDD, we obtained FDA marketing authorization through the 510(k) clearance process. For OCD, we obtained FDA marketing authorization through the de novo classification process. Subsequent changes made to our Deep TMS system will be made through one or more of the various existing FDA review pathways.

 

510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway

 

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes nine to 12 months, but may take significantly longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo classification process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

 

Premarket Approval Process

 

A PMA application must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III (although the FDA has the discretion to continue to allow certain pre-amendment Class III devices to use the 510(k) process) or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA application must be supported by, among other things, extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device.

 

63

 

 

After a PMA application is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which typically takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA will usually be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, which imposes extensive design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling of the product and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

 

De novo Classification Process

 

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II, or III are automatically classified as Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a substantially equivalent predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified as Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. We obtained marketing authorization for the OCD indication for our system using the direct de novo request classification process. We have used the 510(k) clearance process to obtain authorization from the FDA for changes to our marketed Deep TMS system, including our proprietary stimulator.

 

Clinical Trials

 

A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application or de novo classification, and is sometimes required for a 510(k) premarket notification. Clinical trials for significant risk devices generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs), at the clinical trial sites, and the informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

 

Changes to Marketed Devices

 

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, or de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, a de novo classification or PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications today are accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for every change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

 

64

 

 

Postmarket Regulation

 

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

 

QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design, manufacturing and distribution process;

 

labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated, and also prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling;

 

FDA guidance on off-label dissemination of information and responding to unsolicited requests for information;

 

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;

 

medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury or serious adverse events, if the malfunction were to recur;

 

correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

complying with regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (UDI) on devices and also requiring the submission of certain information about each device to the FDA’s Global Unique Device Identification Database (GUDID);

 

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and

 

postmarket surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device.

 

We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable postmarketing requirements such as safety surveillance and risk-benefit analysis. Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

 

65

 

 

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

 

warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

 

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or

 

criminal prosecution.

 

U.S. and Foreign Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

 

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payers play a primary role in the recommendation, prescription and payment for medical treatments. A medical device manufacturer’s arrangements with third-party payers, providers and patients may expose it to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may affect its business or the financial arrangements and relationships through which it markets, sells and distributes its products. Even if a medical device manufacturer does not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations are applicable to its business. In addition, portions of our business may be subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). To the extent we provide any covered entity customers with services that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information (PHI) we may be required to enter into business associate agreements. Business associates are also directly liable for compliance with HIPAA. The laws that may affect a medical device manufacturer’s ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration (broadly interpreted to include anything of value), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim for reimbursement that includes items resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

 

66

 

 

the federal civil False Claims Act (FCA), which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and themselves, and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the FCA in connection with alleged off label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government;
     
HIPAA, which prohibits and imposes criminal liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payers, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
     
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, transmission and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon entities subject to the law, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;
     
the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the PPACA, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; and
     
foreign and state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may impose similar or more prohibitive restrictions, and may apply to items or services reimbursed by any non-governmental third-party payers, including private insurers; state laws that require device manufacturers to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; and other federal and state laws that govern the privacy and security of health information or personally identifiable information in certain circumstances, including state health information privacy and data breach notification laws which govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus requiring additional compliance efforts and data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the European Union, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018).

 

67

 

 

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors, it is possible that some of a medical device manufacturer’s business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of these laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations on some issues. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.

 

Ensuring that business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is costly and time consuming. If a medical device manufacturer’s operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to it, it may be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, individual imprisonment, exclusion from governmental funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations and oversight if it becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations, any of which could adversely affect the ability of a medical device manufacturer to operate its business and the results of its operations.

 

United States Healthcare Reform

 

In the United States, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals have been considered or enacted to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect a medical device manufacturer’s business. Among policy makers and governmental and private insurers in the United States, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. For example, in 2010, the PPACA was enacted, which includes measures to significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other ways in which it may impact a medical device manufacturer’s business, the PPACA:

 

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical efficacy research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research;

 

implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and

 

expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs.

 

Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. Since taking office, President Trump has continued to support the repeal of all or portions of the PPACA, and in January 2017, he signed Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. in December 2018, a district court in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. Substantial uncertainty remains as to the future of the PPACA after the U.S. Supreme Court declined to expedite its review of the Fifth Circuit’s holding on January 21, 2020. It is, thus, unlikely that these issues will be resolved before the next presidential election in November 2020. The current administration may seek to pass additional reform measures before the upcoming election. We cannot predict the outcome of the election, nor can we predict the healthcare-reform-related initiatives that the newly elected (or re-elected, as applicable) administration will put forth thereafter. There is no way to know whether, and to what extent, if any, the PPACA will remain in-effect in the future, and it is unclear how judicial decisions, subsequent appeals, election-related measures, or other efforts to repeal and replace or, possibly, to restore the PPACA will impact the U.S. healthcare industry or our business.

 

68

 

 

We cannot predict the impact that such actions against the PPACA will have on our business, and there is uncertainty as to what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state level in the United States, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation. However, it is possible that such initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we intend to commercialize in the United States (or our products more specifically, if approved) or reduce medical procedure volumes could adversely affect our business plan to introduce our products in the United States.

 

Outside of the United States

 

We also have received European Conformity (CE) marking in the European Economic Area (EEA) and in Israel for MDD, OCD and 11 other indications in psychiatry, addiction treatment and neurology. Sales and marketing of medical devices outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain appropriate marketing authorizations from other foreign authorities may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. Whether or not we have obtained FDA approval, our Deep TMS systems may be subject to different regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions. The foreign regulatory approval process includes all the risks associated with FDA regulation, as well as country-specific regulations.

 

Employees

 

Our employees include professionals with extensive experience in medical device development and applications, neurology and psychopathology, pre-clinical experimentation, clinical development and business development. As of December 31, 2019, we had 107 employees, of which 39 are based in the United States and 68 are based outside of the United States (mainly in Israel). This includes 28 employees in sales and marketing (including 22 in the United States) and 30 employees in clinical trials and research and development.

 

While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

 

We have never experienced an employment-related work stoppage and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

Environmental Matters

 

We are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing noise emissions. We believe that our business, operations and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. Based on information currently available to us, we do not expect environmental costs and contingencies to have a material adverse effect on us. Significant expenditures could be required in the future, however, if we are required to comply with new or more stringent environmental or health and safety laws, regulations or requirements.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any material legal proceedings.

 

69

 

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

Our three subsidiaries, all of which wholly-owned are: Brainsway, Inc., incorporated in Delaware on March 31, 2003, Brain Research and Development Services Ltd., incorporated in Israel on August 13, 2003 and Brainsway USA Inc., incorporated in Delaware on November 24, 2014.

 

D. Property

 

We have offices in the United States and Israel.

 

In Israel, we have leased offices in Jerusalem, Israel, Since November 2007, pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in September 2022. The facility contains approximately 1,505 square meters of space, and lease payments and management fees are approximately $30,000 plus value added tax, or VAT, per month, in the aggregate, and are paid in NIS. The monthly payments owed are adjusted based on movements in Israel’s Consumer Price Index since October 2007. This facility houses our administrative and research operations and our central laboratory. Substantially all of our Israeli-based employees are based in this facility.

 

In  the United States, our corporate offices have been located in New Jersey since April 2016. We are currently in the process of locating an expanded facility to house our growing U.S. based sales, marketing and logistics workforce. Until such long term expanded facility is secured, we are currently based out of offices in New Jersey consisting of 4,135 square feet of space, and our monthly rent payments are expected to amount to approximately $7,600 per month beginning in May 2020.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.  The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs.  Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly those in “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors.”

 

Company Overview

 

We are a commercial stage medical device company focused on the development and sale of non-invasive neuromodulation products using our proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS), technology for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), for which we have received marketing authorization from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain.

 

Our first commercial Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication in the current episode. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world. In addition, our second Deep TMS system received FDA marketing authorization in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and we have commenced sales and marketing efforts for that indication. Our sales and marketing efforts are currently focused in the United States, where we generated approximately 90% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology that provides for an opportunity to develop additional Deep TMS products for a variety of psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. We are currently working to support FDA clearance of Deep TMS for smoking cessation. We are also planning multicenter trials for other indications, including opioid addiction, fatigue in multiple sclerosis (MS), and post-stroke rehabilitation, the latter of which are the first neurological indications that we plan to advance into multicenter trials.

 

70

 

 

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. A standard MDD or OCD session lasts 20 and 19 minutes, respectively. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation and no systemic side effects have been reported.

 

In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of up to four years, for unlimited use; (ii) a risk share model (variable fees) in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer which pays fees based on the higher of: fees per treatment (i.e., usage based fees) or an annual minimum fee as stated in the contract, minimum amount; and (iii) a sales model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price, with additional potential revenue from annual warranty paid for the system for each year subsequent to the expiration of the standard warranty for the first year. These three models are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the differing clinical needs and risk tolerance among our customer base. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 45% of our Deep TMS systems installed base for MDD utilized the fixed-fee lease model, approximately 41% utilized the sales model and approximately 14% utilized our risk share model. We have started, and expect to continue, to commercialize Deep TMS for OCD based solely on the risk share model, which charges per session and per treatment, in an effort to achieve greater market acceptance for that indication.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an installed base of approximately 530 Deep TMS systems, whereby 315 systems were leased from us (inclusive of our fixed fee model and our risk share model) and an additional 215 systems were sold by us prior to December 31, 2019. Our installed base increased by 42 systems during the fourth quarter of 2019. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, we had shipped 173 OCD coils as additional coils attached to certain of our new and existing systems following our receipt in August 2018 of marketing approval from the FDA for our OCD system.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our revenues were $23.1 million compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of 41% over the revenues generated in 2018. We incurred net losses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

As of December 31, 2019, our total committed payments under signed lease contracts was approximately $29.1 million, assuming no exercise of any early termination options, representing an decrease of $0.3 million from our total committed payments as of December 31, 2018 of approximately $29.4 million.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $71.9 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in Israel and private placements of our securities, grants from the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA), borrowings under our credit facilities, and the lease and sale of our products.

 

We expect our research, development and clinical trials expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue to pursue future FDA clearance for our completed clinical trial in smoking cessation and our planned clinical trials for opioid addiction, fatigue in MS and post-stroke rehabilitation. In addition, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. We believe that our existing cash resources will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. However, we may need additional funding to support the continuation of our operating activities.

 

71

 

 

Components of Our Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

We derive our revenues from the lease and sale of our Deep TMS systems. For Deep TMS for MDD, we offer three different pricing models:

 

Fixed-fee Lease Model: The customer leases the Deep TMS system and pays a fixed annual fee (which in some cases increases annually) for an unlimited number of treatments for the term of the lease (generally up to four years). The pricing of the annual fee generally assumes three (3) to four (4) treatments per day.

 

Risk Share Model: The customer leases the Deep TMS system and the customer pays a variable fee based on the higher of: fees per treatment (i.e., usage based fees) or an annual minimum fee (determined based on a minimum number of monthly or annual treatments). As in the fixed-fee lease model, these leases generally have a term of up to four years. The pricing of the minimal annual fee generally assumes approximately 400 sessions per year.

 

Sales Model: The Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. We also offer annual service warranty for the system that may be provided after the expiration of the standard warranty for additional fees.

 

Our revenues from the operating leases of our Deep TMS systems are recognized on a straight-line method over the term of the lease. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when we are entitled to receive such revenue. Our revenues from sales are recognized when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system.

 

Cost of revenues and gross margin

 

Our cost of revenues include a significant component of depreciation of the Deep TMS systems, due to the fact that we maintain ownership of our systems under our fixed-fee lease and risk share model, in which we lease the system for use by our customers, rather than sell it outright. We expect to continue to own our Deep TMS systems under our fixed-fee lease and risk share model for the foreseeable future, which allows us to maintain our relatively low cost of revenues.

 

In the case of the Deep TMS systems that we sell under our sales model, the entire cost of the Deep TMS system is recognized upon such sale. The cost of revenues for systems that we sell primarily consists of the costs of raw materials, including components purchased from our third-party contract manufacturers and manufacturing and assembly of the components that we perform ourselves. While we have previously used a third-party stimulator for our Deep TMS systems, we recently developed and have received FDA clearance for our own proprietary stimulator for MDD (in May 2018) and OCD (in March 2019). Consequently, we believe that our cost of revenues with respect to system components will decrease.

 

The cost of revenues for systems that we lease or sell also include costs related to personnel, royalties to PHS and Yeda, shipping, and our operations department. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars to the extent our revenues increase.

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

Selling and marketing expenses consist of marketing and commercial activities related to the sale and lease of our Deep TMS systems, as well as personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, sales commissions, share-based compensation for employees and facility costs. Other significant sales and marketing costs include conferences, trade shows, and promotional and marketing activities, including direct and online marketing, practice support programs, media campaigns and travel expenses.

 

72

 

 

We anticipate an increase in the headcount of our commercial organization as we continue to expand our business in the United States and internationally, and as we receive the relevant regulatory clearances for additional indications for our system. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase.

 

Research and development expenses, net

 

Research and development expenses, net, consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, share-based compensation for employees, facility costs, laboratory materials, regulatory costs, patents and travel expenses, as well as expenses associated with outsourced professional scientific development services and the costs of multi-center and other clinical trials.

 

We expect to continue to incur research and development expenses for the near future as we advance the development of our Deep TMS technology for the treatment of new indications, which may include smoking cessation and other potential psychiatric, neurological and addiction indications, as well as for various hardware and software development projects related to the Deep TMS system. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase.

 

A portion of our investment in research and development is funded by participation of the IIA through grants which are presented net of research and development expenses.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, share-based compensation, and travel expenses for employees in executive, finance, information technology, legal and human resource functions. General and administrative expenses also include the cost of insurance, professional services, including legal and accounting fees as well as administrative costs, including corporate facility costs.

 

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase due to planned expansion of our activities. We anticipate higher corporate infrastructure costs including, but not limited to, accounting, legal, human resources, consulting and investor relations and listing fees on the Nasdaq Global Market, costs associated with reporting and compliance in the United States, as well as increased director and officer insurance premiums, as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

 

Finance expenses, net

 

Our finance expenses, net, consist primarily of expenses related to bank charges, interest expense payable under our credit facility and the amortization of deferred financing costs related to our bank loan and finance expense with respect to the fair value re-measurement related to our outstanding liability to the IIA on account of grants received for financing our research and development activity, as well as interest income earned on our bank deposits and foreign currency exchange transactions.

 

Income taxes expense

 

Our income taxes expense is derived primarily from income generated from the sales and lease of our Deep TMS systems from our U.S. subsidiary. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we did not record an income tax benefit related to our current and carryforward losses for tax purposes as a valuation allowance was established for all deferred tax assets as utilization is not probable due to our cumulative net loss position.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with IFRS, requires companies to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, and actual results may differ. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Critical accounting estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, and are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations. Our estimates are primarily guided by observing the following critical accounting policies:

 

73

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenues from the sale and lease of our systems. We sell products mainly to end users and to a lesser extent, to third-party distributors outside of the United States and do not provide return rights. We typically have post-sale obligations of training and installation of our systems and may provide an annual service warranty for the Deep TMS system after the expiration of the standard warranty. Revenues for such services are deemed distinct performance obligations and are recognized when the services are performed. Revenue recognized from these services has been insignificant for the reported periods.

 

Revenue from sale of systems are recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system to the customer.

 

We generate lease revenue from (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally for a term of up to four years, allowing for unlimited use; and (ii) a risk share model, or a variable fee, in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer who pays based on the higher of: fees per treatment (i.e., usage based fees) or an annual minimum fee as stated in the contract. Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Revenue from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when the Company is entitled to receive such revenue.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses on trade receivables

 

We apply a simplified approach and measure the loss allowance in respect of our short -term financial assets, trade receivables, in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses.

 

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses for trade receivables. The allowance rates are based on days past due for its various customers. The allowance is initially based on the Company’s historical observed default rates as well as forward-looking information. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analyzed. The amount of the allowance is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions.

 

Royalty Bearing Governmental Grants

 

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants received from the IIA and repayable to the IIA through royalty-bearing sales are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected to be derived through estimated future cash flows from the research project, resulting in royalty bearing sales due to the IIA.

 

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability.

 

If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability.

 

In each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there is reasonable assurance that the liability recognized, in whole or in part, will not be repaid based on the best estimate of future sales and using the original effective interest method and, if so, the appropriate amount of the liability is derecognized against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

 

Grants received from the IIA prior to January 1, 2009, which are recognized as a liability, are accounted for as forgivable loans in accordance with IAS 20, based on the original terms of the loan.

 

Share-based compensation

 

Share-based compensation reflects the compensation expense of our stock option programs granted to employee and other service providers, in which the compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the options. The grant date fair value of share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. We recognize compensation expense for awards conditioned only on continued service that have a graded vesting schedule using the accelerated method and classify these amounts in our statement of comprehensive loss based on the department to which the related employee/service provider reports.

 

74

 

 

Options Valuation

 

We selected the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of the shared-based compensation. For the purpose of the evaluation of the fair value and the manner of the recognition of share-based compensation, our management is required to estimate, among others, various subjective parameters that are included in the calculation of the fair value of the option, as well as our results and the number of options that will vest. These parameters include the expected volatility of our share price over the expected term of the options, the risk-free interest rate assumption, forfeitures behaviors and expected dividends.

 

Fair value of ordinary shares. Since our ordinary shares have traded on the TASE since 2007 and our ADSs have traded on the Nasdaq Global Market since 2019, we have a market price per share of our ordinary shares and ADSs. Until September 30, 2018, the exercise price for the options was determined based on the average price per share over the 30 trading days on TASE prior to the grant date. Subsequent to September 30, 2018, the exercise price for the options was determined based on the average price per share over the 90 trading days on TASE prior to the grant date plus a premium of 10%, and for options granted to U.S. residents, the exercise price for the options was determined based on the greater of (i) average price per share over the 90 trading days on TASE prior to the grant date plus a premium of 10% and (ii) the last closing price per share on TASE prior to the actual grant dates.

 

Volatility. The expected volatility of the price of our ordinary shares reflects the assumption that the historical volatility of the share prices on the TASE is reasonably indicative of expected future trends.

 

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.

 

Expected term. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding.

 

Expected dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and we do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

 

75

 

 

A. Operating Results

 

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements.

 

Three Months Ended

 

    March 31     June 30       Sep. 30     Dec. 31     March 31     June 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31     March 31     June 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31  
    2019     2018     2017  
Statements of operations   U.S. dollars in thousands  
Revenues     5,182       5,695       5,932       6,292       3,605       3,726       4,294       4,772       2,148       2,379       3,016       3,602  
Cost of revenues     1,158       1,376       1,153       1,442       697       862       925       1,105       447       556       681       911  
Gross profit     4,024       4,319       4,779       4,850       2,908       2,864       3,369       3,667       1,701       1,823       2,335       2,691  
Research and development expenses, net     1,792       2,362       1,913       1,809       1,711       1,270       1,353       1,822       1,161       1,339       1,336       1,507  
Selling and marketing expenses     2,838       3,278       3,549       3,604       1,881       1,907       2,028       2,529       1,436       1,612       1,523       1,760  
General and administrative expenses     1,003       1,380       1,492       1,428       733       691       929       1,068       586       660       742       1,499  
Total operating expenses     5,633       7,020       6,954       6,841       4,325       3,868       4,310       5,419       3,183       3,611       3,601       4,766  
Total operating loss     1,609       2,701       2,175       1,991       1,417       1,004       941       1,752       1,482       1,788       1,266       2,075  
Finance expenses, net     236       672       344       178       (415 )     741       508       322       444       (1,277 )     522       585  
Loss before income taxes     1,845       3,373       2,519       2,169       1,002       1,745       1,449       2,074       1,926       511       1,788       2,660  
Income taxes     62       100       113       147       25       81       28       75                   42       127  
Net loss and comprehensive loss     1,907       3,473       2,632       2,316       1,027       1,826       1,477       2,149       1,926       511       1,830       2,787  

 

Our quarterly revenues and operating results have varied in the past and are expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

 

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018

 

Revenues 

 

Our total revenues increased by $6.7 million, or 41%, from $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in revenues was attributed mainly to the ongoing and steady increase in our revenues from the lease of Deep TMS systems in accordance with our strategic decision to shift our sales and marketing focus to the lease and risk share models, which was further supported by an increase in direct sales. Revenues from leases (inclusive of our fixed-fee model and risk share model) were 57% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 58% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Cost of revenues and gross margin

 

Our cost of revenues increased by $1.5 million, or 43%, from $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cost of revenues is in line with our increase in revenues. There was no material change in the gross margin, which was 78% for the year ended December 31, 2019 consistent with prior year.

 

Research and development expenses, net

 

Our research and development expenses, net, were $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $1.7 million, or 28%, was mainly attributed to the acceleration and growth of our research and development activity, both in clinical trials and in hardware and software development, offset by an increase in the participation of the IIA in projects under development.

 

76

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

Our selling and marketing expenses were $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $4.9 million, or 59%, was mainly attributed to the continued growth in our U.S. marketing activity, including recruitment of sales, marketing and support personnel in the United States.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

Our general and administrative expenses were $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to additional costs associated with the Company being a public company in the U.S. and an increase in an allowance for expected credit losses.

 

Finance expenses, net

 

Our finance expenses, net, were $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $0.2 million, or 24%, was mainly attributed to the fair value re-measurement related to our outstanding liability to the IIA on account of grants received for financing our research and development activity.

 

Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to year ended December 31, 2017

 

For comparison of fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2017 please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to year ended December 31, 2017” section in our Prospectus on Form 424B4 filed with the SEC on April 17, 2019.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview 

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits of $21.9 million and an accumulated deficit of $71.9 million, compared to cash and short-term deposits of $9.1 million and an accumulated deficit of $61.6 million as of December 31, 2018. We incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $3.8 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We have incurred operating losses since our inception, and we anticipate that our operating losses will continue in the near term as we seek to expand our sales and marketing initiatives to support our growth in existing and new markets and invest funds in additional research and development activities. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in the U.S. and Israel and private placements of our securities, grants from the IIA, and leases and sales of our Deep TMS systems. From inception through December 31, 2019, we raised $84 million from placements of our ordinary shares and exercise of options.

 

We expect our revenues and expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we expand the marketing of our Deep TMS system for MDD and OCD, and for other indications for which we may receive regulatory authorizations in the future. Based on our current business plan, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and the anticipated revenues from sales of our products will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 24 months. However, if these sources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity securities, seek to enter into a new credit facility, or seek financing from third party collaborators. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our shareholders would experience dilution. Additional debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. We can provide no assurance that additional equity or debt financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds through collaborations with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on reasonable terms, we will need to curtail operations significantly, including possibly postponing anticipated clinical trials or entering into financing agreements with unfavorable terms.

 

77

 

 

Cash flows

 

The table below summarizes our cash flow activities for the indicated periods:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)   2018     2019  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (3,773 )   $ (7,244 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,136 )     (2,446 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (265 )     22,474  
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents     (367 )     (78 )
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ (5,541 )   $ 12,706  

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $3.4 million used during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $3.7 million was mainly attributed to the increase in our operational growth driven by our business expansion in the United States.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $1.3 million was mainly attributed to purchase of equipment and system components.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $22.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $0.3 million provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributed to the initial public offering on Nasdaq completed in April 2019.

 

Government Grants

 

As of December 31, 2019, we have received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $12.7 million. We are currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2019, we have paid royalties to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $2.0 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $12.9 million.

 

Research and development grants received from the IIA are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the project that will result in royalty-bearing sales. The amount of the liability for the loan is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest that reflects, in turn, the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant receipts are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Asset.”

 

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate whether there is a reasonable assurance that the received grants will not be repaid based on our best estimate of future sales and, if so, no liability is recognized and the grants are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

 

Research and development grants received from the European Union are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

 

Additionally, in 2013, the MAGNET committee of the IIA (MAGNET) approved the activities of the consortium for the development plan of a brain stimulator and monitor tool, which we refer to as the Consortium, of which we are one of the participants. As part of the Consortium, we received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.4 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2019). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon. Such non-royalty-bearing grants from MAGNET program for funding approved research and development projects are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and we will comply with all attached conditions, on the basis of the costs incurred, and are presented as a deduction from research and development expenses. In the event of failure of a project that was partly financed by the IIA, we would not be obligated to pay any royalties or repay the amounts received.

 

78

 

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

Intellectual Property

 

The core technology of our Deep TMS based on H-Coils is covered by our patents.

 

Our intellectual property portfolio consists principally of patents and pending patent applications related to our Deep TMS technology that are either exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from (1) agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and (2) Yeda Research and Development Company Limited, or Yeda, the commercialization arm of the Weizmann Institute for Science (Weizmann Institute) or are owned by us. These include a total of 16 issued U.S. patents, 3 pending U.S. patent applications, 25 issued patents in other jurisdictions (treating Europe as one jurisdiction), and 26 pending patent applications in other jurisdictions.

 

Our strategy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. Our intellectual property rights outside of the United States are principally in Europe (France, Italy, Sweden, UK and Germany), Canada, Australia, Japan, Hong Kong and Israel. Patents related to our Deep TMS technology may provide future competitive advantages with claims related to aspects of the structure of our coils and methods of administration of treatment for applications of such technology. We also rely on our trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We look to defend our Deep TMS technology by asserting our intellectual property rights, where it is determined to be necessary, to preserve our rights and gain the benefit of our technological investments. We seek to obtain patents in connection with the technology that we have developed as part of our strategy for protection of our intellectual property, including technology covered under our license agreements with the PHS and Yeda.

 

The claiming strategy in each of our patent applications is based on the advice of our patent counsel and our business model and our business needs are taken into consideration. We file patent applications containing claims seeking protection of our proprietary technologies and products, as well as all new applications and/or uses we discover or develop for existing technologies and products, assuming these are strategically valuable. We continuously assess the number and types of patent applications, as well as the pending and issued patent claims, to ensure that appropriate coverage and value are obtained for our systems and methods, given the governing law and the corresponding patent office rules and regulations. In addition, claims may be modified during patent prosecution or additional claims added to meet our intellectual property and business needs.

 

Patents and Patent Applications 

 

Our first group of patents (Patent Family A) relates to the H-Coil technology in general: H-Coil for MDD (BrainsWay D), the H-Coil for OCD (BrainsWay OCD) and to future products we are developing, including one that is the subject of a pivotal multicenter clinical trial that we recently completed: H-Coil for smoking cessation. This group of patents has been exclusively licensed to us from the PHS, and includes two issued U.S. patents and seven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2024 in the U.S. and in 2021 in other countries.

 

Our second group of patents (Patent Family B) relates to additional design features of the BrainsWay D and also covers some future products we are developing. This group of patents has been licensed to us from the PHS and from Yeda, and includes six issued U.S. patents, eight issued patents in other jurisdictions, and three pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents related to BrainsWay D are set to expire in 2025 in the U.S. and in 2026 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

 

79

 

 

Our third group of patents (Patent Family C) relates to a family of central base coils including BrainsWay OCD and also some future products that we are developing. This group of patents is owned by us, and includes two issued U.S. patents, one pending U.S. patent application, five issued patents in other jurisdictions, and six pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

 

Our fourth group of patents (Patent Family D) relates to a family of unilateral coils including some future products we are developing. Patent Family D is owned by us, and includes one issued U.S. patent, three issued patents in other jurisdictions and two pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

 

Our fifth group of patents (Patent Family E) consists of utility model patent applications for BrainsWay D and BrainsWay OCD. This group of patents (Patent Family E) is owned by us and includes two issued Chinese Utility Model patent applications: one for BrainsWay D and another one for BrainsWay OCD and a PCT patent application incorporating both.

 

Our sixth group of patents (Patent Family F) relates to a family of circular coils including BrainsWay D, the H-Coil for smoking, the subject of a recently completed pivotal multicenter clinical trial, as well as some other future products we are developing. This group of patents (Patent Family F) is owned by us, and includes two issued U.S. patents, two issued patents in other jurisdictions and four pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

 

Our seventh group of patents (Patent Family G) relates to real-time closed-loop brain stimulation and includes one PCT patent application.

 

Our eighth group of patents (additional families of issued patents and pending patent applications) relates to a multichannel stimulator we are developing as an enhancement to our Deep TMS system, which we see as the next generation of our products, several H-Coil designs which may be future products, capabilities to address additional medical conditions such as the need to open the blood brain barrier, and biomarker research using Deep TMS with an EEG that we are currently conducting. These include five issued U.S. patents, two pending U.S. patent applications, seven issued patents in other jurisdictions, and eight pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. Patent applications in these families, if issued, are set to expire in 2028, 2029, 2033 and between 2037 and 2039, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

 

In addition to the list of patents noted above, an additional group of patents relates to multichannel stimulation and was acquired from TMS Innovations, LLC. More specifically, we recently completed transactions which we believe will enable us to broaden the scope of capabilities in the multichannel stimulator we are developing. Specifically, in February 2019, we acquired all rights previously held by TMS Innovations, LLC in certain specified patents relevant to this area and are currently in the process of transferring these patents.

 

Furthermore, we are currently discussing the possibility of exclusively licensing certain rights held by the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University in various additional patents relating to this area.

 

In addition to the list of patents noted above, in January 2020 we exercised our option to exclusively license the rights to certain patents relating to rotational field TMS from Yeda.

 

80

 

 

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions that may vary from one jurisdiction to another. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for our technology will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We can provide no assurance that our patent applications or those patent applications that we in-license will result in the issuance of any corresponding patents (other than any allowed patent applications, which normally result in the issuance of a patent after the applicant has paid the required issue fee). The inability of any such patent applications to be allowed may harm our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to compete in the neuromodulation market, and our results of operations. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future, or those licensed to us, may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or found to be invalid or unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. Neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we were the first to invent or first to file for the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or patent applications which may also affect our ability to assert the patents against others. In addition, our competitors may design around our patents or any technology developed by us, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages against these competitors. Furthermore, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before our future product can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Intellectual Property”.

 

License Agreements

 

The core technology for Deep TMS is exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from the PHS and Yeda.

 

PHS License Agreement

 

The initial discoveries of the Deep TMS technology and the feasibility studies for implementation of the technology were carried out in the framework of research performed at NIH by the scientific founders of our Company prior to its formation. The rights for such discoveries are owned by the DHHS and are now licensed to us by the PHS, an agency within the DHHS. Subsequent to these discoveries, applications were filed for registration of Patent Family A and Patent Family B (described under “—Patents” above) covering the H-Coils developed in the course of this research.

 

In 2003, we entered into a license agreement with the PHS, pursuant to which we were granted (i) an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, use, import and sell any product or treatment which is created or based on the patents and which deals with TMS and (ii) the right to enter into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. The U.S. government was granted an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for use of any invention in connection with the patents, throughout the world, for the benefit of the U.S. government, a foreign government and other international organization under the provisions of a treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. In addition, the PHS is entitled to grant academic or commercial bodies a nonexclusive license for use of the patents for advancement of basic research only, subject to our consent.

 

We are required to pay royalties consisting of 2% of our net sales or payments received from sales or leases of our Deep TMS systems using the licensed technology. In addition, we are required to pay a royalty of 8% of from the net cash proceeds we receive from any sublicenses, so long as the underlying intellectual property is valid and enforceable in the relevant territory.

 

The PHS is responsible for registration and defense of Patent Family A, subject to indemnification by us for registration expenses. We are responsible for registration and defense of the Patent Family B and are required to bear all related expenses.

 

The PHS license agreement is valid up until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. The PHS may cancel the agreement in the event of, among others, (i) a fundamental breach by us, (ii) we enter into involuntary liquidation proceedings or shall become insolvent, (iii) we have not achieved our milestones under the agreement (all of which have been achieved as of the date hereof), (iv) we have maliciously made a false statement or has omitted a material fact in an application for a license or in any other report required under the agreement, (v) we do not make the product based upon the patents accessible to the public after commencement of the commercial marketing of the product, (vi) we are unable to bring the product to a level of safety which it must reach in order to license the product or (vii) we do not manufacture the licensed products substantially in the United States without reasonable justification, in each case, subject to a 90-day cure period (other than in respect of clause (ii) above). We may cancel the agreement at any time with 60 days’ notice, subject to payment of any outstanding royalties.

 

81

 

 

If the PHS license agreement is terminated as a result of the expiration of the first registered patent under the agreement (as described above), we may continue to market and sell the products and processes in any country in which the patent is expired, without an obligation to pay royalties or any other payment whatsoever to the PHS.

 

Yeda License Agreement

 

In 2005, we entered into a research and licensing agreement with Yeda, which, as amended from time to time, we refer to as the Yeda license agreement, pursuant to which we licensed certain technologies developed at the Weizmann Institute in studies conducted by Prof. Avraham Zangen, the scientific founder and neurobiological advisor of the Company, in the field of treatment of depression using TMS technology. Under the Yeda license agreement, all of the rights, including the rights to registration of patents, rights and inventions, information and/or other results which shall arise from the research, referred to as the “licensed technology”, remain exclusively owned by Yeda. The Yeda license agreement grants us an exclusive license to use the licensed technology, throughout the world, for performance of research and development, manufacture, commercialization and sale of systems for medical treatment in the field of TMS treatment. The license is valid with regard to every product up to the expiration or revocation date of the latest patent registered under the agreement in a particular country, provided that the date of expiry of the license shall be extended to a period of 15 years commencing on the date of first commercial sale of the product in such country. Yeda reserves the right to make use of the information which shall be developed for academic and research purposes only, including its publication, subject to various restrictions set forth in the agreement. We have agreed to lend to Yeda, without consideration, one Deep TMS system, which it shall use for academic research purposes only. We have the right to grant sublicenses subject to the fulfillment of conditions specified in the agreement.

 

We recently exercised our right to add the additional rotational field TMS innovation. To the extent products based on this technology are commercialized we will have to pay Yeda royalties, either at increased rates ranging from an additional 1.6%-2% for “combined products” (which also include innovations covered by previous agreements), or at a fixed rate of 5% for products based exclusively on the rotational field TMS.

 

In addition to customary termination rights of a party due to material breach by the other party, Yeda has the right to terminate the agreement in the event that Yeda receives notice or a claim from the PHS that performance of the research constitutes breach of a patent of the PHS. We have agreed to indemnify Yeda in respect of any such claim or demand from the PHS. To the best of our knowledge, the Yeda agreement and performance of the research thereunder do not breach the terms of our license agreement with the PHS.

 

In any event of termination of the Yeda agreement, all of the rights in the licensed technology will be returned to Yeda, and we are required to grant Yeda a nonexclusive license, without consideration, in perpetuity, throughout the world for all information developed by it or which shall arise from the development of the products under the agreement, including any license or application for license submitted by us in connection with the products. Following the expiry of the latest patent in such country with regard to such product, we would be entitled to continue to manufacture and sell such product in such country without payment of royalties to Yeda.

 

Trade Secrets and Know-How

 

We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and know-how to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, through confidentiality agreements and assignment of inventions agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, such agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors.

 

82

 

 

D. Trend Information

 

Trend information is included throughout the other sections of this Item 5. In addition, the recent outbreak of the Coronavirus has led governments and authorities around the globe, to take various precautionary measures in order to limit the spread of the Coronavirus, including government-imposed quarantines and other public health safety measures, which could have an adverse effect on the global markets and its economy, including on the availability and pricing of materials, manufacturing and delivery efforts, sales to existing and potential customers and leads, collections from accounts and other aspects of the global economy. Therefore, the Coronavirus could disrupt production and cause delays in the supply and delivery of products used in our operations, may further divert the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping with the Coronavirus, impact our ability to recruit subjects for ongoing and planned clinical trials and disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may have a material adverse effects on our operations, sales, revenues, collection from accounts and ability to raise funds. In particular, certain of our third-party suppliers may currently source certain components and materials of our Deep TMS systems from Asia and other affected countries, and the continued outbreak and spreading of the coronavirus may adversely impact our third-party suppliers’ development, manufacture, and supply of our Deep TMS systems. In addition, treatment sessions conducted with our Deep TMS system, which are generally scheduled or non-emergency procedures, may be postponed as hospitals and healthcare centers shift resources to patients affected by the coronavirus. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. Moreover, the coronavirus outbreak has begun to have indeterminable adverse effects on general commercial activity and the world economy, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that this coronavirus or any other epidemic harms the global economy generally.

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Since inception, we have not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities whereby we have financial guarantees, subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose us to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities, or any other obligations under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides us with financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support.

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 based on contractual payments:

 

(in thousands)   Total     Less than 1 year     1 - 3 years     3 - 5 years     More than 5 years  
Lease liability(1)   $ 1,292     $ 572     $ 720     $     $  
Liability in respect of research and development grants (undiscounted)(2)     13,602       810       2,385       3,615       6,792  
Others     1       1                    
Total   $ 14,895     $ 1,383     $ 3,105     $ 3,615     $ 6,792  

 

 

(1) Lease liabilities consist of our corporate facilities and motor vehicles. Our total lease payments on all of our facilities and vehicles are approximately $49,000 per month.

(2) Liability in respect of research and developments consists of the projected royalty payments of 3% of revenues derived from research and developments projects for which participation grants were received from the Israeli Government.

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report.

 

Name   Age   Position
Senior Management:        
Christopher R. von Jako   51   President and Chief Executive Officer
Dr. Yiftach Roth   50   Chief Scientist
Hadar Levy   46   Chief Financial Officer & Chief Operations Officer
Moria Ankri   36   Vice President Research and Development
Amit Ginou   39   Vice President Field and Clinical Operations
Directors:        
Dr. David Zacut   68   Chairman of the Board
Avner Hagai(2)   64   Vice Chairman of the Board
Gavriel Magen   60   Director
Eti Mitrany(1)(2)   50   Director
Karen Sarid(1)   69   Director
Prof. Abraham Zangen   51   Director
Yossi Ben Shalom   64   Director
Orly Uri(2)   61   Director
Avner Lushi(1)   53   Director

 

 

(1) Member of our audit committee that also serves as our financial statements committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.

 

83

 

 

Executive officers

 

Christopher R. von Jako serves as our president and chief executive officer since January 1, 2020. Most recently, Dr. von Jako served as CEO of Dynatronics Corporation, a publicly-traded medical device company focusing on high-quality restorative products. Prior to Dynatronics, he served as President and CEO of other companies including NinePoint Medical, Inc. and NeuroTherm, Inc. Earlier in his career, he held increasingly senior roles with other leading medical device companies, including Integra LifeSciences, Covidien, Medtronic, and Radionics. Dr. von Jako holds a Ph.D. in Biomedical Sciences from the University of Pécs, a M.S. degree in Radiological Sciences and Technology from the department of Nuclear Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and a double B.S. degree in Physics and Mathematics from Bates College. He resides in Lynnfield, Massachusetts and continues to serve as an independent director on the boards of NinePoint Medical, Inc. and nView medical Inc.

 

Dr. Yiftach Roth is one of our scientific founders and key inventors of the Deep TMS technology. Dr. Roth has served as our Research and Development Manager since May 2006 and as a member of the Board of Directors since November 2006. In 2010, Dr. Roth became our Chief Scientist. From 2003 through 2006, Dr. Roth worked in the Advanced Technology Center of the Chaim Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer as a researcher in the field of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). Dr. Roth holds B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees in Physics and a Ph.D. in Medical Physics from Tel Aviv University.

 

Hadar Levy has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2014. Prior to his service at the Company, from August 2011 to September 2014 Mr. Levy served as Chief Financial Officer of the Latin American Division at Amdocs; and from 2008 to 2011, served as Chief Financial Officer & Vice President of Business Development of Notalvision. Prior to this position, he served as Controller of GE Healthcare Israel. Mr. Levy holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from Ruppin and an LLM from Bar Ilan University. Mr. Levy is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Moria Ankri has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since September 2017. Prior to her service as a Vice President of Research and Development, from 2010 to 2017, Ms. Ankri served as a manager at the Biomedical Development Department of our Company and as a research and development project manager at our Company. Ms. Ankri holds a B.Sc. in Biomedical Engineering from the Jerusalem College of Technology, and and a B.Sc. in neurobiology studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

 

Amit Ginou has served as our Vice President of Field and Clinical Operations since October 2013. Previously, Mr. Ginou served as the Clinical Trials Manager of our Company from November 2008 to October 2013. Mr. Ginou holds a B.Sc. in Neuroscience from Bar Ilan University and a MA degree in Law from Bar Ilan University.

 

Directors

 

Dr. David Zacut has served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors since our inception and has been providing consulting services to Brain Research and Development Services since May 2001. Since 1983, Dr. Zacut has been working as a senior practicing physician at Hadassah Hospital, and from 1994 through 2003, he served as a managing director of several large medical centers. In addition, Dr. Zacut serves as a director of several private companies, including Brain Research and Development Services. Dr. Zacut holds an M.D. degree from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

 

84

 

 

Avner Hagai has served as our Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors since November 2006. He serves as a director at several companies, including at Hofit Kibbutz Kinneret Ltd., a plastics manufacturer, where he has served since 2010, and at Prisma F.S. Ltd., a building management company, where he has served since 2002. Mr. Hagai established A.A. Glass Ltd., an automotive glass and services company, where he has served as a director since 1984.

 

Gavriel Magen has served as our Director since December 2006. Mr. Magen has been the Chief Executive Officer of Polybid Ltd., the largest Expandable Polystyrene (EPS) producer in Israel, since January 1, 2009. From 2007 to 2009 Mr. Magen served as the Chief Executive Officer of Plassim Ltd., an Israeli company that manufactures pipes for numerous applications and from 2000 to 2007 he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Oran Palmach Subba Agricultural Cooperative Society Ltd., an Israeli producer of safety, strengthened and reinforced glass. Mr. Magen holds a BA in Business Administration from the Ruppin Academic Center in Hefer Valley, Israel. He resides in Har Adar.

 

Eti Mitrany has served as our Director since June 2016, and currently serves as chairperson of our compensation committee and a member of our audit committee. Ms. Mitrany previously served as Senior Vice President, Head of the Corporate Economic Department at Teva Pharmaceuticals since 2012, with global responsibility for Teva’s business planning and analysis. Prior to that, Ms. Mitrany held various positions in Teva, including CFO of specialty R&D, and CFO and Director of Financial Planning & Analysis of the global branded business. Ms. Mitrany joined Teva in 1995 as a financial analyst of Copaxone—the first innovative product of Teva for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. Ms. Mitrany received her BA in Economics and MBA in Finance, both from Tel-Aviv University.

 

Prof. Avraham Zangen is the Head of the Brain Stimulation and Behavior Lab and the Chair of the PsychoBiology Brain Program at Ben-Gurion University in Israel. His research is directed at identifying and understanding altered neuroplasticity in psychiatric disorders, primarily depression, addiction and ADHD, utilizing brain stimulation and imaging techniques to explore mechanisms and potential clinical applications. He co-developed, along with Dr. Yiftach Roth, the Deep TMS coil which serves as Brainsway’s platform technology. Professor Zangen has published over 150 peer reviewed articles, reviews and book chapters. He has been awarded numerous prizes for his scientific achievements, including the Medical Futures Innovation Award in London, the Sieratzki Prize for Advances in Neuroscience and the Juludan Prize at the Technion. He has also received several distinguished research grants, including from the National Institutes of Health, H2020 and the Israel Science Foundation.

 

Karen Sarid has served as our Director since December 2017 and currently serves as chairperson of our audit committee. Between March 2014 and July 2017, Ms. Sarid served as VP Beauty and Dental and as Chairman of China activities at Syneron Medical Ltd. Between January 2012 and August 2013 Ms. Sarid served as President of Alma Lasers Ltd. Ms. Sarid currently serves as a director of Eva Visual Ltd. She holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from the University of Haifa.

 

Yossi Ben Shalom has served as our Director since December 2018. Mr. Ben Shalom is a co-founder of D.B.S.I, a private investment company specializing in investments in mature companies that are positioned globally for high growth or built for vast expansion through M&As. As such, Mr. Ben Shalom serves as the Chairman of Pointer Telocation Ltd. (Nasdaq: PNTR), Rada (Nasdaq: RADA) and Shagrir Group Car Services Ltd. (TASE: SHGR). He also serves as a director at Taldor Computer Systems (1986) Ltd. (TASE: TALD), Eldan Cargo Ltd., The 8 Note Production & Distribution Ltd., Car 2 Go Ltd., Matzman Et Merutz Milenum Ltd. and Kafrit Industries (1993) Ltd. Mr. Ben Shalom was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Koor Industries Ltd. from 1998 through to 2000. Before that, Mr. Ben-Shalom served as Chief Financial Officer of Tadiran Ltd. between 1994 and 1998. Mr. Ben Shalom holds a BA in Economics and an MA in Business Administration both from Tel Aviv University.

 

Orly Uri has served as our Director since December 2018. She previously served as our external director, member of our finance committee and chairperson of our audit committee and our compensation committee from 2007 until April 2016. Ms. Uri is a financial, strategic and organizational advisor to institutions, organizations and corporations in the healthcare sector in Israel and abroad. Prior to that she served as head of planning, budgeting and economics department in Leumit HMO between 1996 and 2003. She started her career in Klalit HMO in various financial and audit positions between 1986 and 1999. Ms. Uri was a guest lecturer in Ben Gurion University and in Ashkelon University between 2000 and 2004. Ms. Uri earned a BA in Economics and Business Administration and a M.Sc. in Industrial and Management Engineering—Medical Management, both from Ben Gurion University.

 

Mr. Avner Lushi has served as our Director since January 2020 and currently serves as a member of our audit committee. He co-founded the Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-industry Investment Fund (GIBF) which focuses on introducing Israeli and western life sciences companies to the Chinese market, where he also serves as a Managing Partner & CEO. Between 2004 and 2015 Mr. Lushi served as a Partner and Managing Director of Israel Healthcare Ventures (IHCV), a life sciences venture capital fund. From 2001 to 2005, he co-founded and served as CEO of Life Sciences Transaction Support Ltd. (LTS), a PwC subsidiary dealing with life sciences investment banking. Mr. Lushi served as an independent board member at seven public companies, the two last active ones being Raval ICS Ltd. and Ram-On Investments and Holdings (1999) Ltd. In addition, he serves as a board member of several private companies as part of his role at GIBF. In 1997-2001, prior to turning to the private sector, he held increasingly senior roles within the Israeli Prime Minister’s Chamber and the Israeli Supreme Court. Mr. Lushi holds an LLM in Law from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, LLB in Law and a BA in Economics from the Haifa University.

 

85

 

 

B. Compensation

 

The aggregate compensation paid, and benefits-in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our directors and executive officers for their services, in all capacities, to us during the year ended December 31, 2019, was approximately $2.6 million. Out of that amount $1.8 million was paid as salary, $0.6 million was attributed to the value of the equity based awards granted to senior management during 2019, approximately $0.2 million was attributed to retirement plans. No additional amounts have been set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits.

 

The compensation terms for our directors and officers are derived from their employment agreements and comply with our amended Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors recently approved by our shareholders in January 2020 (the “Compensation Policy”).

 

The table and summary below outline the compensation granted to our five highest compensated directors and officers during the year ended December 31, 2019. The compensation detailed in the table below refers to actual compensation granted or paid to the director or officer during the year 2019.

 

Name and position of director or officer   Base
Salary
or Other
Payments(1)
    Value of
Social
benefits(2)
    Value of
Equity Based
Compensation
Granted(3)
    All Other
Compensation(4)
    Total  
Amounts in U.S.$ dollars are based on 2019 monthly average representative U.S. dollar—NIS rate of exchange
Yaacov Michlin, former CEO     626,000       67,000       190,000       21,000       904,000  
Hadar Levy, CFO     372,000       6,000       181,000       31,000       590,000  
Joseph Perekupka, former VP Sales, North America     326,000       11,000       41,000             337,000  
Amit Ginou, VP Field and Clinical Operations     133,000       37,000       79,000       15,000       264,000  
Moria Ankri, VP Research and Development     129,000       35,000       63,000       12,000       239,000  

 

 

(1) “Base Salary or Other Payments” means the aggregate yearly gross monthly salaries or other payments with respect our senior management and members of the board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2019.
(2) “Social Benefits” include payments to the National Insurance Institute, advanced education funds, managers’ insurance and pension funds; vacation pay; and recuperation pay as mandated by Israeli law.
(3) Consists of the fair value of the equity-based compensation granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 in exchange for the directors and officers services recognized as an expense in profit or loss and is carried to the accumulated deficit under equity. The total amount recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the options.
(4) “All Other Compensation” includes, among other things, car-related expenses (including tax gross-up) and communication expenses.

 

In addition, all of our directors and executive officers are covered under our directors’ and executive officers’ liability insurance policies and were granted letters of indemnification by us.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each member of our senior management. All of these agreements contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions.  However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable laws.

 

For information on exemption and indemnification letters granted to our directors and officers, please see “Item 6C. – Board Practices – Exemption, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

Director Compensation 

 

We currently pay our non-executive directors an annual cash fee of NIS 28,980 (approximately $8,000) and a cash fee of NIS 1,800 (approximately $500) per meeting (or a smaller amount in the case where they do not physically attend the meeting).

 

86

 

 

Compensation Policy

 

In general, under the Israeli Companies Law, a public company must have a compensation policy approved by the board of directors after receiving and considering the recommendations of the compensation committee. In addition, the compensation policy requires the approval of the general meeting of the shareholders. In public companies such as our Company, shareholder approval requires one of the following: (i) the majority of shareholder votes counted at a general meeting including the majority of all of the votes of those shareholders who are non-controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in the approval of the compensation policy, who vote at the meeting (excluding abstentions) or (ii) the total number of votes against the proposal among the shareholders mentioned in paragraph (i) does exceed two percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company. Under special circumstances, the board of directors may approve the compensation policy despite the objection of the shareholders on the condition that the compensation committee and then the board of directors decide, on the basis of detailed arguments and after discussing again the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy, despite the objection of the meeting of shareholders, is for the benefit of the company.

 

The compensation policy must be based on certain considerations, include certain provisions and needs to reference certain matters as set forth in the Israeli Companies Law.

 

The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment or obligation of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, business plan and long-term strategy, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

 

the education, skills, experience, expertise and accomplishments of the relevant office holder;

 

the office holder’s position, responsibilities and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

 

the ratio between the cost of the terms of employment of an office holder and the cost of the employment of other employees of the company, including employees employed through contractors who provide services to the company, in particular the ratio between such cost, the average and median salary of the employees of the company, as well as the impact of such disparities on the work relationships in the company;

 

if the terms of employment include variable components—the possibility of reducing variable components at the discretion of the board of directors and the possibility of setting a limit on the value of variable equity-based components not settled in cash; and

 

if the terms of employment include severance compensation—the term of employment or office of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such period, the company’s performance during the such period, his or her individual contribution to the achievement of the company goals and the maximization of its profits and the circumstances under which he or she is leaving the company.

 

The compensation policy must also include, among others:

 

with regards to variable components in the terms of office and employment:

 

with the exception of office holders who report directly to the chief executive officer, determining the variable components on long-term performance basis and on measurable criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components of the compensation package of an office holder’s shall be awarded based on non-measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than three monthly salaries per annum, while taking into account such office holder contribution to the company;

 

the ratio between variable and fixed components, as well as the limit of the values of variable components at the time of their payment. However, with respect to variable equity-based components that are not settled in cash, the limit of their value at the time of grant.

 

a condition under which the office holder will return to the company, according to conditions to be set forth in the compensation policy, any amounts paid as part of his or her terms of employment, if such amounts were paid based on information later to be discovered to be wrong, and such information was restated in the company’s financial statements;

 

the minimum holding or vesting period of variable equity-based components to be set in the terms of office or employment, as applicable, while taking into consideration long-term incentives; and

 

a limit to retirement grants.

 

87

 

 

Our compensation policy is designed to promote retention and motivation of directors and senior management, incentivize superior individual excellence, align the interests of our directors and senior management with our long-term performance and provide a risk management tool. To that end, a portion of an executive officer compensation package is targeted to reflect our short and long-term goals, as well as the executive officer’s individual performance. On the other hand, our compensation policy includes measures designed to reduce the executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that may harm us in the long-term, such as limitations on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation to a maximum number of monthly salaries, limitations on the ratio between the variable and the total compensation of an executive officer and minimum vesting periods for equity-based compensation.

 

Our compensation policy also addresses our executive officer’s individual characteristics (such as his or her respective position, education, scope of responsibilities and contribution to the attainment of our goals) as the basis for compensation variation among our senior management, and considers the internal ratios between compensation of our senior management and directors and other employees. Pursuant to our compensation policy, the compensation that may be granted to an executive officer may include: base salary, indemnification and insurance, annual bonuses and other cash bonuses (such as a signing bonus and special bonuses with respect to any special achievements, such as outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or outstanding company performance), equity-based compensation, social benefits and retirement and termination of service arrangements. All cash bonuses to executive officers (except for “special bonuses”) are limited to a maximum amount linked to the executive officer’s base salary. In addition, the total variable compensation components (cash bonuses and equity-based compensation) may not exceed 60% for office holder which is not the CEO, or 70% for the CEO, of each executive officer’s total compensation package with respect to any given calendar year.

 

An annual cash bonus may be awarded to senior management upon the attainment of pre-set periodic objectives and individual targets. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to our senior management other than our chief executive officer will be based on performance objectives and a discretionary evaluation of the executive officer’s overall performance by our chief executive officer and subject to minimum thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to senior management other than our chief executive officer may be based in a rate of up to 20% on a discretionary evaluation. Furthermore, our chief executive officer will be entitled to recommend performance objectives, and such performance objectives will be approved by our compensation committee (and, if required by law, by our board of directors).

 

The performance measurable objectives of our chief executive officer will be determined annually by our compensation committee and board of directors, will include the weight to be assigned to each achievement in the overall evaluation. A portion of up to 40% the chief executive officer’s annual cash bonus may be based on a discretionary evaluation of the chief executive officer’s overall performance by the compensation committee and the board of directors based on quantitative and qualitative criteria.

 

The equity-based compensation under our compensation policy for our officers and directors is designed in a manner consistent with the underlying objectives in determining the base salary and the annual cash bonus, with its main objectives being to enhance the alignment between the officers’ and directors’ interests with our long-term interests and those of our shareholders and to strengthen the retention and the motivation of senior management in the long term. Our compensation policy provides for officers and directors compensation in the form of stock options or other equity-based awards, such as restricted shares and restricted share units, in accordance with our Share Incentive Plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to officers and directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of the awarded officer or director. The equity-based compensation shall be granted from time to time and be individually determined and awarded according to the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, role and the personal responsibilities of the officer or director.

 

In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions which allows us under certain conditions to recover bonuses paid in excess, enables our chief executive officer to approve an immaterial change in the terms of employment of an executive officer (provided that the changes of the terms of employment are in accordance our compensation policy) and allows us to exculpate, indemnify and insure our senior management and directors subject to certain limitations set forth thereto.

 

88

 

 

Our compensation policy also provides for compensation to the members of our board of directors (except for the chairman and such directors that are employed by, or provides services, directly or through companies in their control, to the Company in another role) either (i) in accordance with the amounts provided in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time, or (ii) in accordance with the amounts determined in our compensation policy.

 

Our compensation policy was approved by our shareholders on September 6, 2018 and amendments thereto were approved by our shareholders on January 24, 2019 and on January 13, 2020.

 

C. Board Practices

 

Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers

 

Our board of directors consists of nine (9) directors, including seven (7) directors who qualify as “independent” under applicable U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq listing rules: Avner Hagai, Gavriel Magen, Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, Yossi Ben Shalom, Orly Uri and Avner Lushi.

 

Under our articles of association, the number of directors on our board of directors will be not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not including any external directors to the extent required to be appointed by the Israeli Companies Law, and not including up to two (2) additional directors who may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire on the first annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, at which they may be re-elected by such general meeting subject to the total number of directors not exceeding nine (9).

 

Under our articles of association, our board of directors may elect new directors if the number of directors is below the maximum provided in the articles of association, and the term of office of such elected directors shall be until the next general meeting of our shareholders.

 

Under Israeli law, the chief executive officer of a public company may not serve as the chairman of the board of directors of the company unless approved by a special majority of our shareholders as required under the Israeli Companies Law.

 

In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have financial and accounting expertise. Under applicable regulations, a director with financial and accounting expertise is a director who, by reason of his or her education, professional experience and skill, has a high level of proficiency in and understanding of business accounting matters and financial statements. He or she must be able to thoroughly comprehend the financial statements of the company and initiate debate regarding the manner in which financial information is presented. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that we have at least two directors with the requisite financial and accounting expertise.

 

There are no arrangements or understandings between us, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of our Company.

 

Independent and External Directors - Israeli Companies Law Requirements

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting requirements and other provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such external director on each of our board committees.

 

89

 

 

Under regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, Israeli companies whose shares are traded on stock exchanges such as the Nasdaq that do not have a controlling shareholder (as defined therein) and which comply with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded with respect to the appointment of independent directors and the composition of an audit committee and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of external directors. As we do not have a controlling shareholder, we comply with the requirements of the Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board and such committees, and therefore we are exempt from the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect thereto, including the appointment of external directors.

 

Committees

 

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

 

Our board of directors has established two standing committees, the audit committee (which serves also as our financial statements committee) and the compensation committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must also appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors (if any). The audit committee may not include:

 

the chairman of the board of directors;

 

a controlling shareholder or a relative of a controlling shareholder;

 

any director employed by us or by one of our controlling shareholders or by an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders (other than as a member of the board of directors); or

 

any director who regularly provides services to us, to one of our controlling shareholders or to an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders.

 

According to the Israeli Companies Law, the majority of the members of the audit committee, as well as the majority of members present at audit committee meetings, will be required to be “independent” (as defined below) and the chairman of the audit committee will be required to be an external director. Any persons disqualified from serving as a member of the audit committee may not be present at the audit committee meetings, unless the chairman of the audit committee has determined that such person is required to be present at the meeting or if such person qualifies under one of the exemptions of the Israeli Companies Law.

 

The term “independent director” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as an external director or a director who meets the following conditions and who is appointed or classified as such according to the Israeli Companies Law: (1) the conditions for his or her appointment as an external director (as described above) are satisfied and the audit committee approves the director having met such conditions and (2) he or she has not served as a director of the company for over nine consecutive years with any interruption of up to two years of his or her service not being deemed a disruption to the continuity of his or her service.

 

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee and do not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See “Management—Our Board of Directors.”

 

90

 

 

Nasdaq Listing Requirements

 

Under the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

 

Our audit committee consists of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany and Avner Lushi. Karen Sarid serves as Chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules and has the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq listing rules.

 

Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

 

Approval of Transactions with Related Parties

 

The approval of the audit committee is required to effect specified actions and transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders and their relatives, or in which they have a personal interest. See “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law.” The audit committee may not approve an action or a transaction with a controlling shareholder or with an office holder unless at the time of approval the audit committee meets the composition requirements under the Israeli Companies Law.

 

Audit Committee Charter

 

Our board of directors adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, which include:

 

retaining and terminating our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification;

 

overseeing the independence, compensation and performance of our independent auditors;

 

the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit services;

 

pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

 

reviewing with management and our independent directors our financial statements prior to their submission to the SEC; and

 

approval of certain transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described below, and other related party transactions.

 

Additionally, under the Israeli Companies Law, the role of the audit committee includes the identification of irregularities in our business management, among other things, by consulting with the internal auditor or our independent auditors and suggesting an appropriate course of action to the board of directors. In addition, the audit committee or the board of directors, as set forth in the articles of association of the company, is required to approve the yearly or periodic work plan proposed by the internal auditor. The audit committee is required to assess the company’s internal audit system and the performance of its internal auditor. The Israeli Companies Law also requires that the audit committee assess the scope of the work and compensation of the company’s external auditor. In addition, the audit committee is required to determine whether certain related party actions and transactions are “material” or “extraordinary” for the purpose of the requisite approval procedures under the Israeli Companies Law and whether certain transactions with a controlling shareholder will be subject to a competitive procedure. The audit committee charter states that in fulfilling its role the committee is empowered to conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within its scope of responsibilities. A company whose audit committee’s composition also meets the requirements set for the composition of a compensation committee (as further detailed below) may have one committee acting as both audit and compensation committees.

 

91

 

 

Compensation Committee

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, public companies are required to appoint a compensation committee in accordance with the guidelines set forth thereunder.

 

The compensation committee must consist of at least three members. All of the external directors, if any, must serve on the committee and constitute a majority of its members. The chairman of the compensation committee must be an external director. The remaining members are not required to be external directors, but must be directors who qualify to serve as members of the audit committee (as described above).

 

The compensation committee, which consists of Eti Mitrany, Avner Hagai and Orly Uri, assists the board of directors in determining compensation for our directors and officers. Eti Mitrany serves as Chairperson of the committee. Under SEC and Nasdaq rules, there are heightened independence standards for members of the compensation committee, including a prohibition against the receipt of any compensation from us other than standard supervisory board member fees. Although foreign private issuers are not required to meet this heightened standard, our board of directors has determined that all of our expected compensation committee members meet this heightened standard.

 

In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law, the roles of the compensation committee are, among others, as follows:

 

(1) to recommend to the board of directors the compensation policy for directors and officers, and to recommend to the board of directors once every three years whether the compensation policy that had been approved should be extended for a period of more than three years;

 

(2) to recommend to the board of directors updates to the compensation policy, from time to time, and examine its implementation;

 

(3) to decide whether to approve the terms of office and employment of directors and officers that require approval of the compensation committee; and

 

(4) to decide whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer, which were determined pursuant to the compensation policy, will be exempted from approval by the shareholders because such approval would harm the ability to engage the chief executive officer.

 

In addition to the roles mentioned above our compensation committee also makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the awarding of employee equity grants.

 

In addition to the above, our compensation committee is entitled to agree to prior notice periods for resignation or dismissal within the context of certain acceleration events, and to agree to up to 12 months full payment of the compensation package and fringe benefits, upon termination by us of an engagement with an officer or an employee outside of Israel. These authorities are intended to allow more flexibility when hiring executives outside Israel, with a view to support our commitment to a strategic transition to US-based leadership.

 

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of the Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee and do not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See “Management—Our Board of Directors.”

 

92

 

 

NASDAQ Stock Market Requirements

 

Under the NASDAQ Listing Rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three members, all of whom are independent and are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

 

The independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act implement two basic criteria for determining independence:

 

audit committee members are barred from accepting directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer, other than in the member’s capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee; and

 

audit committee members may not be an “affiliated person” of the issuer or any subsidiary of the issuer apart from her or his capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee.

 

The SEC has defined “affiliate” for non-investment companies as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.” The term “control” is intended to be consistent with the other definitions of this term under the Exchange Act, as “the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.” A safe harbor has been adopted by the SEC, under which a person who is not an executive officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer would be deemed not to have control of the issuer.

 

In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, the audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors. In addition, the audit committee is responsible for assisting the board of directors in reviewing our annual financial statements, the adequacy of our internal control and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee also oversees our major financial risk exposures and policies for managing such potential risks, discusses with management and our independent auditor significant risks or exposure and assesses the steps management has taken to minimize such risk.

 

As noted above, the members of our audit committee include Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany and Avner Lushi, with Karen Sarid serving as chairperson. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules and all members of the audit committee have the requisite financial experience as defined by the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act..

 

Corporate Governance Practices

 

Internal Auditor

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor based on the recommendation of the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is, among other things, to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business procedure. Under the Israeli Companies Law, the internal auditor may not be an interested party or an office holder or a relative of an interested party or of an office holder, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent auditor or the representative of the same.

 

An “interested party” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law as (i) a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in a company, (ii) any person or entity who has the right to designate one or more directors or to designate the chief executive officer of the company, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or as a chief executive officer of the company. Recently and through the end of March 2019. Mr. Rami Itselev has served as our internal auditor. As of April 1, 2019, we plan to retain Mr. Yisrael Gewirtz of Fahn Kanne Control Management Ltd. (Grant Thornton Israel) to serve in this capacity.

 

93

 

 

Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law

 

Fiduciary Duties and Duty of Care of Office Holders

 

The Israeli Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a fiduciary duty on all office holders of a company. The duty of care of an office holder is based on the duty of care set forth in connection with the tort of negligence under the Israeli Torts Ordinance (New Version) 5728-1968. This duty of care requires an office holder to act with the degree of proficiency with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of care includes, among other things, a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain:

 

information on the business advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

 

all other important information pertaining to such action.

 

The fiduciary duty incumbent on an office holder requires him or her to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes, among other things, the duty to:

 

refrain from any act involving a conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;

 

refrain from any activity that is competitive with the business of the company;

 

refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company for the purpose of gaining a personal advantage for himself or herself or others; and

 

disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.

 

We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute a breach of the office holder’s fiduciary duty, provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm the company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any material fact or document, a reasonable time before consideration of the approval of such act. Any such approval is subject to the terms of the Israeli Companies Law, setting forth, among other things, the appropriate bodies of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining such approval.

 

Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder and Approval of Transactions

 

The Israeli Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged to disclose such information if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not considered an extraordinary transaction.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, once an office holder has complied with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve a transaction between the company and the office holder or a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is not to the company’s benefit.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, unless the articles of association of a company provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, requires approval by the board of directors. If the transaction considered is an extraordinary transaction with an office holder or third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, then audit committee approval is required prior to approval by the board of directors. For the approval of compensation arrangements with directors and senior management, see “Management—Disclosure of Compensation of Directors and Senior Management.”

 

94

 

 

Any persons who have a personal interest in the approval of a transaction that is brought before a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, except for a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, may not be present at the meeting or vote on the matter. However, if the chairman of the board of directors or the chairman of the audit committee has determined that the presence of an office holder with a personal interest is required, such office holder may be present at the meeting for the purpose of presenting the matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director who has a personal interest may be present at the meeting and vote on the matter if a majority of the directors or members of the audit committee have a personal interest in the approval of such transaction. If a majority of the directors at a board of directors meeting have a personal interest in the transaction, such transaction also requires approval of the shareholders of the company.

 

A “personal interest” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as the personal interest of a person in an action or in a transaction of the company, including the personal interest of such person’s relative or the interest of any other corporate body in which the person and/or such person’s relative is a director or general manager, a 5% shareholder or holds 5% or more of the voting rights, or has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming solely from the fact of holding shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal interest of a person who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and (2) a personal interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his or her behalf regardless of whether or not the discretion of how to vote lies with the person voting.

 

An “extraordinary transaction” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as any of the following:

 

a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

a transaction that is not on market terms; or

 

a transaction that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

 

Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions

 

The Israeli Companies Law also requires that a controlling shareholder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. A controlling shareholder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and the terms of engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment, require the approval of each of (i) the audit committee or the compensation committee with respect to the terms of the engagement of the company, (ii) the board of directors and (iii) the shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

 

a majority of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

 

the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction represent no more than two percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company.

 

95

 

 

In addition, an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and an engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment, in each case with a term of more than three years requires the abovementioned approval every three years; however, transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines that such longer term is reasonable under the circumstances. In addition, transactions with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative who serves as an officer in a company, directly or indirectly (including through a corporation under his control), involving the receipt of services by a company or their compensation can have a term of five years from the company’s initial public offering under certain circumstances.

 

The Israeli Companies Law requires that every shareholder that participates, in person, by proxy or by voting instrument, in a vote regarding a transaction with a controlling shareholder, must indicate in advance or in the ballot whether or not that shareholder has a personal interest in the vote in question. Failure to so indicate will result in the invalidation of that shareholder’s vote.

 

Duties of Shareholders

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in an acceptable manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, when voting at meetings of shareholders on the following matters:

 

an amendment to the articles of association;

 

an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;

 

a merger; and

 

the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

 

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

 

The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach of the shareholder duties mentioned above, and in the event of discrimination against other shareholders, additional remedies may be available to the injured shareholder.

 

In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder that knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote (including in a class meeting) and any shareholder that, under a company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or any other power with respect to a company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Israeli Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account.

 

Approval of Private Placements

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, a private placement of securities does not require approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company; provided however, that in special circumstances, such as a private placement which is intended to obviate the need to conduct a special tender offer (see “Description of Share Capital—Acquisitions under Israeli Law”) or a private placement which qualifies as a related party transaction (see “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law”), approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company is required.

 

96

 

 

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the fiduciary duty. An Israeli company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the office holder’s duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles of association include such a provision. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising due to the breach of his or her duty of care in connection with dividend or distribution to shareholders.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Israeli Securities Law”) a company may indemnify an office holder in respect of the following liabilities, payments and expenses incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder, either in advance of an event or following an event, provided its articles of association include a provision authorizing such indemnification:

 

a monetary liability incurred by or imposed on the office holder in favor of another person pursuant to a court judgment, including pursuant to a settlement confirmed as judgment or arbitrator’s decision approved by a competent court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events and amount or criteria;

 

reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which were incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding filed against the office holder by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that such investigation or proceeding was either (i) concluded without the filing of an indictment against such office holder and without the imposition on him of any monetary obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding; (ii) concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder but with the imposition of a monetary obligation on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or (iii) in connection with a monetary sanction;

 

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as defined below) as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) to the Israeli Securities Law;

 

expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Israeli Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees;

 

reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or which were imposed on the office holder by a court (i) in a proceeding instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, (ii) in connection with criminal indictment of which the office holder was acquitted, or (iii) in a criminal indictment which the office holder was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and

 

any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to indemnify an office holder, including, without limitation, matters referenced in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Israeli Securities Law.

 

An “Administrative Procedure” is defined as a procedure pursuant to chapters H3 (Monetary Sanction by the Israeli Securities Authority), H4 (Administrative Enforcement Procedures of the Administrative Enforcement Committee) or I1 (Arrangement to prevent Procedures or Interruption of procedures subject to conditions) to the Israeli Securities Law.

 

97

 

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

 

a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

 

a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

 

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party;

 

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Israeli Securities Law; and

 

expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with an Administrative Procedure, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

 

a breach of the fiduciary duty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;

 

a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach solely arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

 

an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

 

a fine, civil fine, financial sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification and insurance of office holders must be approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors and, with respect to directors or controlling shareholders, their relatives and third parties in which controlling shareholders have a personal interest, also by the shareholders.

 

Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by law. Our office holders are currently covered by a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. As of the date of this report, no claims for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance have been filed under this policy and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our office holders, including our directors, in which indemnification is sought.

 

98

 

 

D. Employees

 

Our employees include professionals with extensive experience in medical device development and applications, neurology and psychopathology, pre-clinical experimentation, clinical development and business development.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had 107 employees, of which 39 are based in the United States and 68 are based outside of the United States (mainly in Israel). This includes 28 employees in sales and marketing (including 22 in the United States) and 30 employees in clinical trials and research and development.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    Company     Company     Company  
    Employees     Employees     Employees  
Management, administration and operations     49       41       27  
Research and development     30       30       27  
Sales and Marketing     28       25       25  

 

While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

 

We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

E. Share Ownership

 

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please see “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders.”

 

Award Plans

 

On May 29, 2014, we adopted the Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or the Plan. The Plan is intended to afford an incentive to our and any of our affiliate’s employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors and any other person or entity who provides services to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to continue as service providers, to increase their efforts on our and our affiliates behalf and to promote our success, by providing such persons with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in us.

 

On September 26, 2019 we adopted the Brainsway Ltd. Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan, which was approved by our shareholders on January 13, 2020. The Plan supersedes and replaces the original Brainsway LTD. 2014 Share Incentive Plan and provides for the granting of ordinary shares, American Depositary Shares, stock options under various tax regimes in Israel and the U.S., restricted shares, restricted share units, and other share-based awards to employees, officers, directors and/or other service providers, including advisors of the Company and/or of its subsidiaries and/or affiliated companies of the Company. The same number of our ordinary shares are available for issuance as awards under the 2019 as were available under the 2014 plan as of the effective date of the 2019 plan, and the 2014 plan continues to govern the terms of awards issued thereunder prior to the effective date of the 2019 plan.

 

99

 

 

Under the Plan, as amended and restated, we may issue options to purchase up to 3,626,200 of our ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2019, options to purchase 2,114,812 ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.4 per share, were outstanding, including options to purchase 126,200 ordinary shares previously issued under our Plan. In addition, there are options to purchase an additional 1,511,388 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our Plan. The option pool under the Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or such other number as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards under the Plan that subsequently expire, are cancelled, forfeited, repurchased or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without any further action, returned to the “pool” of reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the Plan.

 

A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of ordinary shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions specified in the option agreement and the Plan. The exercise price of each stock option granted under the Plan will be determined in accordance with the limitations set forth under the Plan. The exercise price of any stock options granted under the Plan may be paid in cash, through “cashless exercise” mechanism or any other method that may be approved by our compensation committee, which may include procedures for cashless exercise.

 

Our compensation committee may also grant, or recommend that our board of directors grant, other forms of equity incentive awards under the Plan, such as restricted shares, restricted share units, and other forms of share-based compensation.

 

Israeli participants in the Plan may be granted options subject to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version), 1961, or the Israeli Tax Ordinance. Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders (as defined for those purposes under the Israeli Tax Ordinance) and are considered Israeli residents (and in certain cases also non-Israeli residents for the time they worked in Israel) to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. Our non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders may only be granted options under another section of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits. Section 102 includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Commonly, the most favorable tax treatment for the grantees is under Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” However, under this track we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares. Any options granted under the Plan to participants in the United States will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or options other than incentive stock options (referred to as “nonqualified stock options”), as determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors and stated in the option agreement.

 

Our compensation committee administers the Plan, or if determined otherwise by our board of directors, the Plan will be administered by our board of directors or other designated committee on its behalf. Even if the compensation committee or any other committee was appointed by our board of directors in order to administrate the Plan, our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations, exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee or any other committee concerning the Plan. The compensation committee will, among others, select which eligible persons will receive options or other awards under the Plan and will determine, or recommend to our board of directors, the number of ordinary shares covered by those options or other awards, the terms under which such options or other awards may be exercised (however, vested options generally may not be exercised later than ten years from the grant date of an option and a lesser period if the grantee ceased to be employed by, or provide services to, the company) or may be settled or paid, and the other terms and conditions of such options and other awards under the Plan. All awards granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee.

 

To the extent permitted under applicable law, our compensation committee will have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding awards at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the Plan, any award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by the successor corporation of the merger or sale or any parent or affiliate thereof as determined by our board of directors. In the event that the awards are not assumed or substituted, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability of the outstanding award, or provide for the cancellation of such award and payment of cash, as determined to be fair in the circumstances.

 

100

 

 

Subject to particular limitations specified in the Plan and under applicable law, our board of directors may amend or terminate the Plan, and the compensation committee may amend awards outstanding under the Plan. In addition, an amendment to the Plan that requires shareholder approval under applicable law will not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders. In addition, in general, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted without the written consent of grantees holding a majority in interest of the awards so affected. The Plan will continue in effect until all ordinary shares available under the Plan are delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the plan unless our board of directors chooses to extend the term.

 

Any equity award to an office holder, director or controlling shareholder, whether under the Plan or otherwise, may be subject to further approvals in addition to the approval of the compensation committee as described above. See “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law.”

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

The  following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 22, 2020 by:

 

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

our directors and members of senior management who are among our five highest compensated directors and officers, or our Named Directors and Officers; and

 

all of our directors and members of senior management as a group.

 

        The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 22, 2020, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned is based on 22,250,534 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 22, 2020.

 

        Except where otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares.

 

        None of our shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

 

As of March 11, 2020, there was one shareholder of record of our ordinary shares. The number of record holders is not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our ordinary shares, as the shares of all our shareholders who hold ordinary shares that are traded on the TASE are recorded in the name of our Israeli share registrar, Registration Co. of United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. As of March 11, 2020, there were 46 U.S. persons that were holders of record of our ADSs.

 

101

 

 

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Brainsway Ltd., 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned  
    Number     Percentage  
Name of Beneficial Owner            
5% or Greater Shareholders            
The Phoenix Provident Funds(1)     2,398,676       10.8 %
Dr. David Zacut     1,781,390       8.0 %
Avner Hagai(2)     1,741,378       7.8 %
Halman Aldubi Provident and Pension Funds Ltd.(3)     1,496,209       6.7 %
RTW Funds(4)     1,916,852       8.6 %
Dr. Yiftach Roth     1,083,390       4.9 %
Prof. Avraham Zangen(5)     940,000       4.2 %
IBI Mutual Fund Management Ltd.(6)     902,658       4.1 %
                 
Named Directors and Officers                
Hadar Levy(7)     241,333       1.1 %
Amit Ginou(8)     59,834         *  
Moria Ankri(9)     26,833         *  
Karen Sarid (10)     11,458       *  
Gavriel Magen (11)     4,583       *  
Yossi Ben Shalom (11)     4,583       *  
Orly Uri (11)     4,583       *  
All directors and members of senior management as a group     12,613,759       56.7 %

 

 

* Less than 1.0%
(1) The shares are beneficially owned by various direct or indirect, majority or wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Phoenix Holding Ltd. (the “Phoenix Provident Funds”). The Phoenix Provident Funds manage their own funds and/or the funds of others, including for holders of exchange-traded notes or various insurance policies, members of pension or provident funds, unit holders of mutual funds, and portfolio management clients. Each of the Phoenix Provident Funds operates under independent management and makes its own independent voting and investment decisions. The Phoenix Holding Ltd. is a controlled subsidiary of Delek Group Ltd. The majority of Delek Group Ltd.’s outstanding share capital and voting rights are owned, directly and indirectly, by Itshak Sharon (Tshuva) through private companies wholly-owned by him, and the remainder is held by the public. The address of the Phoenix Provident Funds is HaShalom Road 53 Giv’atayim, 5345433, Israel.
(2) This consists of shares held directly by Mr. Hagai as well as shares held by family members or affiliates of Mr. Hagai.
(3) The address of Halman Aldubi Provident and Pension Funds Ltd. is 26 Harokmim Street, Holon, Israel.
(4) The shares are held by RTW Master Fund, Ltd., one or more private funds (together the “Funds”) managed by RTW Investments, LP (the “Adviser”), and Roderick Wong. The Adviser, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Funds, has the power to vote and the power to direct the disposition of all Shares held by the Funds. Roderick Wong is the Managing Partner of the Adviser. The address of RTW Master Fund, Ltd. is 412 West 15th Street Floor 9, New York, New York 10011.
(5) The address of Prof. Avraham Zangen is Mish’ol HaHadas 23, Jerusalem, Israel.
(6) The shares are beneficially owned by IBI Investment House Ltd. through a subsidiary of IBI Investment House Ltd., IBI Mutual Fund Management Ltd. IBI Investment House Ltd. is publicly traded in Israel and Mr. Zvi Lubetzky, Mr. David Weisberg and Mr. Emanuel Kook are the controlling shareholders, holding approximately 60% of the issued and outstanding capital of IBI Investment House Ltd. as of the date of this report. The address of IBI Mutual Fund Management Ltd. is 9 Ahad Ha’am Street, Tel-Aviv, 61291, Israel.
(7) Consists of options to purchase 241,333 ordinary shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
(8) Consists of options to purchase 59,834 ordinary shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
(9) Consists of options to purchase 26,833 ordinary shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(10) Consists of options to purchase 11,458 ordinary shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(11) Consists of options to purchase 4,583 ordinary shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

102

 

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into written employment agreements with each member of our senior management. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying duration for termination of the agreement by us or by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base salary and benefits. These agreements also contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Employee Matters—Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.”

 

Consulting Agreement with Prof. Avraham Zangen

 

We have entered into a consulting agreement with Prof. Avraham Zangen, our scientific founder and greater than 5% shareholder, under which Prof. Zangen provides advisory services to us in the field of neurobiology. This agreement provides for a notice period of 180 days for termination of the agreement by Prof. Zangen and 30 days for termination of the agreement by us.

 

Option Grants

 

Each of our directors and members of senior management are participants in our Share Incentive Plan, pursuant to which they receive from time to time grants of options to purchase our ordinary shares. For more information, see “Management—Share Incentive Plan.”

 

Since January 1, 2016, we granted options to purchase 1,426,362 ordinary shares to employees and directors, with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $6.3 per share, or approximately NIS 21.9 per share (based on the exchange rate reported by the Bank of Israel on December 31, 2019).

 

Directors and Officers Insurance Policy and Indemnification Agreements

 

Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Israeli Companies Law. We have obtained directors and officers insurance for each of our senior management and directors.

 

We have provided an undertaking to our directors and senior management to exculpate to the fullest extent permitted by law and to indemnify them for certain liabilities, subject to limited exceptions, to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. This indemnification is limited, with respect to any monetary liability imposed in favor of a third party, to events determined as foreseeable by the board of directors based on our activities. The maximum aggregate amount of indemnification that we may pay to our directors and senior management based on such indemnification undertaking is the greater of (i) 25% of our shareholders’ equity pursuant to our most recent audited financial statements at the time the indemnification is actually paid, and (2) $20 million. Such indemnification amounts are in addition to any insurance amounts.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

103

 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

 

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become a party to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any significant legal proceedings.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends to our shareholders. Currently, we do not intend to pay cash dividends. We currently intend to reinvest any future earnings, if any, in developing and expanding our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, if any, our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, applicable Israeli law and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2019.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

Our Ordinary Shares have been trading on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY” since January 2007. Our ADSs were traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “BWAY” from April 16, 2019, and were listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the same symbol since January 14, 2019.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

Our Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the TASE, and our ADSs, each representing two Ordinary Share and evidenced by an American depositary receipt, or ADR, are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “BWAY.” The ADRs were issued pursuant to a Depositary Agreement entered into with The Bank of New York.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

 Not applicable.

 

104

 

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Securities Registers

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our ADSs is The Bank of New York Mellon, and its address is 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY.

 

Objects and Purposes

 

According to Section 4 of our articles of association, we shall engage in any legal business. Our number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-389076-4.

 

Private Placements

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, if (i) as a result of a private placement a person would become a controlling shareholder or (ii) a private placement will entitle investors to receive 20% or more of the voting rights of a company as calculated before the private placement, and all or part of the private placement consideration is not in cash or in public traded securities or is not in market terms and if as a result of the private placement the holdings of a substantial shareholder will increase or as a result of it a person will become a substantial shareholder, then, in either case, the allotment must be approved by the board of directors and by the shareholders of the company. A “substantial shareholder” is defined as a shareholder who holds five percent or more of the company’s outstanding share capital, assuming the exercise of all of the securities convertible into shares held by that person. In order for the private placement to be on “market terms” the board of directors has to determine, on the basis of detailed explanation, that the private placement is on market terms, unless proven otherwise.

 

Board of Directors

 

Under our articles of association, resolutions by the board of directors are decided by a majority of votes of the directors present, or participating, in the case of voting by media, and voting, each director having one vote.

 

In addition, the Israeli Companies Law requires that certain transactions, actions, and arrangements be approved as provided for in a company’s articles of association and in certain circumstances by the compensation or audit committee and by the board of directors itself. Those transactions that require such approval pursuant to a company’s articles of association must be approved by its board of directors. In certain circumstances, compensation or audit committee and shareholder approval are also required. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices.”

 

The Israeli Companies Law requires that a member of the board of directors or senior management of the company promptly and, in any event, not later than the first board meeting at which the transaction is discussed, disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, either directly or by way of any corporation in which he or she is, directly or indirectly, a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, as well as all related material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. In addition, if the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, (that is, a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business, otherwise than on market terms, or is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities), the member of the board of directors or senior management must also disclose any personal interest held by his or her spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants,   spouse’s descendants, siblings and parents, and the spouses of any of the foregoing.

 

105

 

 

Once the member of the board of directors or senior management complies with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve the transaction in accordance with the provisions of its articles of association. Under the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, whoever has a personal interest in a matter, which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, may not be present at this meeting or vote on this matter, unless it is not an extraordinary transaction as defined in the Israeli Companies Law. However, if the chairman of the board of directors or the chairman of the audit committee has determined that the presence of a director or an officer with a personal interest is required for the presentation of a matter, such officer holder may be present at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the majority of the directors have a personal interest in a matter, they will be allowed to participate and vote on this matter, but an approval of the transaction by the shareholders in the general meeting will be required.

 

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the Israeli Companies Law, all actions executed in good faith by the board of directors or by a committee thereof or by any person acting as a director or a member of a committee of the board of directors, will be deemed to be valid even if, after their execution, it is discovered that there was a flaw in the appointment of these persons or that any one of these persons was disqualified from serving in his or her office.

 

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors may appoint board of directors’ committees. The committees of the board of directors report to the board of directors their resolutions or recommendations on a regular basis, as prescribed by the board of directors. The board of directors may cancel the resolution of a committee that has been appointed by it; however, such cancellation will not affect the validity of any resolution of a committee, pursuant to which we acted, vis-à-vis another person, who was not aware of the cancellation thereof. Decisions or recommendations of the committee of the board which require the approval of the board of directors will be brought to the directors’ attention a reasonable time prior to the discussion at the board of directors.

 

According to the Israeli Companies Law, a contract of a company with its directors, regarding their conditions of service, including the grant to them of exemption from liability from certain actions, insurance, and indemnification as well as the company’s contract with its directors on conditions of their employment, in other capacities, require the approval of the compensation committee, the board of directors, and the shareholders by a Special Majority.

 

Description of Securities

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Our authorized share capital currently consists of 35,000,000 ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share. As of December 31, 2019, there were 22,236,368  ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

 

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are not redeemable and do not have any preemptive rights.

 

As of December 31, 2019, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,114,812 shares of our ordinary shares, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.4 per ordinary share. In addition, there are options to purchase an additional 1,511,388 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our Share Incentive Plan.

 

Transfer of Shares. Fully paid Ordinary Shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred pursuant to our articles of association unless that transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument.

 

106

 

 

Shareholders Meetings. Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than 15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All general meetings other than the annual meeting of shareholders are referred to in our articles of association as special meetings. In accordance with our articles of association and the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors may call special meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Israeli Companies Law provides that our board of directors is required to convene a special meeting upon the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one-quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) 5% or more of our outstanding issued shares and 1% or more of our outstanding voting power or (b) 5% or more of our outstanding voting power. This is different from the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which allows such right of shareholders to be denied by a provision in a company’s certificate of incorporation.

 

Under Israeli law, one or more shareholders holding at least 1% of the voting rights at the general meeting may request that the board of directors include a matter in the agenda of a general meeting to be convened in the future, provided that it is appropriate to discuss such a matter at the general meeting.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and forty days prior to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, the Israeli Companies Law requires, inter alia, that resolutions regarding the following matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

 

amendments to our articles of association;

 

appointment or termination of our auditors;

 

appointment of external directors (if applicable);

 

approval of certain related party transactions;

 

increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;

 

mergers; and

 

the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

 

The Company shall give notice of a general meeting only to the shareholders registered in the registry, whose address is in Israel. Our articles of association, in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law requires that a notice of any annual general meeting or special general meeting be provided to shareholders at least 14 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes the appointment or removal of directors, the approval of transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, or an approval of a merger, or as otherwise required under applicable law, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting. Under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholders are not permitted to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

Election of Directors. Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders meeting have the power to elect all of our directors. Under our articles of association, our board of directors must consist of not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not including any external directors required to be appointed by the Israel Companies Law and not including up to two (2) additional directors who may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire on the next following annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, provided that they may be reappointed by the Board of Directors for one additional term of office. Each appointed director, other than external directors, if any, shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting. The term of a director shall terminate at the next annual general meeting, unless extended by that annual general meeting, or terminated by the general meeting. Pursuant to our articles of association, the vote required to appoint a director is a simple majority vote of holders of our voting shares participating and voting at the relevant meeting. Furthermore, under our articles of association our directors (other than external directors, if any) are divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. For a more detailed description on the composition of our board of election procedures of our directors, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Appointment of Directors and Terms of Office.”

 

107

 

 

Dividend and Liquidation Rights. Our profits, in respect of which a resolution was passed to distribute them as a dividend or bonus shares, are to be paid pro rata to the amount paid or credited as paid on account of the nominal value of shares held by the shareholders. In the event of our liquidation, the liquidator may, with the general meeting’s approval, distribute parts of our property in specie among the shareholders and he may, with similar approval, deposit any part of our property with trustees in favor of the shareholders as the liquidator, with the approval mentioned above deems fit.

 

Voting, Shareholders’ Meetings and Resolutions. Our articles of association provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Israeli Companies Law.

 

Our articles of association provide that the following would require approval of at least 662/3% of the total voting power voted at a general meeting of shareholders: (i) dismissing a director before the end of his or her term in office and (ii) amending provisions in our articles of association relating to the size of our board of directors, our staggered board, the right of our board of directors to elect new directors provided that the number of directors is less than the maximum number of directors the right of a shareholder to recommend a board nominee for consideration by Company shareholders, the special majority required to dismiss a director before the end of his or her term in office, the conditions under which the term of office of a director is terminated and the ability of the board of directors to function until the next general meeting so long as the number of members of our board of directors is not less than the minimum number of directors required under our articles of association.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each of (i) the approval of an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder and (ii) the terms of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of the company or such controlling shareholder’s relative (even if not extraordinary) requires the approval described above under “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law—Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions.” Certain transactions with respect to remuneration of our office holders and directors require further approvals described above under “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law—Compensation of Directors and Senior management.” Under our articles of association, any change to the rights and privileges of the holders of any class of our shares requires a simple majority of the class so affected. Another exception to the simple majority vote requirement is a resolution for the voluntary winding up, or an approval of a scheme of arrangement or reorganization, of the company pursuant to Section 350 of the Israeli Companies Law, which requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by voting deed and voting on the resolution.

 

Allotment of Shares. Our board of directors has the power to allot or to issue shares to any person, with restrictions and condition as it deems fit.

 

Acquisitions under Israeli Law

 

Full Tender Offer

 

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Israeli Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company.

 

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the same class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the same class.

 

If the shareholders who do not respond to or accept the offer hold less than 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares, and more than half of the shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender offer will be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept it hold less than 2% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares.

 

108

 

 

Upon a successful completion of such a full tender offer, any shareholder that was an offeree in such tender offer, whether such shareholder accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition the Israeli court to determine whether the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under certain conditions, the offeror may determine in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

 

If the shareholders who did not respond or accept the tender offer hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, the acquirer may not acquire shares of the company that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.

 

The description above regarding a full tender offer will also apply, with necessary changes, when a full tender offer is accepted, and the offeror has also offered to acquire all of the company’s securities.

 

Special Tender Offer

 

The Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. This rule does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company.

 

Similarly, the Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

 

These requirements do not apply if the acquisition (i) occurs in the context of a private offering, on the condition that the shareholders meeting approved the acquisition as a private offering whose purpose is to give the acquirer at least 25% of the voting rights in the company if there is no person who holds at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or as a private offering whose purpose is to give the acquirer 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no person who holds 45% of the voting rights in the company; (ii) was from a shareholder holding at least 25% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company; or (iii) was from a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

 

The special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the special tender offer is accepted by a majority of the votes of those offerees who gave notice of their position in respect of the offer; in counting the votes of offerees, the votes of a holder in control of the offeror, a person who has personal interest in acceptance of the special tender offer, a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or any person acting on their or on the offeror’s behalf, including their relatives or companies under their control, are not taken into account.

 

In the event that a special tender offer is made, a company’s board of directors is required to express its opinion on the advisability of the offer or must abstain from expressing any opinion if it is unable to do so, provided that it gives the reasons for its abstention.

 

An officer in a target company who, in his or her capacity as an officer, performs an action the purpose of which is to cause the failure of an existing or foreseeable special tender offer or is to impair the chances of its acceptance, is liable to the potential purchaser and shareholders for damages resulting from his acts, unless such officer acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to believe he or she was acting for the benefit of the company. However, officers of the target company may negotiate with the potential purchaser in order to improve the terms of the special tender offer, and may further negotiate with third parties in order to obtain a competing offer.

 

109

 

 

If a special tender offer was accepted by a majority of the shareholders who announced their stand on such offer, then shareholders who did not respond to the special offer or had objected to the special tender offer may accept the offer within four days of the last day set for the acceptance of the offer. In the event that a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it and any corporation controlled by them must refrain from making a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not execute a merger with the target company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.

 

Merger

 

The Israeli Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Israeli Companies Law are met, a majority of each party’s shareholders, by a majority of each party’s shares that are voted on the proposed merger at a shareholders’ meeting.

 

The board of directors of a merging company is required pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law to discuss and determine whether in its opinion there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of a proposed merger, the surviving company will not be able to satisfy its obligations towards its creditors, taking into account the financial condition of the merging companies. If the board of directors has determined that such a concern exists, it may not approve a proposed merger. Following the approval of the board of directors of each of the merging companies, the boards of directors must jointly prepare a merger proposal for submission to the Israeli Registrar of Companies.

 

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the shares voting at the shareholders meeting (excluding abstentions) that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, any person who holds 25% or more of the means of control (See “Management – Audit Committee – Approval of Transactions with Related Parties” for a definition of means of control) of the other party to the merger or anyone on their behalf including their relatives (See “Management – External Directors – Qualifications of External Directors” for a definition of relatives) or corporations controlled by any of them, vote against the merger.

 

In addition, if the non-surviving entity of the merger has more than one class of shares, the merger must be approved by each class of shareholders. If the transaction would have been approved but for the separate approval of each class of shares or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still rule that the company has approved the merger upon the request of holders of at least 25% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the appraisal of the merging companies’ value and the consideration offered to the shareholders.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each merging company must send a copy of the proposed merger plan to its secured creditors. Unsecured creditors are entitled to receive notice of the merger, as provided by the regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law. Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the target company. The court may also give instructions in order to secure the rights of creditors.

 

In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at least 50 days have passed from the date that a proposal for approval of the merger was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and 30 days from the date that shareholder approval of both merging companies was obtained.

 

110

 

 

Anti-takeover Measures

 

The Israeli Companies Law allows us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our Ordinary Shares, including shares providing certain preferred or additional rights to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. We do not have any authorized or issued shares other than Ordinary Shares. In the future, if we do create and issue a class of shares other than Ordinary Shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to them, may delay or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their Ordinary Shares. The authorization of a new class of shares will require an amendment to our articles of association which requires the prior approval of a majority of our shares represented and voting at a general meeting.  Shareholders voting at such a meeting will be subject to the restrictions under the Israeli Companies Law described in “– Voting.” In addition, provisions of our articles of our association relating to the election of our directors for terms of three years make it more difficult for a third party to effect a change in control or takeover attempt that our management and board of directors oppose. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C.   Board Practices – Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers.”

 

C. Material Contracts

 

For a description of other material agreements, please see “Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

Israeli law and regulations do not impose any material foreign exchange restrictions on non-Israeli holders of our Ordinary Shares. Dividends, if any, paid to holders of our Ordinary Shares, and any amounts payable upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel of our Ordinary Shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion.

 

E. Taxation

 

Israeli Tax Considerations

 

General

 

The following is a summary of the material tax consequences under Israeli law concerning the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares (Shares).

 

This discussion does not purport to constitute a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences applicable to investors upon purchasing, owning or disposing of our Shares. In particular, this discussion does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor (such as tax-exempt entities, financial institutions, certain financial companies, broker-dealers, investors that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding voting rights, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered under this discussion). To the extent that issues discussed herein are based on legislation which has yet to be subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed herein will accord with any such interpretation in the future.

 

Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

 

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

 

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax on their taxable income at the rate of 23% for the 2019 tax year.

 

Taxation of Shareholders

 

Capital Gains

 

Capital gains tax is imposed on the disposition of capital assets by an Israeli resident and on the disposition of such assets by a non-Israeli resident if those assets are either (i) located in Israel; (ii) are shares or a right to a share in an Israeli resident corporation, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless an exemption is available or unless an applicable double tax treaty between Israel and the seller’s country of residence provides otherwise. The Israeli Income Tax Ordinance distinguishes between “Real Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus.” Real Gain is the excess of the total capital gain over Inflationary Surplus generally computed on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index between the date of purchase and the date of disposition. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to tax.

 

111

 

 

Real Gain accrued by individuals on the sale of the Shares will be taxed at the rate of 25%. However, if the individual shareholder is a “Controlling Shareholder” (i.e., a person who holds, directly or indirectly, alone or together with another, 10% or more of one of the Israeli resident company’s means of control) at the time of sale or at any time during the preceding 12-month period, such gain will be taxed at the rate of 30%.

 

Corporate and individual shareholders dealing in securities in Israel are taxed at the tax rates applicable to business income (23% in 2019 and thereafter), and a marginal tax rate of up to 50% in 2019 for individuals, including an excess tax (as discussed below).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, capital gains generated from the sale of our Shares by a non-Israeli shareholder may be exempt from Israeli tax under the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance provided that the following cumulative conditions are met: (i) the Shares were purchased upon or after the registration of the Shares on the stock exchange (this condition will not apply to shares purchased on or after January 1, 2009) and (ii) the seller does not have a permanent establishment in Israel to which the generated capital gain is attributed. However, non-Israeli resident corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if Israeli residents: (i) have a 25% or more interest in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of the income or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. In addition, such exemption would not be available to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the securities are deemed to be business income.

 

In addition, the sale of the Shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, the Convention between the Government of the U.S. and the Government of the State of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income (U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty) exempts a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty) from Israeli capital gain tax in connection with the sale of the Shares, provided that: (i) the U.S. resident owned, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of the voting power of the company at any time within the 12-month period preceding such sale; (ii) the U.S. resident, being an individual, is present in Israel for a period or periods of less than 183 days during the taxable year; and (iii) the capital gain from the sale was not derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel; however, under the U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

 

Payers of consideration for the Shares, including the purchaser, the Israeli stockbroker or the financial institution through which the Shares are held, are obligated, subject to certain exemptions, to withhold tax upon the sale of Shares at a rate of 25% of the consideration for individuals and corporations.

 

Upon the sale of traded securities, a detailed return, including a computation of the tax due, must be filed and an advanced payment must be paid to the Israeli Tax Authority on January 31 and July 31 of every tax year in respect of sales of traded securities made within the previous six months. However, if all tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and regulations promulgated thereunder, such return need not be filed, and no advance payment must be paid. Capital gains are also reportable on annual income tax returns.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends distributed by a company to a shareholder who is an Israeli resident individual will generally be subject to income tax at a rate of 25%. However, a 30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder, as defined above, at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period. If the recipient of the dividend is an Israeli resident corporation, such dividend will generally be exempt from Israeli income tax provided that the income from which such dividend is distributed, derived or accrued within Israel.

 

112

 

 

Dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a non-Israeli resident (either an individual or a corporation) are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax on the receipt of such dividends at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period). These rates may be reduced under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the following tax rates will apply in respect of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident: (i) if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends the tax rate is 12.5%; (ii) if both the conditions mentioned in clause (i) above are met and the dividend is paid from an Israeli resident company’s income which was entitled to a reduced tax rate under The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, the tax rate is 15%; and (iii) in all other cases, the tax rate is 25%. The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty will not apply if the dividend income is attributed to a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel.

 

Excess Tax

 

Individual holders who are subject to tax in Israel (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident or non-Israeli resident) and who have taxable income that exceeds a certain threshold in a tax year ((NIS 649,560 for 2019, linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index) will be subject to an additional tax at the rate of 3% on his or her taxable income for such tax year that is in excess of such amount. For this purpose, taxable income includes taxable capital gains from the sale of securities and taxable income from interest and dividends, subject to the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty.

 

Estate and Gift Tax

 

Israel does not currently impose estate or gift taxes.

 

Foreign Exchange Regulations

 

Non-residents of Israel who hold our Shares are able to receive any dividends, and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation and winding up of our affairs, repayable in non-Israeli currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to have been paid or withheld on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential imposition of currency exchange control has not been eliminated and may be restored at any time by administrative action.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs by U.S. Holders, as defined below. This summary addresses solely U.S. Holders who acquire ADSs pursuant to this offering and who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as applicable, as capital assets for tax purposes. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), current and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular holder or all tax considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

 

113

 

 

This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

dealers or traders in securities, currencies or notional principal contracts;

 

financial institutions;

 

insurance companies;

 

real estate investment trusts;

 

banks;

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

tax-exempt organizations;

 

traders that have elected mark-to-market accounting;

 

investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a “straddle”, “hedge”, or “conversion transaction” with other investments;

 

regulated investment companies;

 

persons that actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of our voting shares;

 

persons that are treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income purposes and persons who hold the Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities; and

 

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollars.

 

This summary does not address the effect of any U.S. federal taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation. In addition, this summary does not include any discussion of state, local, or foreign tax consequences to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the foreign and U.S. federal, state, and local and other tax consequences of an investment in Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

 

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an Ordinary Share or ADS that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof;

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

a trust (1) if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partners and the activities of the partnership. Entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes and persons holding Ordinary Shares or ADSs through such entities should consult their own tax advisors.

 

In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, gain or loss generally will not be recognized if you exchange ADSs for the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, the gross amount of any distribution, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld from such distribution, see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations”, actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our Ordinary Shares (or, in the case of ADSs, received by the depositary) will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as foreign source dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. The U.S. Holder will not be eligible for any dividends received deduction in respect of the dividends paid by us. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. Holder to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Distributions in excess of such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. Holder as capital gain from the sale or exchange of property as described below under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.” If we do not report to a U.S. Holder the portion of a distribution that exceeds earnings and profits, then the distribution will generally be taxable as a dividend. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution.

 

114

 

 

Under the Code, certain dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. This reduced income tax rate is only applicable to dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” that is not a PFIC for the year in which the dividend is paid or for the preceding taxable year, and only with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs held by a qualified U.S. Holder (i.e., a non-corporate holder) for a minimum holding period (generally 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). As discussed below, however, we believe we may be a “passive foreign investment company” (see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below) for our current taxable year and future taxable years. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to individual U.S. Holders may not be eligible for the reduced income tax rate applicable to qualified dividends. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of this preferential tax rate under your particular circumstances.

 

The amount of any distribution paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars (a “foreign currency”), including the amount of any withholding tax thereon, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or, in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend. If the foreign currency received in the distribution is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Israeli taxes withheld on dividends may be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations. The rules relating to foreign tax credits and the timing thereof are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular situation.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

 

Subject to the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of its Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and such holder’s adjusted basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder had held the Ordinary Shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. Long-term capital gains realized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to a preferential U.S. federal income tax rate. In general, gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition or our Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be U.S. source gain or loss for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation. As discussed below in “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” however, we may be a PFIC for our current taxable year and future taxable years. If we are a PFIC, any such gain will be subject to the PFIC rules, as discussed below, rather than being taxed as a capital gain.

 

If a U.S. Holder receives foreign currency upon a sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized in the manner described above under “Distributions.” However, if such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion.

 

As discussed above under the heading “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations – Taxation of Shareholders,” a U.S. Holder who holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs through an Israeli broker or other Israeli intermediary may be subject to Israeli withholding tax on any capital gains recognized on a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs if the U.S. Holder does not obtain approval of an exemption from the Israeli Tax Authorities or claim any allowable refunds or reductions. U.S. Holders are advised that any Israeli tax paid under circumstances in which an exemption from (or a refund of or a reduction in) such tax was available will not be creditable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders are advised to consult their Israeli broker or intermediary regarding the procedures for obtaining an exemption or reduction.

 

115

 

 

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

 

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on their net investment income, which would include dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

 

Although we do not believe that we are currently a PFIC and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future, it is possible that we may be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year and future taxable years. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

 

at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or

 

at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

 

For purposes of the above calculations, if a non-U.S. corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, it will be treated as if it (a) held a proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation and (b) received a proportionate share of the income of such other corporation directly. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties and capital gains, but generally excludes rents and royalties which are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and which are received from a person other than a related person.

 

A separate determination must be made each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of each such taxable year). Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of the ADSs, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of the ADSs, which may fluctuate significantly. Based on our retention of a significant amount of cash and cash equivalents, and depending on the market price of the ADSs, we may be a PFIC for the current taxable year and future taxable years.

 

If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold the ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the ADSs, unless we cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs you hold. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have sold the ADSs you hold at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the consequences described below. After the deemed sale election, the ADSs with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

 

For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules, if you receive any excess distribution or realize any gain from a sale or other disposition of the ADSs:

 

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs;

 

the amount of excess distribution or gain allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year before the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, must be included in gross income (as ordinary income) for the current tax year; and

 

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to.

 

116

 

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years before the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the ADSs cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the ADSs as capital assets.

 

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs, you will be deemed to own your proportionate share of any such lower-tier PFIC, and you may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs you would be deemed to own. As a result, you may incur liability for any “excess distribution” described above if we receive a distribution from such lower-tier PFICs or if any shares in such lower-tier PFICs are disposed of (or deemed disposed of). You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the general tax treatment for PFICs discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the ADSs, you will include in income for each year we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ADSs as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ADSs over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ADSs included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ADSs, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ADSs, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ADSs to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for the ADSs. Your basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except the lower applicable tax rate for qualified dividend income would not apply. If we cease to be a PFIC when you have a mark-to-market election in effect, gain or loss realized by you on the sale of the ADSs will be a capital gain or loss and taxed in the manner described above under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.”

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is a stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, or regularly traded, on a qualified exchange or another market, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. The ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and, accordingly, provided the ADSs are regularly traded, if you are a holder of ADSs, the mark-to-market election would be available to you if we are a PFIC. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the ADSs cease to be marketable stock. If we are a PFIC for any year in which the U.S. Holder owns ADSs but before a mark-to-market election is made, the interest charge rules described above will apply to any mark-to-market gain recognized in the year the election is made. If any of our subsidiaries are or become PFICs, the mark-to-market election will not be available with respect to the shares of such subsidiaries that are treated as owned by you. Consequently, you could be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to income of the lower-tier PFICs the value of which already had been taken into account indirectly via mark-to-market adjustments. A U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.

 

In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC can make a “qualified electing fund election” to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences of holding stock in a PFIC by including in income its share of the corporation’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.

 

Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. A U.S. Holder’s failure to file the annual report will cause the statute of limitations for such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return to remain open with regard to the items required to be included in such report until three years after the U.S. Holder files the annual report, and, unless such failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, the statute of limitations for the U.S. Holder’s entire U.S. federal income tax return will remain open during such period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules, taking into account the uncertainty as to whether we are currently treated as or may become a PFIC.

 

117

 

 

YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE IMPACT OF OUR POTENTIAL PFIC STATUS ON YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Payments of dividends with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs and the proceeds from the sale, retirement, or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs made by a U.S. paying agent or other U.S. intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the U.S. Holder as may be required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We, or an agent, a broker, or any paying agent, as the case may be, may be required to withhold tax (backup withholding), currently at the rate of 24%, if a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not otherwise exempt fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and comply with other IRS requirements concerning information reporting. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations and tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to backup withholding. Any amount of backup withholding withheld may be used as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

 

U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting.

 

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.

 

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements, we file reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act, to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to comply with the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, file current reports on Form 6-K, annual reports on Form 20-F and other information with the SEC.

 

118

 

 

In addition, since our Ordinary Shares are traded on the TASE, we have filed Hebrew language periodic and immediate reports with, and furnish information to, the TASE and the Israeli Securities Authority, as required under Chapter Six of the Israel Securities Law, 1968. Copies of our filings with the Israeli Securities Authority can be retrieved electronically through the MAGNA distribution site of the Israeli Securities Authority (www.magna.isa.gov.il) and the TASE website (www.maya.tase.co.il).

 

We maintain a corporate website at www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates and foreign exchange rates, of financial instruments that may adversely impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance.

 

Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuation and Credit Exposure Risk

 

At present, our credit and interest risk arise from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks as well as accounts receivable. A substantial portion of our liquid instruments is invested in short-term deposits.

 

We estimate that because the liquid instruments are invested mainly for the short-term, the credit and interest risk associated with these balances is low. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk and loss. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. We manage this exposure by performing ongoing evaluations of our investments. 

 

119

 

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. Although a substantial portion of our expenses (mainly salaries and related costs) are denominated in NIS, accounting for approximately 40% of our expenses in the year ended December 31, 2019, all of our financing has been in U.S. dollars and the substantial majority of our liquid assets are held in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, while we anticipate that a portion of our expenses, principally salaries and related personnel expenses in Israel will continue to be denominated in NIS, we expect to incur an increasing amount of expenses in U.S. dollars as we increase our marketing and sales personnel and enhance our clinical studies. Changes of 5% in the U.S. dollar/NIS exchange rate would have increased/decreased operating expenses by approximately $88 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2019. We also have expenses, although to a much lesser extent, in other non-U.S. dollar currencies, in particular the Euro.

 

Moreover, for the next few years we expect that the substantial majority of our revenues from the sale or lease of our systems in the United States, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Since a portion of our expenses is denominated in NIS and other non-U.S. currencies, we are exposed to risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations vis-à-vis the non-U.S. currencies.

 

We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. In the future, we may enter into formal currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the material adverse effects of such fluctuations.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents 2 Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

The form of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and the form of American Depositary Receipt (ADR) that represents an ADS have been incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal office of our custodians in Israel, Bank Leumi Le-Israel, 34 Yehuda Halevi St., Tel Aviv 65546, Israel.

 

120

 

 

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or
American Depositary Shareholders must pay:
  For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion of 100 American Depositary Shares)   Issuance of American Depositary Shares, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
    Cancellation of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Share   Any cash distribution to American Depositary Shareholders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of American Depositary Shares   Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to American Depositary Shareholders
$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Shares per calendar year   Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees   Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary   Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
    Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any American Depositary Share or share underlying an American Depositary Share, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities   As necessary

 

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

 

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

 

121

 

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed on Form 20-F and filed with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported timely within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. There can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the company to disclose information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports. Nevertheless, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective at such reasonable assurance level.

 

(b) - (c) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s independent registered public accounting firm due to the transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are audit committee financial experts. Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are independent directors for the purposes of the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, we have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.  This code of ethics is posted on our website, https://investors.brainsway.com/static-files/4f9e73f4-18d6-409a-b198-74984439a2e0.

 

122

 

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Fees  Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the aggregate fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm for professional services.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
Services Rendered   2019     2018  
    (U.S. dollars in thousands)  
Audit (1)     190       260  
Audit-related services (2)     27       72  
Tax (3)     41       43  
Total     258       375  

 

 

(1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide.
(2) Audit-related services related to work regarding ongoing consultation.
(3) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, planning, and advice.

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

Our audit committee’s specific responsibilities in carrying out its oversight of the quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and reporting practices of the Company include the approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor. The audit committee approves in advance the particular services or categories of services to be provided to the Company during the following yearly period and also sets forth a specific budget for such audit and non-audit services. Additional non-audit services may be pre-approved by the audit committee.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

123

 

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

NASDAQ Stock Listing Rules and Home Country Practices

 

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption”:

 

we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of our voting rights, which complies with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be any number of shareholders, instead of 331/3% of our voting rights;

  

we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company) and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholder approval is required (subject to certain limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office and employment or other engagement of our controlling shareholder, if any, or such controlling shareholder’s relative; (d) approval of transactions with the company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to his or her compensation, whether in accordance with the approved compensation policy of the company or not, or transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for office holders; and (f) certain private placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and

 

as permitted by the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors selects director nominees, and we do not have a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. Directors are not selected, or recommended for board of director selection, by independent directors constituting a majority of the board’s independent directors or by a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors as required by the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

See Exhibit Index on page 141.

 

124

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1   Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended (unofficial English translation).
     
2.1   Form of Deposit Agreement between Brainsway Ltd., The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference).
     
2.2   Form of American Depositary Receipt (incorporated by reference).
     
2.3   Description of Share Capital.
     
4.1   Brainsway 2019 Share Incentive Plan.
     
4.2   Form of Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification.
     
4.3   Brainsway Compensation Policy.
     
4.4   Employment Agreement, dated April 3, 2006, by and between Brain Research and Development Services Ltd. and Dr. Yiftach Roth, as amended by First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 9, 2006 (incorporated by reference).
     
4.5   Employment Agreement, dated November 24, 2019, between Brainsway Ltd. and Christopher Von Jako.
     
4.6   Employment Agreement, dated July 25, 2019, between Brainsway Inc. and Hadar Levy.
     
4.7   Patent License Agreement, dated July 7, 2003, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference).
     
4.8   Patent License Amendment, dated August 24, 2005, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference).
     
4.9   Second Amendment to Patent License Agreement, dated April 17, 2008, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference).
     
4.10   Research and License Agreement, dated June 2, 2005, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.11   First Addendum Agreement, dated August 19, 2007, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.12   Second Addendum Agreement, dated January 18, 2009, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.13   Third Addendum Agreement, dated March 23, 2010, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.14   Fourth Addendum Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.15   First Amendment to Fourth Addendum Agreement, dated May 11, 2010, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
4.16   Fifth Addendum Agreement, dated February 22, 2018, by and between Brainsway, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference).
     
8.1   List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference).
     
12.1   Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
12.2   Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
13   Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
15.1   Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, Member Firm of Ernst & Young Global.
     
101   The following financial statements from the Company’s 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

125

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  BRAINSWAY LTD
   
  By: /s/ Christopher R. von Jako, Ph.D.
    Name: Christopher R. von Jako, Ph.D.
    Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
     
  By: /s/ Hadar Levy
    Name: Hadar Levy
   

Title: Chief Financial Officer and

Chief Operating Officer

     
Date: March 23, 2020    

 

126

 

  

BRAINSWAY LTD.
INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8

 

F-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-2

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of the financial position of Brainsway Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER  
A Member of Ernst & Young Global  
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.  
   
Tel-Aviv, Israel  
March 22, 2020  

 

F-3

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

        December 31,  
    Note   2019     2018  
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   4   $ 21,674     $ 8,968  
Short-term deposits   5     221       101  
Trade receivables, net   6     5,507       2,904  
Other accounts receivable   7     1,427       1,505  
          28,829       13,478  
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:                    
Restricted deposit   12b, 16h           1,007  
Long-term prepaid expenses   1c           1,345  
Long-term deposit         168       146  
Leased systems   8     5,491       4,690  
System components and other property and equipment   8   $ 4,248     $ 2,936  
          9,907       10,124  
        $ 38,736     $ 23,602  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                    
                     
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                    
Trade payables   10   $ 1,320     $ 2,243  
Other accounts payable   11     3,379       3,459  
Deferred revenues   16     1,305       1,333  
Loan from bank   12b           750  
Liability in respect of research and development grants   12c     714       554  
          6,718       8,339  
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:                    
Loan from bank   12b           2,083  
Deferred revenues and other liabilities   16b,e,g     2,353       1,108  
Liability in respect of research and development grants   12c     5,367       4,980  
Warrants   12b     78       140  
          7,798       8,311  
EQUITY:   17                
Share capital         233       171  
Share premium         93,649       67,193  
Share-based payment   18     4,435       3,357  
Adjustments arising from translating financial statements from functional currency to presentation currency         (2,188 )     (2,188 )
Accumulated deficit         (71,909 )     (61,581 )
          24,220       6,952  
        $ 38,736     $ 23,602  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

        Year ended
December 31,
 
    Note   2019     2018     2017  
Revenues   19a   $ 23,101     $ 16,397     $ 11,145  
Cost of revenues   19b     5,129       3,589       2,595  
Gross profit         17,972       12,808       8,550  
                             
Research and development expenses, net   19c     7,876       6,156       5,343  
Selling and marketing expenses   19d     13,269       8,345       6,331  
General and administrative expenses   19e     5,303       3,421       3,487  
Total operating expenses         26,448       17,922       15,161  
Operating loss         8,476       5,114       6,611  
Finance expense, net   19f     1,430       1,156       274  
                             
Loss before income taxes         9,906       6,270       6,885  
Income taxes   15b     422       209       169  
Net loss and total comprehensive loss       $ 10,328     $ 6,479     $ 7,054  
Basic and diluted net loss per share   20   $ (0.50 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.48 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

    Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Reserve for
share-based
payment
transactions
    Adjustments
arising from
translating
financial
statements
from
functional
currency to
presentation
currency
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
equity
 
Balance at January 1, 2017   $ 149       57,502     $ 2,872     $ (2,188 )   $ (48,048 )   $ 10,287  
Net loss and total comprehensive loss                             (7,054 )     (7,054 )
Issuance of shares, net (*)     22       8,423                               8,445  
Expiration of share options           26       (26 )                  
Cost of share-based payment                 1,043                   1,043  
Balance at December 31, 2017     171       65,951       3,889       (2,188 )     (55,102 )     12,721  
Net loss and total comprehensive loss                             (6,479 )     (6,479 )
Expiration of share options           1,242       (1,242 )                  
Cost of share-based payment                 710                   710  
Balance at December 31, 2018     171       67,193       3,357       (2,188 )     (61,581 )     6,952  
Net loss and total comprehensive loss                             (10,328 )     (10,328 )
Issuance of shares, net (**)     62       26,271                         26,333  
Expiration of share options             185       (185 )                  
Cost of share-based payment                 1,263                   1,263  
Balance at December 31, 2019     233       93,649       4,435       (2,188 )     (71,909 )     24,220  

 

 

(*) Net of issuance expenses of $ 133.
(**) Net of issuance expenses of $ 2,290.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Cash flows from operating activities:                  
Total comprehensive loss   $ (10,328 )   $ (6,479 )   $ (7,054 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                        
                         
Adjustments to profit or loss items:                        
Depreciation, amortization and impairment     1,741       463       394  
Depreciation of leased systems     1,054       765       678  
Finance expenses, net     1,430       1,157       274  
Cost of share-based payment     1,263       710       1,028  
Income taxes     422       209       169  
      5,910       3,304       2,543  
Changes in asset and liability items:                        
Increase in trade receivables     (2,634 )     (419 )     (21 )
Decrease (increase) in other accounts receivable     136       (595 )     113  
Decrease in long-term prepaid expenses           (217 )      
Increase in trade payables     175       859       310  
Increase (decrease) in other accounts payable     (385 )     482       163  
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues and other liabilities     555       (314 )     523  
      (2,153 )     (204 )     1,088  
Cash paid and received during the year for:                        
Interest paid     (296 )     (239 )      
Interest received     175       37       12  
Income taxes paid     (552 )     (192 )     (56 )
      (673 )     (394 )     (44 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (7,244 )     (3,773 )     (3,467 )
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Purchase of property and equipment and system components     (3,311 )     (1,972 )     (985 )
Withdrawal of (investment in) short-term deposits, net     (120 )     (50 )     535  
Withdrawal of (investment in) long-term deposits, net     985       886       (2,001 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,446 )     (1,136 )     (2,451 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Receipt (repayment) of loan from bank, net     (3,000 )           2,702  
Receipt of government grants     176       149       186  
Repayment of liability in respect of research and development grants     (601 )     (414 )     (375 )
Repayment of lease liability     (434 )            
Issuance of warrants                 150  
Proceeds from issuance of shares, net     26,333             8,445  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     22,474       (265 )     11,108  
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents     (78 )     (367 )     145  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     12,706       (5,541 )     5,335  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year     8,968       14,509       9,174  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year   $ 21,674     $ 8,968     $ 14,509  
(a)    Significant non-cash transactions:                        
Purchase of property and equipment on credit   $ 183     $ 280     $ 469  
long-term prepaid expenses not yet paid   $     $ 1,128     $  

 

F-7

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 1: GENERAL

 

a. A general description of the Company and its activity:

 

Brainsway Ltd. (“the Company”) incorporated on November 7, 2006, is a commercial stage medical device company focused on the development and sale of non-invasive Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (“Deep TMS”), technology for the treatment of neurological and addiction disorders. The Deep TMS system (“system”) uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain.

 

In January 2013, the first commercial Deep TMS system received clearance by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for the treatment of major depressive disorder (“MDD”) in adults who failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication. In August 2018, the Company received clearance of marketing authorization by the FDA for the adjunct therapy for the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) in adults.

 

Brainsway Ltd. (“the Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Brainsway, Inc. (“Inc”), Moach R&D Services Ltd. (“Moach”), Brainsway USA Inc (“USA Inc”), collectively (the “Group”) derive revenues from the sale and lease of its systems.

 

b. The Group has negative cash flows from operating activities and an operating loss of $ 7.2 million and $ 8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company’s management and board of directors believe that the Company has the current funding to finance its business activity according to its plans in the foreseeable future.
   
c.

The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 were authorized for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on March 22, 2020.

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in the financial statements for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

a. Basis of presentation of the financial statements:

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a cost basis, except for certain financial instruments which are presented at fair value through profit or loss.

 

The Company has elected to present the profit or loss items using the function of expense method.

 

F-8

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

b. Consolidated financial statements:

 

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of companies that are controlled by the Company (“subsidiaries”). Control is achieved when the Company has power over the subsidiaries, is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiaries and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiaries. In assessing control, the effect of potential voting rights is considered only if they are substantive. The consolidation of the financial statements commences on the date on which control is obtained and ends when such control ceases.

 

The financial statements of the Company and of the subsidiaries are prepared as of the same dates and periods. The accounting policies in the financial statements of the subsidiaries have been applied consistently and uniformly with those applied in the financial statements of the Company. Significant intragroup balances and transactions and gains or losses resulting from transactions between the Company and the subsidiaries are eliminated in full in the consolidated financial statements.

 

c. Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currency:

 

1. Functional currency and presentation currency:

 

The functional currency is the currency that best reflects the economic environment in which the Company operates and conducts its transactions, is separately determined for each Group entity and is used to measure its financial position and operating results. The Group determines the functional currency of each Group entity. The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the US Dollar for all reported periods.

 

2. Transactions, assets and liabilities in foreign currency:

 

Transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded upon initial recognition at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. After initial recognition, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at each reporting date into the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange rate differences are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at cost are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

d. Cash equivalents:

 

Cash equivalents are considered as highly liquid investments, including unrestricted short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of investment or with a maturity of more than three months, but which are redeemable on demand without penalty and which form part of the Group’s cash management.

 

F-9

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

e. Short-term deposits:

 

Short-term deposits are deposits with an original maturity of more than three months from the date of investment and which do not meet the definition of cash equivalents.

 

f. Allowance for doubtful accounts (accounting policy applied until December 31, 2017):

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined in respect of specific trade receivables whose collection in the opinion of the Company’s management, is doubtful. The Company did not recognize an allowance in respect of groups of customers that are collectively assessed for impairment since it did not identify any groups of customers which bear similar credit risks. Impaired receivables are derecognized when they are assessed as uncollectible.

 

See Note 2m with respect to accounting policy applied commencing January 1, 2018.

 

g. Revenue recognition:

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company initially adopted IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Standard”). The Company elected to apply the provisions of the Standard using the modified retrospective method with the application of certain practical expedients and without restatement of comparative data. There was no effect of the initial adoption of the new standard on the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018.

 

IFRS 15 introduces a five-step model that applies to revenue earned from contracts with customers.

 

The accounting policy applied from January 1, 2018 regarding revenue recognition according to IFRS 15 is as follows:

 

The Company generates revenues from the sale and lease of its systems. The Company sells its products mainly to end users and to a lesser extent to third-party distributors outside of the United States and does not provide return rights.

 

Revenues from sale of systems:

 

Revenue from sale of systems are recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system to the customer.

 

Revenue from rendering of services:

 

Revenue from rendering of extended warranty services is recognized over time, during the period the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance. The Company charges its customers based on payment terms agreed upon in specific agreements. When payments are made before or after the service is performed, the Company recognizes the resulting contract asset or liability. Revenue from services were insignificant for all reported periods.

 

F-10

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Contract liabilities:

 

A contract liability, presented as deferred revenues, is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. The Company elected to apply the practical expedient in IFRS 15 and does not provide disclosure of the remaining unsatisfied performance obligations with respect to contracts that have a term of up to one year. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has no unsatisfied performance obligation with a contract duration of more than one year.

 

Allocating the transaction price:

 

For contracts that consist of more than one performance obligation at contract inception, the Company allocates the contract transaction price to each performance obligation identified in the contract on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone selling price is the price at which the Company would sell the promised goods or services separately to a customer.

 

Revenues from lease of systems:

 

The Company generates revenue from leasing its systems usually for a term of up to four years either for a fixed annual fee, or a variable fee, which is determined based on the higher of: fees per treatment (i.e. usage based fees) or an annual minimum fee as stated in the contract. The classification of a lease as a finance lease or operating lease is determined based on the substance of the lease agreement, and the assessment is made at the inception date of the lease pursuant to the provisions of the Standard. Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Revenue from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when the Company is entitled to receive such revenue.

 

h. Government grants:

 

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions.

 

Government grants received from the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) and repayable to the IIA through royalty-bearing sales are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected to be derived from the research project, resulting in royalty-bearing sales due to the IIA.

 

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability.

 

If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37.

 

In each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there is reasonable assurance that the liability recognized, in whole or in part, will not be repaid based on the best estimate of future sales and using the original effective interest method and, if so, the appropriate amount of the liability is derecognized against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

 

Grants received from the IIA prior to January 1, 2009, which are recognized as a liability, are accounted for as forgivable loans in accordance with IAS 20, based on the original terms of the loan.

 

F-11

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

  i. Leases:

 

As described in Note 2s regarding the initial adoption of IFRS 16, “Leases” (“the Standard”), the Company elected to apply the provisions of the Standard using the modified retrospective method (without restatement of comparative data).

 

The accounting policy for leases applied effective from January 1, 2019, is as follows:

 

The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when the contract terms convey the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

 

For leases in which the Company is the lessee, the Company recognizes on the commencement date of the lease a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, excluding leases whose term is up to 12 months and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value. For these excluded leases, the Company has elected to recognize the lease payments as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In measuring the lease liability, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in the Standard and does not separate the lease components from the non-lease components (such as management and maintenance services, etc.) included in a single contract.

 

Leases which entitle employees to a company car as part of their employment terms are accounted for as employee benefits in accordance with the provisions of IAS 19 and not as subleases.

 

On the commencement date, the lease liability includes all unpaid lease payments discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be readily determined, or otherwise using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. After the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability using the effective interest rate method.

 

On the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability plus lease payments already made on or before the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred. The right-of-use asset is measured applying the cost model and depreciated over the shorter of its useful life and the lease term.

 

Following are the amortization periods of the right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset:

 

    Years
Lease facilities   2 to 3
Motor vehicles   3

 

The Company tests for impairment of the right-of-use asset whenever there are indications of impairment pursuant to the provisions of IAS 36.

 

F-12

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The accounting policy for leases applied until December 31, 2018, is as follows:

 

The criteria for classifying leases as finance or operating leases depend on the substance of the agreements and is determined at the inception of the lease in accordance with IAS 17.

 

Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are not transferred are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

j. Taxes on income:

 

Current or deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that they relate to items which are recognized in other comprehensive income or equity.

 

1. Current taxes:

 

The current tax liability is measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, as well as adjustments required in connection with the tax liability in respect of previous years.

 

2. Deferred taxes:

 

Deferred taxes are computed in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts in the financial statements and the amounts attributed for tax purposes.

 

Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

 

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that they will be utilized. Temporary differences that can be deducted for which deferred tax assets had not been recognized are reviewed at each reporting date and a respective deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that utilization is probable.

 

Taxes that would apply in the event of the disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing deferred taxes, as long as the disposal of the investments in subsidiaries is not probable in the foreseeable future. Also, deferred taxes that would apply in the event of distribution of earnings by subsidiaries as dividends have not been taken into account in computing deferred taxes, since the distribution of dividends does not involve an additional tax liability or since it is the Company’s policy not to initiate distribution of dividends from a subsidiary that would trigger an additional tax liability.

 

Deferred taxes are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset a current tax asset against a current tax liability and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxpayer and the same taxation authority.

 

F-13

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

k. Leased systems, system components and other property and equipment, net:

 

The cost of self-constructed systems (leased systems) includes the cost of materials, direct labor and share-based payment, as well as any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

 

System components are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average basis. Net realizable value is based on estimated selling prices less estimated costs to be incurred to completion and disposal. The impairment of leased systems and system components recognized in cost of revenues was $1,191, $340 and $225 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the assets at annual rates as follows:

 

    %
Leased systems   15
Laboratory equipment   15

Computers

  33
Office furniture and equipment  

6 - 15

Leasehold improvements  

(*)

 

 

(*) Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term (including the extension option held by the Group and intended to be exercised) and the expected life of the improvement.

 

The useful life and depreciation method of an asset are reviewed at least each year-end and any changes are accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

 

l. Impairment of non-financial assets:

 

The Company evaluates the need to record an impairment of non-financial assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount is not recoverable.

 

If the carrying amount of non-financial assets exceeds their recoverable amount, the assets are reduced to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of sale and value in use. In measuring value in use, the expected cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the asset.

 

The recoverable amount of an asset that does not generate independent cash flows is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

 

An impairment loss of an asset is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. Reversal of an impairment loss, as above, shall not be increased above the lower of the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years and its recoverable amount. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset presented at cost is recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-14

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

m. Financial instruments:

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company initially adopted IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (“the Standard”). The Company elected to apply the provisions of the Standard retrospectively with certain reliefs without restatement of comparative data. The first time adoption of IFRS 9 had no impact on accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2018.

 

1. Impairment of financial assets:

 

The Company evaluates at the end of each reporting period the loss allowance for financial debt instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss. The Company distinguishes between two types of loss allowances:

 

a. Debt instruments whose credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, or whose credit risk is low - the loss allowance recognized in respect of this debt instrument is measured at an amount equal to the expected credit losses within 12 months from the reporting date; or
b. Debt instruments whose credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, or whose credit risk is low - the loss allowance recognized in respect of this debt instrument is measured at an amount equal to the expected credit losses within 12 months from the reporting date.

 

An impairment loss on debt instruments measured at amortized cost is recognized in profit or loss with a corresponding loss allowance that is offset from the carrying amount of the financial asset, whereas the impairment loss on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss with a corresponding loss allowance that is recorded in other comprehensive income and not as a reduction of the carrying amount of the financial asset in the statement of financial position.

 

The Company has short-term financial assets such as trade receivables in respect of which the Company applies a simplified approach and measures the loss allowance in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses.

 

2. Derecognition of financial assets:

 

A financial asset is derecognized only when the following criteria are met:

 

a. The contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire; or
b.

The Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards deriving from the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset or has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset; or

c.

The Company has retained its contractual rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset but has assumed a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows in full without material delay to a third party.

 

F-15

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

3. Financial liabilities:

 

Financial liabilities within the scope of the standard are initially recognized at fair value less transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability, excluding financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss whose transaction costs are carried to profit or loss.

 

On the date of initial recognition, the Company classified financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in their fair value which can be attributed to changes in the Company’s credit risk profile are carried to other comprehensive income.

 

After initial recognition, the Company measures all financial liabilities at amortized cost, except for financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss such as derivatives.

 

4. Derecognition of financial liabilities:

 

A financial liability is derecognized only when it is extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. A financial liability is extinguished when the debtor discharges the liability by paying in cash, other financial assets, goods or services; or is legally released from the liability.

 

5. Issue of a unit of securities:

 

The issue of a unit of securities involves the allocation of the proceeds received (before issue expenses) to the securities issued in the unit based on the following order: financial derivatives and other financial instruments measured at fair value in each period. Then fair value is determined for financial liabilities that are measured at amortized cost. The proceeds allocated to equity instruments are determined to be the residual amount. Issue costs are allocated to each component pro rata to the amounts determined for each component in the unit.

 

n. Fair value measurement:

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurement is based on the assumption that the transaction will take place in the asset’s or the liability’s principal market, or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

 

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

 

F-16

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

 

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

 

All assets and liabilities measured at fair value or for which fair value is disclosed are categorized into levels within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement:

 

Level 1     quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
         
Level 2     inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable either directly or indirectly.
         
Level 3     inputs that are not based on observable market data (valuation techniques which use inputs that are not based on observable market data).

 

o. Provisions:

 

A provision in accordance with IAS 37 is recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

p. Employee benefit liabilities:

 

1. Short-term employee benefits:

 

Short-term employee benefits are benefits that are expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related services. These benefits include salaries, paid annual and sick leave, recreation and social security contributions and are recognized as expenses as the services are rendered. A liability in respect of a cash bonus or a profit-sharing plan is recognized when the Company has a legal or constructive obligation to make such payment as a result of past service rendered by an employee and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made.

 

2. Post-employment benefits:

 

The Group has defined contribution plans pursuant to Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law (“Section 14”) under which the Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient amounts to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

 

F-17

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963 (“Severance Pay Law”), specifies that employees are entitled to severance payment following the termination of their employment. Under the Severance Pay Law, the severance payment is calculated as one month salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof. The majority of the Company’s liability for severance pay is covered by the provisions of. Under Section 14, employees are entitled to monthly deposits, at a rate of 8.33% of their monthly salary, made on behalf of the employee with insurance companies. Payments in accordance with Section 14 release the Company from any future severance payments in respect of those employees. As a result, the Company does not recognize any liability for severance pay due to these employees and the deposits under Section 14 are not recorded as an asset in the Company’s balance sheet.

 

Contributions to the defined contribution plan in respect of severance or retirement pay are recognized as an expense when contributed concurrently with performance of the employee’s services and no additional provision is required in the financial statements. See also Note 14.

 

q. Share-based payment transactions:

 

The Company’s employees and other service providers are entitled to remuneration in the form of equity-settled share-based payment.

 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized in profit or loss together with a corresponding increase in equity during the period which the performance and/or service conditions are to be satisfied ending on the date on which the relevant employees become entitled to the award (“the vesting period”). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at the end of each reporting date includes the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

 

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted at grant date. The fair value of option granted is determined using the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model (“Binomial model”). The Binomial model takes into account variables such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate and also allows for the use of dynamic assumptions and considers the contractual term of the option, the probability that the option will be exercised prior to the end of its contractual life, and the probability of termination or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option.

 

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

 

r. Net loss per share:

 

Net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted number of Ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

 

Basic net loss per share includes only shares that are outstanding during the period.

 

Potential Ordinary shares are included in the computation of diluted net loss per share when such shares are dilutive. Potential Ordinary shares that are converted during the period are included in diluted net loss per share only until the conversion date and from that date in basic net loss per share.

 

F-18

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

  

s. Changes in accounting policies – initial adoption of new financial reporting and accounting standards and amendments to existing financial reporting and accounting standards:

 

1. Initial adoption of IFRS 16, “Leases”

 

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”), which replaces IAS 17, “Leases”, IFRIC 4, “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, SIC-15, “Operating Leases-Incentives” and SIC-27, “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease.” IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting for finance leases under IAS 17. The standard includes two recognition exemptions for lessees—leases of ’low-value’ assets (e.g., personal computers) and short-term leases (i.e., leases with a lease term of 12 months or less). At the commencement date of a lease, a lessee will recognize a liability to make lease payments (i.e., the lease liability) and an asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (i.e., the right-of-use asset). Lessees will be required to separately recognize the interest expense on the lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset.

 

Lessees will be also required to remeasure the lease liability upon the occurrence of certain events (e.g., a change in the lease term, a change in future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine those payments). The lessee will generally recognize the amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset.

 

Lessor accounting under IFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from accounting under IAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify all leases using the same classification principle as in IAS 17 and distinguish between two types of leases: operating and finance leases.

 

The Company adopted the modified retrospective approach and that the effect of the first-time adoption of IFRS 16 as of January 1, 2019 resulted in an increase of approximately $1,400 to the Company’s total assets and corresponding liabilities. In the initial application of the Standard, the Company elected to apply a practical expedient for using a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics.

 

2. Initial adoption of IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”

 

In June 2017, the IASB issued IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments” (“the Interpretation”). The Interpretation clarifies the accounting for recognition and measurement of assets or liabilities in accordance with the provisions of IAS 12, “Income Taxes”, in situations of uncertainty involving income taxes. The Interpretation provides guidance on considering whether some tax treatments should be considered collectively, examination by the tax authorities, measurement of the effects of uncertainty involving income taxes on the financial statements and accounting for changes in facts and circumstances in respect of the uncertainty.

 

The Interpretation was adopted on January 1, 2019, based on full retrospective adoption, without restating comparative data. There was no impact on the financial statements as a result of adopting the Interpretation.

 

F-19

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In the process of applying the significant accounting policies in the financial statements, the Group has made the following judgments, estimates and assumptions, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements:

 

a. Judgments:

 

Classification of leases:

 

Evaluation of whether to classify a lease as a finance lease or an operating lease in accordance with the criteria stipulated in IFRS 16 requires significant judgment.

 

b. Estimates and assumptions:

 

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that have an effect on the application of the accounting policies and on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in accounting estimates are reported in the period of the change in estimate.

 

The key assumptions made in the financial statements concerning uncertainties at the reporting date and the critical estimates computed by the Group that may result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

Grants from the IIA:

 

Government grants received from the IIA are recognized as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the research and development activity that will result in royalty-bearing sales. There is uncertainty regarding the estimated future cash flows and discount rate used to measure the amount of the liability.

 

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts on trade receivables:

 

The Group uses a provision matrix to calculate the allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses (ECL’s) for trade receivables. The provision rates are based on days past due for its various customers. The provision matrix is initially based on the Group’s historical observed default rates as well as forward-looking information. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analyzed. The amount of ECLs is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecast economic conditions. The Group’s historical credit loss experience and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of customers’ actual default in the future. The information about the ECLs on the Group’s trade receivables is disclosed in Note 6.

 

Determining the fair value of share-based payment transactions:

 

The fair value of share-based payment transactions is determined upon initial recognition by the Binomial model. The Binomial model is based on share price and exercise price and assumptions regarding expected volatility, term of share option, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate.

 

F-20

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Cash for immediate withdrawal   $ 11,640     $ 5,965  
Cash equivalents—short-term deposits (1)     10,034       3,003  
    $ 21,674     $ 8,968  

 

 

(1) The deposits earn annual interest at the respective term of the deposits of approximately 1.5%.

 

NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Bank deposits (1)   $ 221     $ 101  

 

 

(1) Short-term deposits at banks are for periods of up to one year. The deposits earn annual interest at the respective term of the deposits of approximately 1.5%.

 

F-21

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET

 

a. Trade receivables, net:

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Open accounts (1)   $ 6,279     $ 3,165  
Credit cards     158       74  
Less—allowance for doubtful accounts     (930 )     (335 )
Trade receivables, net   $ 5,507     $ 2,904  

 

 

(1) Trade receivables generally have 90 day credit terms. Certain customers payments are made through monthly credit card transactions.

 

Impaired debts are accounted for through recording an allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

b. Movement in allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

    U.S. dollars in
thousands
 
Balance as of January 1, 2018   $ 288  
Provision for the year     335  
Derecognition of bad debts     (249 )
Reversal in respect of collected doubtful accounts     (39 )
Balance as of December 31, 2018     335  
Provision for the year    

835

 
Derecognition of bad debts     (240 )
Reversal in respect of collected doubtful accounts      
Balance as of December 31, 2019   $

930

 

 

Following is information about the credit risk exposure of the Company’s trade receivables:

 

December 31, 2019:      
    U.S. dollars in thousands  
    Not past
due
    < 30
days
    30 - 60
days
    61 - 90
days
    91 - 120
days
    >120
days
    Total  
    U.S. dollars in thousands  
Gross carrying amount   $ 2,619     $ 1,133     $ 544     $

461

    $ 247     $ 1,433     $ 6,437  
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 7     $ 11     $ 8     $ 32     $ 69     $ 803     $ 930  
Trade receivables, net    

2,612

     

1,122

     

536

     

429

     

178

     

630

    $ 5,507  

 

December 31, 2018:                                          
    U.S. dollars in thousands  
    Not past
due
    < 30
days
    30 - 60
days
    61 - 90
days
    91 - 120
days
    >120
days
    Total  
    U.S. dollars in thousands  
Gross carrying amount   $ 1,210     $ 953     $ 207     $ 305     $ 266     $ 298     $ 3,239  
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 148     $ 39     $ 12     $ 23     $ 23     $ 90     $ 335  
Trade receivables, net     1,062       914       195       282       243       208     $ 2,904  

 

F-22

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has over 90 days past due trade receivables, net of $ 808, of which $ 568 were paid between the reporting date and the date of the approval of the financial statements. The Company expects to collect the entire net amount of these debts.

 

NOTE 7: OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Government authorities   $ 378     $ 738  
Accrued income-IIA     71       332  
Consumables     306       91  
Prepaid expenses and other     672       344  
    $ 1,427     $ 1,505  

 

F-23

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 8: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

December 31, 2019:

 

    Leased
systems
    System
Components
    Laboratory
equipment and
Computers
    Right of
use assets
    Office
furniture
and
equipment
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total  
Cost:                                          
Balance at January 1, 2019   $ 6,369     $ 2,717     $ 794     $ 1,414     $ 82     $ 52     $ 11,428  
Additions           5,521       37             8             5,566  
Transfer to Leased systems     2,150       (2,150 )                              
Reductions     (368 )(**)     (2,971 )(***)                             (3,339 )
Balance at December 31, 2019     8,151       3,117       831       1,414       90       52       13,655  
    ​​ ​​       ​​​​       ​​       ​​​​       ​​​       ​​​       ​​​  
Accumulated depreciation:                                                        
Balance at January 1, 2019     1,679             613             44       52       2,388  
Additions     1,054             81       460       6             1,602  
Reductions     (73 )                                   (73 )
    ​​ ​​       ​​​​       ​​       ​​​​​​       ​​​       ​​​       ​​  
Balance at December 31, 2019     2,660             694       460       50       52       3,916  
    ​​ ​​       ​​​​       ​​       ​​​​​       ​​​       ​​​       ​​​  
Depreciated cost at December 31, 2019   $ 5,491     $ 3,117   $ 137     $ 954     $ 40     $ (*)   $ 9,739  

 

 

(*) Represents an amount lower than $ 1

 

(**)  Derived mainly from systems leased to customers and sold

 

(***) Includes impairment charge of $1,191 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

F-24

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 8: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Continued)

 

December 31, 2018: 

 

    Leased
systems
    System
Components
    Laboratory
equipment and
Computers
    Office
furniture
and
equipment
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total  
Cost:                                    
Balance at January 1, 2018   $ 4,627     $ 3,553     $ 633     $ 75     $ 52     $ 8,940  
Additions           2,645       161       7             2,813  
Transfer to Leased systems     2,458       (2,458 )                        
Reductions     (716 )(**)     (1,023 )(***)                       (1,739 )
Balance at December 31, 2018     6,369       2,717       794       82       52       10,014  
    ​ ​ ​       ​ ​ ​​             ​ ​ ​​       ​ ​​       ​ ​  
Accumulated depreciation:                                                
Balance at January 1, 2018     1,187             554       38       52       1,831  
Additions     817             59       6             882  
Reductions     (325 )                             (325 )
    ​ ​ ​       ​ ​ ​​             ​ ​ ​​       ​ ​​       ​ ​  
Balance at December 31, 2018     1,679             613       44       52       2,388  
    ​ ​ ​       ​ ​ ​​             ​ ​ ​​       ​ ​​       ​ ​  
Depreciated cost at December 31, 2018   $ 4,690     $ 2,717     $ 181     $ 38     $ (*)   $ 7,626  

 

 

(*) Represents an amount lower than $ 1.

 

(**)  Derived mainly from systems leased to customers and sold

 

(***) Includes impairment charge of $340 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

NOTE 9: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

 

The following table presents the fair value measurement hierarchy for the Group’s assets and liabilities.

 

Quantitative disclosures of the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

        Fair value hierarchy  
    Valuation
date
  Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Liabilities measured at fair value:                            
Liability in respect of warrants   31.12.2019   $     $ 78     $     $ 78  
                                     
Liability in respect of warrants   31.12.2018   $     $ 140     $     $ 140  

 

F-25

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 10: TRADE PAYABLES

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Open debt   $ 1,320     $ 2,243  

 

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on up to 90 day terms.

 

NOTE 11: OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Employee and payroll accruals   $ 1,216     $ 1,067  
Accrued expenses     1,620       2,161  
Tax payable     1       130  
Liabilities to related parties (1)     128       101  
Lease liabilities     414        
                 
    $ 3,379     $ 3,459  

 

 

(1) A current non-interest bearing account.

 

NOTE 12: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

a. Composition:

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Loan from bank(c)   $     $ 2,083  
Warrants(c)     78       140  
Liability in respect of research and development grants(d)     5,367       4,980  
Deferred revenues and other liabilities     1,690       1,108  
Lease liabilities(b)     663        
                 
    $ 7,798     $ 8,311  

 

F-26

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 12: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

b. Lease liabilities:

 

    U.S. dollars in
thousands
 
Maturity analysis:      
Less than one year     525  
One to five years     1,106  
Total lease commitments     1,631  
Impact of discounting remaining lease payments     (217 )
Total lease liabilities as of January 1, 2019     1,414  
         
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019:     1,077  
Current     414  
Non-current     663  
         
Total   $ 1,077  

 

c. Loan from bank:

 

On August 17, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement for the receipt of a bank credit facility of up to $ 6,000 (the “Bank Credit Facility”). $ 3,000 was withdrawn during 2017 (“the first facility”) and bear annual interest of 3-months LIBOR plus 6%. The remaining credit facility (“the second facility”) may be withdrawn until March 15, 2018 bearing annual interest 3-months LIBOR plus 6.75%. The interest on the loans is payable on a quarterly basis and the loan principal is repayable in eight equal consecutive quarterly installments, whereby the first installment is due at the end of 18 and 12 months from the date of withdrawal of the loans from the first and second facilities, respectively. Also, according to the agreement, the Company will grant the bank warrants to purchase its ordinary shares for the total exercise price of up to $ 600. The warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the date of any grant at an exercise price of $ 5.02 per share to be settled in cash or a cashless exercise mechanism.

 

F-27

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 12: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

On October 3, 2017, the Company granted the bank 59,761 warrants at an aggregate exercise price of $300 as a condition for receiving the first facility.

 

The fair value of the warrants at the grant date was estimated at $ 150 and the remaining balance of $2,850 was attributed to the loan. Transaction costs of $ 156 were allocated based on to the relative fair value of the warrants and loan. The warrants are classified as a financial liability and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

 

The remaining warrants will be granted on the date of withdrawal of the loan from the second facility, so that the exercise amount will constitute 10% of the loan actually withdrawn from the second facility. The Company is entitled to make an early repayment of all or part of the loans. In such a case, the Company will pay the bank an early repayment fee as detailed in the agreement.

 

As part of the agreement, and as a condition for using the first and second facilities, the Group undertook to provide the bank fixed and floating charges on all its assets, including property, cash, goodwill, intellectual property, rights and assets of any kind. In addition, the Group undertook to sign a guarantee letter, unlimited in amount, to secure the loans that will be provided by virtue of the agreement. Also, a senior fixed charge, unlimited in amount, was provided on a specific deposit in which an amount of not less than $ 2,000 was deposited (“the deposited amount”). It was agreed that if by March 16, 2018, the amount of loans actually withdrawn is less than $ 6,000, the deposited amount would be placed at one-third of the actual amount of loans outstanding on that date.

 

In accordance with the amendments to the agreement signed up to March 14, 2019, loans under the Second facility may be withdrawn until May 30, 2019. The other terms of the first and second facility remain unchanged.

 

On May 5, 2019, following the IPO, the Company repaid the balance of the loan.

 

d. Government grants:

 

Moach received from the Israeli Government participation grants in research and development and, in return, it is currently obligated to pay royalties amounting to 3% of sales of products from such grants up to 100% of total grants received.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the maximum royalties payable by the Company in the future in respect of active projects is $12,878, including interest at the LIBOR rate. Through December 31, 2019, royalties paid were $1,983.

 

F-28

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

a. Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities:

 

The financial assets and financial liabilities in the statement of financial position are measured at amortized cost, except financial liabilities in respect of warrants at fair value through profit or loss. The balance of financial liabilities in respect of warrants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $ 78 and $140, respectively.

 

b. Financial risks factors:

 

The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks such as market risks (foreign currency risk, interest risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s comprehensive risk management plan focuses on activities that reduce to a minimum any possible adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.

 

The Company’s Chief Financial Officer oversees the management of these risks in accordance with the policies approved by the board of directors.

 

1. Market risks:

 

Foreign currency risk:

 

The currency exposure arises from current accounts and deposits that are mainly managed in NIS and from liability in respect of employee payroll accruals that are paid in NIS.

  

  2. Interest rate risk:

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

 

The Company's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company's long-term liabilities in respect of government grants received from IIA.

 

Regulators in many countries are in the process of replacing benchmark Interbank Offered Rates (IBORs), of which one of the most common is the LIBOR, with risk-free interest rate alternatives (RFRs). The replacement of IBORs with RFRs is expected to occur gradually until the end of 2021.

 

The repayment of grants received by the Company from 2018 have interest rate that reference LIBOR and are expected to be repaid after 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the carrying amount of the financial liabilities is $387. Since an alternative interest rate was not determined by the IIA yet, at this stage the Company is unable to determine the effects, if any, that the discontinuance of IBORs will have on its financial instruments that reference the IBORs.

 

3. Credit risk:

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations as a customer or under a financial instrument leading to a loss to the Group. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activity (primarily trade receivables).

 

4. Liquidity risk:

 

The Group monitors its risk of a shortage of cash using a quarterly budget.

 

F-29

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

The table below presents the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

 

December 31, 2019:

 

    Less than
one year
    1 to 2
years
    2 to 3
years
    3 to 4
years
    4 to 5
years
    > 5
years
    Total  
Trade payables   $ 1,320     $     $     $     $     $     $ 1,320  
Other accounts payable     2,965                                     2,965  
Long-term liabilities     1       1                               2  
Liability in respect of research and development grants     810       1,050       1,335       1,635       1,980       6,792       13,602  

​Lease liability

    572      

449

     

271

     

     

     

     

1,292

 
                                                         
    $ 5,668     $ 1,500     $ 1,606     $ 1,635     $ 1,980     $ 6,792     $ 19,181  

 

December 31, 2018:

 

    Less than
one year
    1 to 2
years
    2 to 3
years
    3 to 4
years
    4 to 5
years
    > 5
years
    Total  
Trade payables   $ 2,243     $     $     $     $     $     $ 2,243  
Other accounts payable     3,394                                     3,394  
Loan from bank     988       1,637       773                         3,398  
Long-term liabilities     2       1                               3  
Liability in respect of research and development grants     631       855       1,185       1,545       1,890       7,378       13,484  
                                                         
    $ 7,258     $ 2,493     $ 1,958     $ 1,545     $ 1,890     $ 7,378     $ 22,521  

 

c. Fair value:

 

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, trade receivables, other accounts receivable, trade payables, other accounts payable, warrants, long-term liabilities approximate their fair value.

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value:

 

December 31, 2019:

 

    Level 2  
Opening balance at January 1, 2019   $ 140  
Amounts transferred to the statement of comprehensive loss as finance income     (62 )
         
Closing balance at December 31, 2019   $ 78  

 

F-30

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

During 2017, there were no transfers between Level 1 to Level 3 for fair value measurements of financial instruments, however there were transfers into Level 2 for fair value measurements of financial instruments.

 

d. Sensitivity tests relating to changes in foreign currency:

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Sensitivity test to changes in the NIS exchange rate:                
Gain (loss) from the change:                
Increase of 5% in exchange rate     88       3  
Decrease of 5% in exchange rate     (88 )     (3 )

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has excess of financial assets over financial liabilities in NIS in relation to US dollar of $ 1,761.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has excess of financial assets over financial liabilities in Euro and Yen in relation to US dollar of $ 1,487 and $415, respectively. An increase or decrease of 5% of the US dollar relative to the Euro or Yen would not have a significant effect on the Company.

 

Sensitivity tests and principal work assumptions:

 

The selected changes in the relevant risk variables were determined based on management’s estimate as to reasonable possible changes in these risk variables.

 

The Company has performed sensitivity tests of principal market risk factors that are liable to affect its reported operating results or financial position. The sensitivity tests present the profit or loss in respect of each financial instrument for the relevant risk variables chosen for that instrument as of each reporting date. The test of risk factors was determined based on the materiality of the exposure of the operating results or financial condition of each risk with reference to the functional currency and assuming that all the other variables are constant.

 

NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND LIABILITIES

 

Employee benefits consist of short-term and post-employment benefits.

 

Defined contribution plans:

 

Section 14 to the Severance Pay Law, 1963 applies to all of the Company’s employees pursuant to which the fixed contributions paid by the Group into pension funds and/or policies of insurance companies release the Group from any additional liability to employees for whom said contributions were made. These contributions benefits represent defined contribution plans.

 

Expense in respect of defined contribution plans was $325 and $299 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-31

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 15: TAXES ON INCOME

 

a. Tax rates applicable to the Company and subsidiaries:

 

1. Tax rate applicable to Company and Moach:

 

In December 2016, the Economic Efficiency Law (Legislative Amendments for Applying the Economic Policy for the 2017 and 2018 Budget Years), 2017 was approved, which reduces the corporate income tax rate to 24% (from 25%) effective from January 1, 2017 and to 23% effective from January 1, 2018.

 

The Israeli corporate income tax rate was 24% for 2017 and 23% for 2018, 2019 and thereafter.

 

A company is taxable on its real capital gains at the corporate income tax rate in the year of sale.

 

2. Tax rate applicable to USA Inc and Inc:

 

The weighted tax rate for 2017 and thereafter for companies incorporated in the US was 27% and 35%-40% (Federal, State and City tax of the city where the company operates), respectively.

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The income tax effects of changes in tax laws are recognized in the period when enacted. The Act provides for numerous significant tax law changes and modifications with varying effective dates, which include reducing the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%, creating a semi-territorial tax system (with a one-time mandatory tax on previously deferred foreign earnings), broadening the tax base and allowing for immediate capital expensing of certain qualified property.

 

The Act also changed to a semi-territorial system. As a result, a one-time transition tax is imposed on the accumulated earnings and profits of the foreign subsidiaries of the US entities. The Company’s subsidiaries in the United States do not have any profitable foreign subsidiaries and, therefore, the remaining provisions of the Act have no material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

 

The main differences between the statutory corporate tax rate and the effective tax rate are carryforward losses in Israel in respect of which no deferred taxes were recorded and a current tax expense in respect of income of USA Inc and Inc.

 

b. Tax benefits under the Israel Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (“Law”) and Amendment to the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (Amendment 73):

 

In December 2016, the Economic Efficiency Law (Legislative Amendments for Applying the Economic Policy for the 2017 and 2018 Budget Years), 2016 which includes Amendment 73 to the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments (“the amendment”) was published. According to the amendment, a “beneficiary enterprise” located in development area A will be subject to a tax rate of 7.5% instead of 9% effective from January 1, 2017 and thereafter (the tax rate applicable to preferred enterprises located in other areas remains at 16%).

 

F-32

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 15: TAXES ON INCOME (Continued)

 

The amendment also prescribes special tax tracks for technological enterprises, which became effective in 2017, as follows:

 

Technological preferred enterprise—an enterprise for which total consolidated revenues of its parent company and all subsidiaries are less than NIS 10 billion. A technological preferred enterprise, as defined in the amendment, which is located in the center of Israel will be subject to tax at a rate of 12% on profits deriving from intellectual property (in development area A - 7.5%).

 

Any dividends distributed to a “foreign company”, as defined in the amendment, deriving from income from the technological preferred enterprise will be subject to tax at a rate of 4%.

 

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969:

 

Moach has the status of an “industrial company”, as defined by this law. According to this status and by virtue of regulations published thereunder, the Company is entitled to claim a deduction of accelerated depreciation on equipment used in industrial activities, as determined in the regulations issued under the Inflationary Law. The Company is also entitled to amortize a patent or rights to use a patent or intellectual property that are used in the enterprise’s development or advancement, to deduct issuance expenses for shares listed for trading and to file a consolidated report under certain conditions.

 

Subject to meeting criteria determined in the Law and amendment, at the time Moach becomes profitable for tax purposes, Moach will be entitled to various corporate tax benefits, as implied by the Law and amendment.

 

c. Tax assessments:

 

The Company received final tax assessments through the 2011 tax year. The subsidiary, Moach, received final tax assessments through 2012. The subsidiary, Inc, received final tax assessments through the 2014 tax year.

 

d. Carryforward losses for tax purposes:

 

Carryforward losses for tax purposes as of December 31, 2019 are approximately $3.5 million in Brainsway Ltd. and approximately $47 million in Moach.

 

e. Deferred taxes:

 

As it is not probable that taxable income will be derived in the next years, a valuation allowance was established in respect of deferred taxes of the above carryforward losses.

 

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES

 

a. As for contingent liability in respect of payment of royalties to the IIA, see Note 12c.

 

b. The Company entered into a few distribution agreements with third parties regarding different territories around the world. According to these distribution agreements, the third parties are granted the exclusive right to market, distribute, lease and/or sale, use and promote sales of the systems in the different territories up to a 15 year period. The Company will supply the systems to the distributors and they will install, train and maintain the systems in the territory they operate. The different distributors are committed to minimum quantities as stated in the agreements.

 

F-33

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

  

  c. In September 2013, the Company entered into a distribution agreement in Japan with Century Medical Inc., a member of the Itochu concern, which specializes in the import and distribution of medical systems and equipment in Japan. According to the agreement, the distributor was granted the exclusive right to market the Company’s system for the treatment of major depression in patients in Japan for a ten year period which begins after the required regulatory approvals for marketing the system in Japan and after either obtaining reimbursement or deployment of a commercial product to a clinical site. If the distributor meets the minimum quantities which it has committed during the contractual term, the agreement will be extended for an additional five years period. The distributor is granted a right of first offer to distribute the Company’s system in Japan without further codification.

 

In consideration for the above, the distributor is obligated to pay the Company distribution fees of 190 million Yen (approximately $1.8 million), whereby 100 million Yen (approximately $1 million as of December 31, 2019) paid in September 2013 and 90 million Yen (approximately $0.8 million as of December 31, 2019) paid in 2019.

 

In each year of the agreement in which the distributor meets the respective annual predetermined revenue target, 10% of the distribution fees are returned to the distributor. The distribution fee which the Company expects to be entitled to is presented in deferred revenues and is recognized as revenue during the estimated exclusivity term. The distributor will pay the Company for any treatment made with the Company’s system (pay-per-use), but in no case less than the pre-determined annual amount. The agreement prescribes conditions in which the Company or the distributor can cancel the agreement, including the authorities’ demand to require a clinical trial and non-compliance with the requirement to purchase minimum predetermined quantities.

 

The agreement sets a minimum payment threshold to the Company that is examined every few years throughout the contractual term. If the distributor does not qualify for the minimum payment threshold at the end of each period, the Company will be entitled to terminate the distribution agreement, unless the parties reach another agreement between them. The agreement further determines that the distributor will act on its account to receive the regulatory approvals that are required to market the Company’s system for the treatment of depression in patients in Japan and to receive reimbursement coverage at the price range established in the agreement.

 

On January 22, 2018, the distributor in Japan applied to the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which is responsible for all import and export licenses of pharmaceuticals and medical equipment to Japan, for approval of marketing and selling the Company’s systems in Japan. On January 2019, approval of the PMDA was received.

 

The Company is currently working through its distributor in Japan with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan.

 

F-34

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

 

d. On August 25, 2013, the Company received the approval of the MAGNET committee of the IIA for the development plan of the BSMT tool (brain stimulate and monitor tool). The plan was approved for three years and extended up to five years, in the framework of which the Company was approved work plans with participation rate of up to 66% of a non-royalty bearing grant.

 

In September 2017 and October 2018, the MAGNET committee approved an annual work plan for the fifth year with the budget of NIS 2,300, of out of which 55% (NIS 1,300) was provided to the Company as non-royalty bearing grants to date. The execution of this plan was completed by December 31, 2018.

 

e. In March 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive marketing and distribution agreement of the Company’s system with a third party in Israel for a maximum period of 15 years, subject to meeting minimum sales targets as set in the agreement. In April 2014, the distributor paid the Company a one-time exclusivity fee of NIS 1 million. Effective July 2019, the Company assumed direct operations for customers in Israel, after terminating its distribution agreement with the third-party distributor, pursuant to which a portion of the exclusivity fee (up to NIS 600) was determined to be refundable depending on future sales.

 

f. License agreements:

 

1. In July 2003, Inc signed a license agreement with the agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“PHS”), according to which the Company was granted an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, make use of, market, sell and import products and processes to be developed in the framework of the license agreement with respect to TMS and a right to enter into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. In return, Inc is committed to pay PHS royalties at fixed annual amount of $2 from January 1, 2004 and royalties of 2% of net sales beyond this amount as defined in the agreement.

 

In addition, if Inc enters into a sub-license agreement, it is committed to pay royalties of 8% of the net consideration received for the grant of the sub-license. The current provision for royalties as of December 31, 2019 is $248.

 

The agreement is valid until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. PHS is entitled to cancel the agreement if Inc does not comply with the conditions detailed in the agreement.

 

2. In June 2005 and March 2010, Inc signed a research and licensing agreement and addendum with Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (“Yeda”), according to which Inc was granted an exclusive license to intellectual property that can be used for research, development, marketing and manufacturing of products in the field of TMS treatment and may have the right to grant sublicenses subject to conditions specified in the agreement in consideration of royalty payment as follows:

 

a) 1% of net sales systems based upon certain patents (which include technology licensed from PHS);

 

b) 3% for the first $10,000 of net sales, and 2% for net sales over $10,000, for all other Deep TMS products solely based on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda provided however in the event that the products are sold to a sublicensee and are thereafter sold by such sublicensee, the royalties paid to Yeda will be based on the higher of the net sales by the licensee or the net sales of the sale by the sublicensee.

 

F-35

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

 

c) 4%-8% of the net cash proceeds that the Company receives in respect of granting sublicenses or options for sublicenses dependent on the patents licensed.

 

The balance of provision for royalties as of December 31, 2019 is $ 124.

 

Royalties are payable at the later of 15 years after the first commercial sale or the patent life (20 years through October 2021). The agreement expires at the later of: the expiration of the last patent, 15 years after Inc starts to sell products integrating the patent and after a period of 20 years during which no sales are made.

 

The license agreement with Yeda may be subject to modifications in the event that the license agreement with PHS is modified (see 1, above) and may be cancelled based on various conditions, including the cancellation of the PHS agreement.

 

On February 22, 2018, Inc and Yeda signed an additional addendum to the agreement (“the fifth addendum”), according to which Inc received the right to examine an additional invention based upon the patent issued in connection with research in the field of rotational electrical fields owned by Yeda. Under the fifth addendum, the Company has the right to include the aforementioned invention and the intellectual property accompanying it under the Yeda license agreement. While initially valid up to the earlier of December 31, 2018 or 30 days after completion of all the milestones agreed between the parties, in order to provide more time for the defined milestones, the parties extended this date until December 31, 2019. In respect of the performance of the milestones under the fifth addendum, in December 2017, the Company received the approval of the MAGNET committee of the IIA (“Magneton”) for a development plan to be performed jointly with Yeda. The Company’s approved budget for the development plan is NIS 1.1 million, of which 66% (approximately NIS 0.7 million) which will be provided to the Company as a non-royalty bearing grant over the term of the plan.

 

If the Company exercises the right granted to it under the fifth addendum, royalties on net sales of products which are based on the use of the invention and know-how subject to the fifth addendum will be paid to Yeda at increased rates of 1.6%-2% in addition to the royalties described above and, in certain cases, at a flat rate of 2%. In respect of products under the fifth addendum that are not based on patents or research results for which the license was granted according to the original agreement (excluding the fifth addendum), royalties on net sales will be at the fixed rate of 5%.

 

F-36

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 17: EQUITY

 

a. Composition of share capital:

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
    Authorized     Issued and
outstanding
    Authorized     Issued and
outstanding
 
    Number of shares  
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.04 par value each     25,000,000       22,236,368       25,000,000       16,640,446  

 

b. Movement in share capital:

 

Issued and outstanding capital:

 

    Number of
shares
    NIS par
value
 
Balance at January 1, 2019     16,640,446       170,897  
Issuance of shares (e)     5,595,922       62,270  
                 
Balance at December 31, 2019     22,236,368       233,167  
                 
Balance at December 31, 2018     16,640,446       170,897  

 

c. Rights attached to shares:

 

Ordinary shares confer their holders rights to receive dividends in cash and in Company’s shares, right to nominate the Company’s directors and rights to participate in distribution of dividends upon liquidation in proportion to their holdings. Also, Ordinary shareholders have one vote at the shareholders’ meeting such that each share confers one vote to its holder.

 

d. In December, 2017, the Company entered into a private placement agreement with a group of investors according to which the Company issued 1,924,662 Ordinary in consideration for NIS 29,928 ($8,578). Issuance expenses amounted to $133.

 

It should be noted that if the Company wishes to raise capital during the twelve months after the closing date, by way of a public offering or private placement of shares and/or securities convertible into shares (“the additional offering”) and if the effective price per share in the additional offering is less than the share price according to this private placement then, the investors will be entitled to receive additional Ordinary shares in respect of the shares issues as part of this private placement which are still held by such investor in consideration for NIS 0.3 per Ordinary share such that the price per share in respect of the total shares issued in this private placement equal to the effective price in the additional offering. For the purpose of calculating the adjustment, the effective price according to this private placement will be adjusted for distribution (as defined in the Companies Law), rights issuance, split or consolidation of capital and issuance of bonus shares. All changes are taken into account in the computation of the effective price in the additional offering.

 

e.

In April 2019, the Company closed its initial public offering in Nasdaq of 2,500,000 American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each representing two ordinary shares of Brainsway, at a public offering price of $11.00 per ADS. The gross proceeds to the Company from the offering, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, are approximately $27.5 million.

 

F-37

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 17: EQUITY (Continued)

 

e. Capital management in the Company:

 

The Company’s capital management objectives are to preserve the Group’s ability to ensure business continuity thereby creating a return for the shareholders, investors and other interested parties.

 

The Company is not under any minimal equity requirements nor is it required to attain a certain level of capital return.

 

NOTE 18: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT

 

a. The expense recognized in the financial statements for services received is shown in the following table:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Equity-settled share-based payment plans to employees, directors and consultants   $ 1,263     $ 710     $ 1,028  

 

b. The share-based payment transactions that the Company granted to its employees, directors and consultants are shown in the following table:

 

Issuance Date   Grantee   Options
outstanding
as of
December 31,
2019
    Exercise
price
NIS
    Exercise
price $*)
    Exercisable
as of
December 31,
2019
    Exercisable
Through
  Total
Fair
Value $
 
December 8, 2015   Employees and Consultant     292,250       25.99       6.70       292,250     December 8, 2025     1,053  
December 8, 2015   Employees and Consultant     270,000       31.19       8.04       270,000     December 8, 2025     1,247  
April 1, 2017   Chief Executive Officer and Director     566,262       19.97       5.47       566,262     April 1, 2025     1,100  
December 3, 2017   Director     27,500       21.37       6.12       9,167     December 3, 2027     54  
November 12, 2018   Directors     110,000       23.39       6.36           November 12, 2026     298  
November 12, 2018   Employees and officers     672,600       23.39 - 24.22       6.36 - 6.59           November 12, 2026     2,299  
October 1, 2019   Chief Financial and Operating Officer     50,000       19.08       5.48           October 1, 2027     100  

 

 

*) As of grant date.

 

c. The fair value of the Company’s options granted for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was estimated using the Binomial model with the following assumptions:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Dividend yield (%)     0       0       0  
Expected volatility (%)     40.06 - 48.09       40.51 - 48.25       40.58 - 56.77  
Risk-free interest rate (%)     1.61 – 1.73       0.28 - 2.22       0.11 - 2.00  
Expected exercise factor     2.8       2.8       2.8  
Post-vesting forfeiture rate (%)     5       5       5 - 10  

 

F-38

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 18: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

 

d. Movement during the year:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018  
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price(*)
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price(*)
 
          $           $  
Outstanding at January 1,     2,425,192     $ 6.6       1,721,059     $ 7.9  
Granted     50,000       5.5       962,300       6.3  
Expired     (59,765 )     7.5       (199,499 )     10.8  
Forfeited     (201,615 )     7.0       (58,668 )     7.9  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31,     2,213,812     $ 7.1       2,425,192     $ 6.6  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31,     1,362,879     $ 7.38       912,893     $ 7.17  

 

 

(*) The exercise price of all options denominated in NIS and was translated to USD in the table above using the exchange rate as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was approximately six years.

 

The range of exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was NIS 19.08-59.13.

 

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

a. Additional information on revenues:

 

Revenues reported in the financial statements for each group of similar products and services:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Revenues from lease   $ 13,218     $ 9,569     $ 6,654  
Revenues from sale     9,883       6,828       4,491  
                         
    $ 23,101     $ 16,397     $ 11,145  

 

F-39

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

 

Geographic information:

 

Revenues reported in the financial statements derived from the Company’s country of domicile (Israel) and foreign countries based on the location of the customers, are as follows:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     %     2018     %     2017     %  
U.S.   $ 20,636       89     $ 14,478       88     $ 9,957       89  
Europe     1,353       6       1,102       7       871       8  
Israel     267       1       371       2       180       2  
Other     845       4       446       3       137       1  
                                                 
    $ 23,101       100     $ 16,397       100     $ 11,145       100  

 

The total amounts of future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018  
Not later than one year   $ 8,527     $

7,884

 
Later than one year and not later than five years     12,723      

13,402

 
Later than five years    

571

      148  
                 
Total future minimum lease payments under non cancellable operating leases   $ 21,821     $

21,434

 

 

b. Cost of revenues:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Cost of revenues—lease   $ 2,656     $ 1,923     $ 1,483  
Cost of revenues—sales     2,473       1,666       1,112  
                         
    $ 5,129     $ 3,589     $ 2,595  

 

F-40

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

 

c. Research and development expenses, net:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Salaries and related benefits   $ 3,338     $ 3,365     $ 2,954  
Subcontractors     2,620       2,241       1,584  
Laboratory materials     687       491       453  
Patents     334       198       134  
Share-based payment     399       31       180  
Travel     112       65       35  
Depreciation     39       31       35  
Other     604       658       362  
Less—Government grants     (257 )     (924 )     (394 )
                         
    $ 7,876     $ 6,156     $ 5,343  

 

d. Selling and marketing expenses:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Salaries and related benefits   $ 6,419     $ 4,252     $ 3,597  
Agent commissions     221       215       138  
Marketing     5,239       2,891       1,690  
Travel     1,176       865       777  
Share-based payment     214       122       129  
                         
    $ 13,269     $ 8,345     $ 6,331  

 

e. General and administrative expenses:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Salaries and related benefits   $ 1,774     $ 1,235     $ 1,179  
Professional fees and office expenses     1,770       1,176       1,002  
Depreciation     81       30       20  
Travel     222       127       64  
Allowance for doubtful accounts    

835

      296       503  
Share-based payment     621       557       719  
                         
    $ 5,303     $ 3,421     $ 3,487  

 

F-41

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

 

f. Finance income and expense:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Finance income:                  
Interest-income revaluation of bank deposits   $ 175     $ 44     $ 22  
Revaluation of warrants     62             38  
Exchange rate differences                 73  
                         
    $ 237     $ 44     $ 133  
                         
Finance expense:                        
Liability in respect of research and development grants   $ 969     $ 519     $ 273  
Interest expense and amortization of deferred costs- loan from bank     283       354       87  
Bank commissions     108       41       47  
Revaluation of warrants           28        
Exchange rate differences     192       258        
Interest expense of lease liability     115              
                         
    $ 1,667     $ 1,200     $ 407  

 

NOTE 20: NET LOSS PER SHARE

 

Number of shares and loss used in the computation of net loss per share:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    Weighted
number of
shares*)
    Loss
attributable to
equity holders
of the
Company
    Weighted
number of
shares*)
    Loss
attributable to
equity holders
of the
Company
    Weighted
number of
shares*)
    Loss
attributable to
equity holders
of the
Company
 
Used in the computation of basic and diluted net loss     20,506,202     $ 10,328       16,640,446     $ 6,479       14,768,514     $ 7,054  

 

 

*) Computation of diluted loss per share did not include potential ordinary shares that would result from conversion of outstanding options and warrants, since their conversion has anti-dilutive effect.

 

F-42

 

  

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

 

a. Balances with interested and related parties:

 

Composition:

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

    Key
management
personnel
    Other
interested and
related
parties
 
Other accounts payable   $ 102     $ 26  

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

    Key
management
personnel
    Other
interested and
related
parties
 
Other accounts payable   $ 95     $ 6  

 

b. Benefits to interested and related parties:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Salary to those employed by the Company or on its behalf   $ 945     $ 654     $ 593  
                         
Directors’ fees to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf   $ 90     $ 100     $ 98  
                         
Number of individuals to whom the salary and benefits relate:                        
Related and interested parties employed by the Company or on its behalf     3       4       4  
Directors not employed by the Company     8       6       7  
                         
      11       10       11  

 

F-43

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

 

c. Key management personnel:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2019     2018     2017  
Short-term benefits   $ 3     $ 16     $ 11  
                         
Share-based payment to those employed by the Company or on its behalf   $ 190     $ 394     $ 501  
                         
Share-based payment to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf   $ 147     $ 41     $ 2  

 

d. Transactions with interested and related parties:

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

 

    Key
management
personnel*)
    Other
interested and
related
parties
 
Research and development expenses   $ 113     $ 81  
General and administrative expenses     943       238  
                 
    $ 1,056     $ 319  

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

    Key
management
personnel*)
    Other
interested and
related
parties
 
Research and development expenses   $ 207     $ 81  
General and administrative expenses     776       140  
                 
    $ 983     $ 221  

 

Year ended December 31, 2017

 

    Key management personnel*)     Other interested and related parties  
Research and development expenses   $ 200     $ 81  
General and administrative expenses     821       99  
                 
    $ 1,021       $    180  

 

 

*)       Some of the key management personnel are interested parties by virtue of holdings.

 

e. Mr. Yaakov Michlin commenced his role as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) on April 1, 2017. On February 12, 2017, (the general shareholders meeting), his employment terms, including bonuses incremental to his monthly compensation were approved as follows: (1) bonuses of NIS 1 million based on target achievements as outlined in his agreement. No expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 with respect to these bonuses; (2) an annual bonus based on the Company’s remuneration policy according to the decision of the Company’s Board of directors.

 

F-44

 

 

BRAINSWAY LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

 

In addition, upon commencement of his role, Mr. Michlin was granted 566,262 options to purchase Ordinary shares of the Company at an exercise price of NIS 19.97, representing 3.6% and 3.1% of the Company’s issued and outstanding capital on a fully diluted basis as of January 5, 2017, the date on which the board of directors approved the employment terms, and December 31, 2017, respectively. The price was determined according to the average closing market price of the Ordinary share 30 days before the date of grant. The options vest over four years from the date of grant as outlined in the agreement. In September 2019 Yaacov Michlin resigned as CEO, and after conducting an executive search, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed a U.S.-based CEO effective January 2020, see Note 22.

 

For information regarding the fair value of the options granted to Mr. Michlin, see Note 18b.

 

f. On December 3, 2017, at the general shareholders meeting, the Company granted a director of the Company, Ms. Karen Sarid, 27,500 options to purchase Ordinary shares at an exercise price of NIS 21.37 per share.

 

For information regarding the fair value of the options granted to Ms. Sarid, see Note 18b.

 

g. On November 12, 2018, at the general shareholders meeting, the Company granted directors of the Company, 110,000 options to purchase Ordinary shares at an exercise price of NIS 23.39 per share.

  

For information regarding the fair value of the options granted, see Note 18b.

 

NOTE 22: EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

 

In January 2020 the general shareholders meeting approved the compensation for Christopher R. von Jako, Ph.D., following his appointment by the Company’s Board of Directors effective January 2020 as the Company’s President and CEO. The shareholders as well as the compensation committee and the Board of Directors approved the compensation package which includes annual gross base salary, bonus and equity grant of 240,000 performance-based Restricted Stock Units (“RSU's”). The RSU's will be granted during a four years period, subject to the defined terms, conditions, and vesting schedules. In addition, the shareholders approved the grant of 55,000 options to directors.

 

 

F-45

Exhibit 1.1

 

Appendix C

 

[UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH]

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Association

 

of

 

Brainsway Limited

 

Preamble

 

1.

 

1.1. In these Articles of Incorporation, save if the context requires otherwise -

 

“Man”, “Person” or “Persons”   Including a corporation
     
“In Writing”   Handwritten, printed, on a typewriter, on a photocopy, telex, fax or in any other manner which is readable.
     
“Registered Shareholder”   Shareholder as per the definition of Article 177 (2) of the Law.
     
“Unregistered Shareholder”   Shareholder as per the definition of Article 177 (1) of the Law.
     
“The Company”   Brainsway Ltd.
     
“The Law” or “The Companies Law”   The Companies Law - 1999, as shall be from time to time and the Regulations issued thereunder.
     
“The Securities Law”   The Securities Law - 1968, as shall be from time to time and the Regulations thereunder, as issued from time to time.
     
“The Secretary”   The appointed Secretary of the Company.
     
“The Registry” or “The Registry of Shareholders”   The registry of shareholders of the company which must be maintained according to the Law.
     
“The Office” or “The Registered Office”   The office of the Company, whose address shall be registered with the Registrar of Companies, as shall be from time to time.
     
“The Ordinance” or “The Companies Ordinance”   The Companies Ordinance (new version) - 1983, as shall be from time to time, and regulations which shall be issued thereunder.
     
“Special Majority”   A majority of at least two-thirds of all the votes of the shareholders present at the general meeting or in the class meeting, as the case may be, entitled to vote and voted on their own or by proxy, without taking into account abstentions.
     
“Ordinary Majority”   Ordinary majority of all of the votes of the shareholders present in the general meeting or in the class meeting, as the case may be,
     
    entitled to vote and having voted, without taking into account abstentions.
     
“Year” or “Month”   Of the Gregorian calendar.
     
“Corporation”   Company, partnership, cooperative association, association and any other incorporated or unincorporated group of persons.
     
“These Articles” or “The Articles”   The Articles of Incorporation in this document, as shall be amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

1.2. For every term in these Articles which has not been defined above, the significance shall be that which is known in The Companies Law, save if this is contradictory to the matter which is written or its contents; the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine shall include the feminine.

 

1.3. The headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and may not be used for interpretation of these Articles.

 

1.4. In every place where these Articles determine that its provisions shall apply subject to the Ordinance and/or The Companies Law and/or any Law, the intention is the provisions of the Ordinance and/or the provisions of The Companies Law and/or any Law, which may not be stipulated upon, save if the context requires otherwise.

 

1.5. The provisions which maybe stipulated upon in The Companies Law shall apply to the Company save if determine otherwise in these Articles and to such extent as there is no contradiction between them and the provisions of these Articles.

 

Name of the Company

 

2. The name of the Company is Brainsway Ltd.

 

Limitation of Liability

 

3. Limited liability

 

3.1. The liability of a shareholder for the debts of the Company is limited to the discharge of the amount (including premium) at which shares were allotted to him but not less than of nominal value of the shares allotted to him, save if shares were allotted to him at law for a consideration which is lower than their nominal value, in which case his liability is limited to the discharge of the consideration for which the share was allotted to him.

 

3.2. The Company is not entitled to change the liability of a shareholder or to obligate a shareholder to purchase additional shares without his consents.

 

Purposes of the Company

 

4. The purposes for which the Company was established:

 

2

 

 

4.1. Research, development, marketing and sales of medical devices for the treatment of the human brain.

 

4.2. To engage in any matter or issue or subject which is legally permissible, at the discretion of the directors and the business managers of the Company.

 

Contributions

 

5. The Company is entitled to contribute reasonable amounts to worthy causes, even if the contribution is not in a framework of the business considerations of the Company.  The Board of Directors is authorized to determine, at its discretion, the amount of the contribution, the purposes for which it is made, the identity of the recipient and every other condition in this context.

 

The Registered Office

 

6. The registered office of the Company shall be at the address determined by the Board of Directors, and shall change from time to time.

 

The Articles of Incorporation

 

7. The Company shall be entitled to change these Articles by resolution of the general meeting by ordinary majority.

 

8. A resolution passed by the general meeting with the majority required for changing of the Articles, as stated in Clause 7 above, which changes any of the provisions of these Articles, shall be deemed a resolution for the alteration of these Articles, even if this was not indicated expressly in the resolution.

 

9. Subject to provisions of The Companies Law, changes to these Articles shall be valid from the date of a passage of a resolution by the Company or another date determined in the resolution.

 

Registered Share Capital

 

10. The registered share capital of the Company is NIS 1,400,000 divided into 35,000,000 ordinary shares of the nominal value of NIS 0.04 each (hereinafter- the ordinary shares). The Company is entitled to change the registered share capital subject to the provisions of The Companies Law and these Articles.

 

The Shares

 

11. Each ordinary share in the capital of the Company shall have equal rights, for all intents and purposes, to every other ordinary share, including the rights to dividend, bonus shares and participation in distribution of surplus assets of the Company upon liquidation, proportionally to the nominal value of each share, without taking into account any premium paid thereupon, and all subject to the provisions of these Articles.

 

3

 

 

12. Each one of the ordinary shares entitles its owner to participate in the general meeting of the Company and to one vote.

 

13.

 

13.1. A shareholder in the Company is the party registered as the shareholder in the registry of shareholders or whomever a share is registered in his favor with a stock exchange member, and such share is included in the registered shares in the registry of shareholders of the Company in the name of a company for registration.

 

A shareholder who is a trustee will report thereupon to the Company, and the Company shall record him in the registry of shareholders, with indication of his trust, and he shall be viewed for purposes of The Companies Law as a shareholder. Without detracting from that stated above, and subject to the provisions of the Articles of the Company, the Company shall recognize a trustee as stated, as a shareholder for all intends and purposes, and shall not recognize some other person, including the beneficiary, as the holder of any rights in the share.  Without detracting from that stated above, and subject to the provisions of the Articles of the Company, with the exception of shareholders of the Company as stated, no person shall be recognized by the Company as having any rights in a share and the Company shall not be bound and shall not recognize any benefits under the laws of equity or in the relations of trust or in a proper right, future or partial, in any share or benefit whatsoever in a fractional share or in any other right with regards to a share, rather solely and exclusively the right of the shareholder as stated above, in the share in its entirety, and all save if a competent court has directed otherwise.

 

13.2. Without detracting from that stated above, and subject to the provisions of these Articles, with the exception of shareholders of the Company as stated in Clause 13.1 above, no person shall be recognized by the Company as having any right in a share and the Company shall not be bound and shall not recognize any benefits under the laws of equity or the relations of trust or a proper right, future or partial, in any share or benefits, in a fractional share or any other right with regard to a share, but rather solely and exclusively the right of the shareholder as stated in Clause 13.1 above, in a share in its entirety and all save if a competent court has directed otherwise.

 

Share Certificates

 

14. The certificates testifying to the right of ownership in the shares shall bear the stamp of the Company and the signatures of one director together with the CEO of the Company or together with the Secretary of the Company or the signatures of any two persons who were appointed for this purpose by the Board of Directors.

 

4

 

 

The Board of Directors is entitled to decide that a signature or stamp as stated shall be carried out mechanically, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

15. Unless the terms of the issue of shares determine otherwise:

 

15.1. Every registered shareholder is entitled to receive from the Company at his request within a period of two months after the allotment, or registration of the transfer, as the case may be, one certificate testifying to his ownership in shares which are registered in his name or, at the consent of the Company, a number of certificates as stated.

 

15.2. A registration Company is entitled to receive from the Company, at its request, within a period of two months after the allotment, or the registration of the transfer, as the case may be, one certificate testifying to the number of shares and the type of shares registered in its name at the registry of shareholders.

 

16. Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, in each certificate shall be specified the number of shares in respect of which it was issued, their serial numbers and their nominal value.

 

17. A certificate referring to a share registered in the name of two or more persons, shall be delivered to whomever shall appear first in the registry of shareholders with regard to such share, save if all of the shareholders registered upon such share shall direct the Company in writing, to deliver it to some other registered owner.

 

18. In the event that a share certificate shall be defaced, ruined, lost or harmed, the Board of Directors is entitled to direct its cancellation and the issue of a new certificate in its stead.  This, provided that the share certificate was produced to the Company and destroyed by it, or it was proven to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors that the certificate was lost or destroyed and the Company received a guarantee to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors in respect of any possible damage.  A reasonable amount as shall be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time shall be paid for every share certificate issued under this clause.

 

Payment for Shares

 

19. All of these shares in the issued capital of the Company, shall be shares which were discharged in full.

 

20. Canceled.

 

5

 

 

Transfer of Shares

 

21. Every transfer of shares which are registered in the registry of shareholders in the name of the registered shareholder, including a transfer by a company for registration or to it, shall be in writing and provided that the Deed of Transfer shall be signed by hand only, by the transferor and by the transferee, by themselves or by their legal representatives, and by witnesses to their signature, and shall be delivered to the registered office or to any other place determined by the Board of Directors for this.  Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, the transfer of shares shall not be recorded in the registry of shareholders save after a Deed of Transfer has been delivered to the Company as stated above:  The transferor shall continue to be deemed the owner of the transferred shares until the registration of the transferee as the owner of the transferred shares in the registry of shareholders.

 

The registry of shareholders shall constitute prima facie evidence to the veracity of its content.  In an instance of contradiction between that recorded in the registry of shareholders and a share certificate, the evidentiary value of the Registry of Shareholders is superior to the evidentiary value of the share certificate.

 

22. The Share Transfer Deed will be made in writing, in the form customary in Israel or in any other form approved by the Board of Directors.  To such extent as the transferor or the transferee is a corporation, a confirmation by an attorney or an accountant or some other person whose identity is acceptable to the Board of Directors shall be given regarding the authority of the signatories in the name of the corporation to carry out or to receive the transfer, as the case may be.

 

23. The Company is entitled to close the Registry of Shareholders for a period of time determined by the Board of Directors and provided that it shall not exceed, in total, 30 days each year.  When the registry is closed, transfer of shares shall not be recorded in the registry.  Without the detracting from that stated above, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine a determining date with regard to the right to vote in a general meeting, or to receive payment of dividend or allotment of rights whatsoever or for any other legal purpose.

 

24. Subject to the provisions of these Articles or the terms of the issue of shares of any type, shared transfer shall be possible without the need for Board of Directors approval.

 

25. Every transfer deed shall be submitted to the office or to any other place as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, for registration, together with the certificates of the shares to be transferred, if these were issued, and all other proof required by the Board of Directors regarding the right of ownership of the transferor or his right to transfer the shares.  The transfer deeds which shall be recorded shall remain with the Company; however, any transfer deed which the Board of Directors refused to record will be returned to the party who submitted it, at its request.

 

26. In the event that the Board of Directors refuses to approve the transfer of shares, it shall notify the transferor no later than one month from the date of receiving of the transfer deed.

 

27. The Company shall be entitled to collect payment for recording of the transfer, in an amount determined by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and which shall be reasonable in the circumstances of the matter.

 

6

 

 

28.

 

28.1 Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law and these Articles.  If it was proven to the Company to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors in a manner determined by it, that the conditions required at Law were fulfilled for the assignment of the rights in the shares which are registered in the registry in the name of a registered shareholder, the Company shall recognize the assignee, and him alone, as the holder of the rights in the shares as mentioned.

 

28.2 Notwithstanding that stated above, in an instance of the death of one or more of the registered joint owners of shares registered in their name in the registry, the Company shall recognize the registered owners who remain alive, solely, as the holders of ownership rights in such shares.

 

29.

 

29.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Company shall change the registration of ownership in the shares in the Registry of Shareholders upon receipt of an order of a court to amend the registry or if it was proven to the Company, to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors and in a manner determined by it, that the conditions at Law for the assignment of the rights in the shares were fulfilled, and the Company shall not recognize any right of a person in the shares, prior to the proof of his right, as stated above.

 

29.2 Without detracting from that stated above, the Board of Directors is entitled to refuse to perform the registration or to delay it, as it shall be entitled to do, in the event that the registered owner himself shall have transferred the shares prior to the assignment of the right.

 

30. Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law and these Articles, a person who became entitled to a share as stated in Clause 28 above, shall be entitled to carry out a transfer of the shares similar to the right to do so of the registered owner, himself, prior to the assignment of the right.

 

31. The Company is entitled to destroy a share transfer deed at the expiry of seven years from the date of the recording in the registry, and to destroy Certificate of Shares which were canceled, at the expiry of seven years from the date of their cancellation, and a prima facie presumption shall exist that any deed of transfer and certificates which was destroyed as mentioned, was fully valid and that the transfers, cancellations and registrations as the case may be were carried out at Law.

 

Changes in the Capital

 

32. The Company is entitled, in a resolution passed by the general meeting, in an ordinary majority, to increase the registered share capital of the Company and/or to create additional classes of shares in the capital of the Company, and all as it shall determine.

 

7

 

 

33. Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, the Company is entitled, in a resolution passed by the general meeting in an ordinary majority:

 

33.1 To merge its shares, in whole or in part, and to divide them to shares with higher nominal values than the nominal value of the existing shares.

 

33.2 To divide its shares, in whole or in part, a secondary division, to shares with lower nominal values than the nominal value of the existing shares.

 

33.3 To reduce the capital of the Company and any principal reserved for redemption of capital.

 

For purposes of performance of such resolution as stated, the Board of Directors is entitled to resolve, at its discretion, any difficulty which shall arise in connection therewith.

 

34. Without detracting from the generality of the authorities of the Board of Directors as stated above, if as a result of the merger or division as stated above, there shall remain fractional shares in the hands of shareholders, the Board of Directors is entitled at its discretion to act as follows:

 

34.1 To determine that fractional shares which shall not accord the owners thereof an entire share, shall be sold by the Company and the proceeds from the sale shall be paid to those entitled under terms and in a manner as determined.

 

34.2 To allot to each of the owners of the shares whose merger and/or division shall leave them with a fractional share, shares of a class of shares which existed in the capital of the Company prior to the merger and/or division, in such number that the merger thereof with the fraction shall create one whole share, and such allotment shall be deemed valid immediately prior to the merger or division, as the case may be.

 

34.3 To determine the manner of payment of the amounts which must be paid for the shares which were allotted as stated in Clause 34.2 above, including the manner in which the discharge of the amounts shall be possible on account of bonus shares.

 

34.4 To determine that the owners of the fractional shares shall not be entitled to receive a whole share in respect of the fraction of a share.

 

34.5 To determine that the owners of the shares shall not be entitled to receive a whole share in respect of a fraction of a whole share with a certain or lower nominal value and shall be entitled to receive a whole share in respect of the fraction of a whole share with a nominal value which is higher than the stated nominal value.

 

8

 

 

35. The Company is entitled by resolution of the general meeting by ordinary majority, to cancel registered share capital which has not yet been allotted, and provided that the Company has not undertaken, including a conditional undertaking, to allot the shares.

 

Change in Rights

 

36. At any time, when the share capital shall be divided into different classes, the Company shall be entitled by resolution of the general meeting by ordinary majority, save if the conditions of the issue of the shares of such class stipulate otherwise, to cancel, to convert, to expand, to add, to reduce, to amend or to change in some other manner the rights of the class of shares of the Company, and provided that consent for this was received in writing of all of the holders of the shares of such class or the resolution was passed in the general meeting of shareholders of such class by ordinary majority, or in an instance where it was stipulated otherwise in the terms of the issue of the certain class of shares of the Company, as was stipulated in the terms of the issue of such class.

 

37. The provisions determined in these Articles with regard to the general meeting shall apply mutatis mutandis, to every class meeting and provided that the legal quorum in a class meeting will be present when there shall be present at the opening of the meeting, themselves or by proxy, at least two shareholders who own at least 25% of the number of shares issued of such class.  However, if there was not a legal quorum as stated, the class meeting shall be postponed to a later date and in the postponed meeting, a legal quorum shall be fulfilled by any number of participants, regardless of the number of shares they own.

 

38. The rights accorded to the shareholders or the owners of such class of shares which were issued in respect of ordinary rights and in respect of preferred rights or some other special rights, shall not be deemed for purposes of Clause 36 above as though they were converted, reduced, prejudiced or changed in some other manner by the creation and/or issue of additional shares of any class, whether they are equivalent to them or of a different or preferred class, and shall not be deemed for purposes of the aforementioned clause as though they were converted, reduced, prejudiced or otherwise changed, by a change in the rights attached to shares of any other class, and all save if stipulated otherwise explicitly in the terms of the issue of such shares.

 

39. Issue of shares and other securities.

 

39.1. The Board of Directors is entitled to issue or allot shares and other securities, which are convertible or may be exercised into shares, up to the limit of the registered share capital of the Company.  For this matter, securities which are convertible or may be converted or exercised into shares shall be viewed as though they were exercised or converted at the date of their issue.  Without detracting from the generality of that stated above, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to issue the shares and other securities as stated above, to grant rights of choice for their purchase, including options, or to grant them in some other manner, and all to persons who were determined by it and at the time and the prices and terms as determined by it, and to determine any other provision related to this, and including provisions regarding the manner of distribution of the shares and securities which shall be issued by the Company, between the purchasers thereof, including an instances of oversubscription, and all at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

9

 

 

39.2. The authorities of the Board of Directors as specified in Clause 39.1 above may be delegated as specified in the following paragraphs (1) or (2):

 

(1) To a Board of Directors committee - in the issue or allotment of securities in the framework of an employee remuneration scheme or agreements of employment or wage between the Company and its employees or between the Company and employees of an associated Company whose Board of Directors has agreed to this in advance, and provided that the issue or allotment shall be in accordance with a program which includes specific covenants which were issued and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(2) A Board of Directors committee, the CEO or the holder of such position (in this clause - CEO) or some other person who the CEO has recommended - in the issue of shares subsequent to exercise or conversion of securities of the Company.

 

40. Without detracting from the generality of that stated above and subject to the provisions of The Companies Law and these Articles, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine that the consideration for the shares shall be paid in cash or in kind and including in securities or any other manner, at its discretion, or that the shares shall be allotted as bonus shares or that the shares shall be allotted for consideration equal to their nominal value or higher than it, whether individually or in series, and all under terms and dates as determined by the Board of Directors at its discretion.

 

41. In a decision to increase the registered share capital of the Company, the general meeting may determine that the new shares included in the amounts by which the registered share capital was increased as stated (here and after: “ the new shares ”) or any part thereof, will be offered initially at their nominal value or for an added premium, to all of the shareholders holder who hold shares at such times, at a rate proportional to the nominal value of their shares in the Company or to determine other provisions for the manner of the issue and allotment of the new shares.  However, in the event that the general meeting has not determined as stated in the decision to increase the registered share capital of the Company, the Board of Directors may offer them as stated in Clause 39 above.

 

42. The Board of Directors is entitled to resolve to pay commissions or underwriting fees to any person in consideration for subscription or agreement to subscription or the obtaining of subscriptions or the promise of subscriptions upon shares, or bonds or other securities of the Company.  The Board of Directors may also, in any event of the issue of securities of the Company, resolve to pay intermediary commissions, in cash, in Company shares or other securities which were issued by the Company or in any other manner or partly in one manner and partly in another, and all subject to the provisions of applicable Law.

 

10

 

 

Redeemable Securities

 

43. Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, the Company is entitled to issue securities which may be redeemed at terms and in a manner determined by the Board of Directors at its discretion.

 

Registries

 

44.

 

44.1 The Company shall conduct a registry of the shareholders and shall record in it the names of the owners of the shares and the additional details required under The Companies Law, immediately after the issue of any shares of the Company.  Subject to the provisions of the Law, upon the registration in the registry, a registered shareholder shall be deemed the owner of the shares registered in his name, and even if share certificates were not issued in respect of these shares.

 

44.2 The Company shall conduct a registry of substantial shareholders as required by The Companies Law.

 

45. The Company is entitled to conduct an additional registry of shareholders outside of Israel under terms as determined for this matter in The Companies Law.

 

46. The Company shall conduct a registry of the holders of bonds and securities which may be converted into shares of the Company and all of the provisions of these Articles in connection with shares shall apply also to these convertible securities with regard to the registration in the registry, the issue of certificates, the replacement of certificates, transfer and assignment, mutatis mutandis as the case may be, and all subject to the terms of the issue of the securities.

 

General Meeting

 

47. Resolutions of the Company in the following matters shall be passed by the general meeting:

 

47.1 Changes to the Articles of the Company or its Memorandum.

 

47.2 Implementation of the authorities of the Board of Directors by the general meeting if the Board of Directors is precluded from implementing its authorities and the implementation of any of its authorities is crucial for the proper conduct of the Company, as stated in Article 52(A) of The Companies Law.

 

47.3 The appointment of an auditing accountant for the Company and the cessation of his employment.

 

47.4 The appointment of directors for the Company and their dismissal.

 

11

 

 

47.5 Approval of actions and transactions requiring the approval of the general meeting under the provisions of Articles 255 and 268 to 275 of The Companies Law.

 

47.6 Increase of the registered share capital and its decrease in accordance with the provisions of Articles 286 and 287 of The Companies Law and changes in the capital as stated in Clause 33 above.

 

47.7 Merger as stated in Article 320(A) of The Companies Law.

 

47.8 Any resolution which must be passed in accordance with these Articles, by the general meeting.

 

Subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, the general meeting is entitled to undertake authorities given to some other organ, and if the general meeting has undertaken the authorities of the Board of Directors of the Company, the shareholders will be liable and responsible for the liabilities and duties of the directors, as stated in Article 50(b) of The Companies Law.

 

48. The Company will conduct an annual general meeting every year and not later than the expiry of 15 months from the previous annual meeting, at the date and time as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

49. The agenda of the annual general meeting shall include the following items:

 

49.1 Discussion of the financial reports of the Company and the Board of Directors report on the state of affairs of the Company which are submitted to the general meeting.

 

49.2 Appointment of directors and determination of their wages.

 

49.3 Appointment of an auditing accountant.

 

49.4 Reporting by the Board of Directors upon the wage of the auditing accountant for the auditing activity and for the additional services, if any.

 

49.5 In addition to that stated above, the agenda of the annual meeting may include any other matter which was determined in the agenda as stated in Clause 52 below.

 

The general meeting as stated above shall be called “an annual meeting” and any other general meeting shall be called “a special meeting”.

 

50. The Board of Directors of the Company will convene a special meeting in accordance with its resolution and in accordance with the demand of any of the following:

 

50.1 Two directors or one-quarter of the serving directors.

 

12

 

 

50.2 A shareholder, one or more, with at least 5% of the issued share capital and 1% of the voting rights in the Company, or one or more shareholder with at least 5% of the voting rights in the Company.

 

In the event that the Board of Directors was required to convene a special meeting as stated above, it shall be convened within 21 days from the date upon which the demand was submitted to it, at a date determined in the notice upon the special meeting as stated in Clause 54.1 below and provided that the date of the meeting shall be not later than 35 days from the date of the publishing of the notice and all subject to the provisions of The Companies Law and Clause 53.1 below.

 

51. In the event that the Board of Directors fails to summon a special meeting as requested under Clause 50 above, the requesting party is entitled, and when one is speaking of shareholders-also part of them who have more than half of their voting rights, to convene the meeting itself, and provided that it shall not take place more than three months from the date of submission of the request as stated, and shall be convened, to such extent as possible, in the same manner as assemblies are convened by the Board of Directors.

 

52.

 

52.1 The agenda of the general meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors and shall include the matters for which the convening of the special meeting under Clause 50 above was requested as well as a subject requested as stated in Clause 52.2 below. The Board of Directors may include election of directors in an agenda of a special meeting.

 

52.2 One or more shareholders with at least 1% of the voting rights in the general meeting may request the Board of Directors to include a subject in the agenda of the general meeting which shall be convened in the future, and provided that the subject is appropriate for deliberation in the general meeting.

 

52.3 A request as stated in Clause 52.2 above will be submitted to the Company in writing not less than 10 days from the date of notice of the convening of the general meeting and a text of the resolution which is proposed by the shareholder shall be attached to it as well as the details of his holdings in the Company (including indirect or derivative holdings), relationships and/or agreements between him and other shareholders in the Company and insofar as such request is in connection with the appointment of a director - also details regarding the director nominee (including all details required by law and reporting rules) and regarding relationships or agreements that the director nominee has with the shareholders of the Company, and if the Company is listed for trading on the Nasdaq, whether he or she is eligible to be appointed as an independent director in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

53.

 

53.1 Notice of the general meeting will be published in accordance with the requirements of the Law at least 14 days prior to the convening of the meeting with the exception of notice of a general meeting with an agenda which includes the items specified in Article 87 of The Companies Law, which shall be published 35 days at least prior to its convening.

 

13

 

 

53.2 In addition to the notice upon the general meeting as stated in Clause 53.1 above, the Company will deliver notice upon the general meeting only to shareholders who are registered in the registry whose address is in Israel.

 

54.

 

54.1 In the notice upon the general meeting there shall be specified the place, the date and the time at which the general meeting shall be convened and it shall include the agenda, a synopsis of the proposed resolutions, the required majority for the resolutions, the date of determination of the rights of all of the shareholders to vote in the general meeting and any other detail required at law.  In the event that the Company shall determine that a postponed meeting shall be held at a date which is later than that determined in Article 78(b) of the Law, it shall indicate the date as mentioned in the notice.

 

54.2 In a decision regarding the convening of an meeting, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine the manner of the detailing of these issues on the agenda for the meeting, which will be delivered to such shareholders entitled to participate in the meeting, and all at the discretion of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of The Companies Law.

 

54.3 Without detracting from the authorities of the Board of Directors as stated in this Clause 54 above, and without detracting from a generality of the provisions of these Articles with regard to the transfer of the authorities by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors will be entitled to transfer its authorities as stated in this Clause 54 above, to a Board of Directors committee and/or an officer in the Company, whether for the purpose of a certain general meeting or for a period of time.

 

55. A good faith defect in the convening of a general meeting or its conduct, including a defect arising from non-fulfillment of a provision or condition determined in the Law or in these Articles, including with regard to the manner of the convening of the general meeting or its conduct, shall not invalidate any resolution passed in the general meeting and shall not prejudice the deliberations conducted therein, subject to the provisions of any Law.

 

Deliberations in the General Meeting

 

56. No deliberations may be commenced at the general meeting unless a legal quorum is present at the opening of the meeting.  A legal quorum will be constituted when there are present, themselves or by proxy, a shareholder or shareholders who have at least one-third of the voting rights, within one-half of an hour from the time determined for the opening of the meeting, save if determined otherwise in these Articles.

 

 

14

 

 

57. In the absence of a legal quorum at the general meeting at the expiry of half of an hour from a time determined for commencement of the meeting (or the expiry of some other time as determined by the Chairman of the meeting, but in any event no more than one hour), the meeting shall be postponed for seven days, for the same date at the same hour and in the same place, without the requirement to notify the shareholders thereupon and subject to the provisions of The Companies Law, the Securities Law and the Regulations promulgated under these laws, or some later date if indicated in the notice upon the meeting, or a date, hour and place which are different, as determined by the Board of Directors in the notice to the shareholders.

 

58. A legal quorum for a postponed meeting shall be constituted when there are present, themselves or by proxy, one or more shareholders who have at least one-third of the voting rights, within half of an hour from the time determined for the opening of the meeting.  In the absence of a legal quorum at the postponed meeting at the expiry of half of an hour from the time determined for commencement of the postponed meeting, any two shareholders present at the postponed meeting, themselves or by proxy, shall constitute legal quorum at the postponed meeting.

 

59. The Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his absence, any director appointed by the Board of Directors, will chair every general meeting of the Company.  In the absence of a chairman as stated or if at some meeting none of these are present after the passage of 15 minutes from the time determined for commencement of the meeting or if they refuse to serve as Chairman of the meeting, the directors which are present may, by majority between them, elect a chairman from amongst them or from any of the officers in the Company present at the meeting, and if they fail to do so-the shareholders present will elect themselves or by proxy one of the directors or one of the officers present to chair the meeting.  In the absence of directors or officers or if all of the directors or officers refuse to chair the meeting, one of the shareholders or their proxy as stated shall be elected to chair the meeting.

 

60. The Company shall maintain minutes of the proceedings in the general meeting which shall include the following details:

 

60.1 The names of the shareholders participating in the general meeting and the number of shares held by them.

 

60.2 The matters discussed at the general meeting and the resolution is passed.

 

61. Minutes which are signed by the chairman of the general meeting constitute prima facie evidence to their content.

 

Voting and the Passage of Resolutions at the General Meeting

 

62. A shareholder wishing to vote at the general meeting shall prove to the company his ownership in a share as required by The Companies Law and the Companies Ordinance (proof of ownership of share for a purpose of voting at general meeting) — 2000.  Without the detracting from the generality of that stated above, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine provisions and procedures regarding the proof of ownership of shares in the company.

 

 

15

 

 

63. A shareholder is entitled to vote in the general meeting or in a class meeting, himself or by proxy, all in accordance with the provisions of these Articles and subject to the provisions of The Companies Law.  A proxy for a vote is not required to be a shareholder in the company.  Voting in the general meeting of the Company by means of a voting deed, in accordance with the provisions of The Companies Law and the regulations there under, will be possible solely and exclusively on issues specified in Articles 87A(1) — 87A(3) and 87A(5), of The Companies Law.

 

64. Subject to the provisions of applicable Law, in an instance of joint ownership in a share, any one of them may vote at any meeting, whether himself or by proxy, in relation to such share, as though he was the sole party entitled to it.  If more than one joint owner of a share participates in an meeting, himself or by proxy, the vote will be made by the party whose name appears first in the registry of shareholders with regard to the share or in the confirmation of the stock exchange member with regard to the ownership in the share (“confirmation of ownership”), or some other document determined by the Board of Directors for such matter, as the case maybe.  Individual legal guardians or individual executors of estate over a registered shareholder who is deceased, shall be considered for purposes of this clause as joint owners in these shares.  Without the detracting from that stated above, in an instance where more than one shareholder is registered in the registry of shareholders of the Company as the holder of a share, the Company shall view the first person registered in the registry of shareholders as the legal representative of the remaining parties registered as holding the share, save if a document was delivered to the company, signed by the majority of the registered owners of the share, or a court order, indicating the name of some other registered owner as the representative of the holders of the share.

 

65. Every party entitled to a share under clause 28 above, is entitled to vote by virtue thereof in any general meeting in the same manner as though he was the registered owner of such shares and provided that he shall prove to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors his entitlement to the share at least 48 hours prior to the date of the general meeting or the postponed meeting, as the case maybe, in which he intends to vote, save if the Company has previously recognized his right to vote by virtue of the shares at such meeting.

 

66. A document appointing a proxy for a vote (“deed of appointment”) shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the appointing party, and if the appointing party is a corporation, the deed of an appointment shall be made in writing and shall be signed in a manner binding the corporation.  The Board of Directors is entitled to require delivery to the Company prior to the convening of the meeting, of a confirmation in writing, to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors, regarding the authority of the signatories to bind the corporation.  The Board of Directors is further entitled to determine provisions and procedures in everything related thereto.

  

16

 

 

66. A deed of appointment or a suitable copy thereof, to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors, will be deposited at the registered office or some other place or places, in Israel or outside of Israel - as shall be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time, generally or for a specific instance - at least 48 hours prior to commencement of the meeting or the postponed meeting, as the case maybe, in which the proxy intends to vote in reliance upon such deed of appointment.  Notwithstanding, that stated above, the chairman of the meeting may, at his discretion, accept such deed of appointment also after the time as stated, if he deems this appropriate, at his discretion. If a deed of appointment shall not be received as stated in this clause above, it shall not be valid in such meeting.

 

67. A proxy for a vote is entitled to participate in deliberations of the general meeting and to be elected as a chairman as was the shareholder appointing him, and provided that it was not indicated otherwise in the deed of appointment.

 

67.1. A deed of appointment appointing a proxy for vote shall be in the format customary in Israel or in any other format approved by the Board of Directors.

 

67.2. The deed of appointment will indicate the class and the number of shares in respect of which it was issued.  In the absence of indication in the deed of appointment of the number of shares in respect of which it was issued or an indication therein of a number of shares which is higher than the number of shares registered in the name of the shareholder or which are indicated in the confirmation of ownership, as the case maybe, the deed of appointment will be deemed to have been issued in respect of all of the shares of the shareholder.

 

67.3. In the event that the deed of appointment was issued in respect of a number of shares which is lower than the number of shares registered in the name of the shareholder or indicated in the confirmation of ownership, as the case maybe, the shareholder will be deemed as refraining from appearing at the vote in respect of the balance of the shares and the deed of appointment will be valid in respect of number of shares indicated therein.

 

68. Without detracting from the provisions of these Articles with regard to the appointment of a proxy for a vote, a shareholder holding more than one share will be entitled to appoint more than one proxy subject to the following provisions:

 

68.1. Each deed of appointment will indicate the class and the number of shares in respect of which it was issued.

 

68.2. In the event that the total number of shares of any class indicated in deeds of appointment issued by one shareholder shall exceed the number of shares of such class registered in his name or indicated in the confirmation of ownership, as the case maybe, all the deeds of appointment issued by such shareholder shall be invalidated.

 

17

 

 

69. A shareholder or a proxy is entitled to vote a part of the shares which are owned by him or for which he is a proxy, and is entitled to vote part of the shares in one manner and part of the shares in another manner.

 

70. A vote made by virtue of a deed of appointment shall be valid even if prior to the vote the appointing party passed away or was declared incompetent or the deed of appointment was canceled or the share was transferred in respect of which the deed of appointment was granted, save if notice was received at the office prior to the meeting, in writing, with regard to the death, incapacity, cancellation or transfer, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding that stated above, the chairman of the meeting is entitled, at his discretion, to receive such notice as stated also during the course of the meeting, if he deems this appropriate at his discretion.

 

71. A deed of appointment shall be valid also with regard to any postponed meeting or an meeting to which the deed of appointment relates, and provided that it was not indicated otherwise in the deed of appointment.

 

72. Every ordinary share entitles its owner to participate in the general meeting of the Company and to one vote.

 

73. A resolution proposed for a vote in the general meeting shall be decided by a count of the participating votes.  The manner of the counting of the votes will be determined by the chairman of the Board of Directors, unless prior to the vote, a secret ballot was requested by a   shareholder or holders with at least 10% of the issued share capital of the Company.  In a case of a dispute whether to accept or reject any individual vote in the vote, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the matter and his good faith decision shall be final and decisive.

 

74. A declaration made by the chairman that a resolution was passed or rejected at the general meeting, unanimously or by some majority, and the declaration was recorded in this matter in the minutes of the meeting, shall be prima facie evidence to that stated, and it shall not be necessary to prove the number of votes (or their proportional share) which were made in favor or against such resolution.

 

75. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law or the provisions of these Articles with regard to some other majority, decisions of the general meeting shall be passed by an ordinary majority.  The chairman of the meeting shall not have an additional vote or a decisive vote.

 

76. The chairman of the general meeting is entitled, at the consent of an meeting in which a legal quorum is present, to postpone it or to postpone the deliberation or the passage of a resolution in some specific matter on the agenda, to a later time or a place which shall be determined, and he is required to do so in accordance with the demand of the meeting.  At such, postponed meeting as stated, no matter will be deliberated which was not on the agenda and for which a resolution was not passed in the meeting at which the postponement was resolved upon.  If the general meeting was postponed for  more than 21 days, notice will be issued upon the postponed meeting, as stated in Clauses 53 and 54 above.  If the general meeting was postponed without changing its agenda, for a date not exceeding 21 days, the notices and summons with regard to the new date will be issued as early as possible, and not later than 72 hours prior to the general meeting.  The notices and the summons as stated will be issued in accordance with Clauses 53 and 54 above, mutatis mutandis.

 

The Board of Directors

 

77. The number of directors shall not be less than four and shall not exceed nine (not including external directors, to the extent there is an obligation to appoint them, and not including up to two additional directors appointed by the Board of Directors as described in Article 80.

 

78. The annual general meeting of the Company shall appoint, by ordinary majority, the members of the Board of Directors. Each appointed director shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting. The term of a director shall terminate at the next annual general meeting, unless extended by that annual general meeting, or terminated by the general meeting in accordance with Article 82. A director is not required to be a shareholder in the Company.  The provisions of this clause with regard to the appointment of directors shall not apply to external directors who will be appointed in the accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, to the extent there is an obligation to appoint them.

 

18

 

 

79. With the exception of directors who served in the Company up until the date of the annual meeting and/or parties upon whom the Board of Directors of the Company recommended their appointment as director before the general meeting, no director will be appointed at the annual meeting, unless a shareholder in the Company who holds at least 1% of the Company’s share capital, who is seeking to propose him as a candidate, shall submit to the office at least 45 (forty-five) days prior to the convening of the annual meeting, a document in writing signed by the shareholder notifying of the intent of the shareholder to propose the candidate for appointment as director, with the consent in writing of the candidate attached to this document to serve as a director together with his resume, as stated in Article 52.3 above.

 

80. The Board of Directors shall appoint up to two (2) directors whose term of office will expire on the date of the next following annual meeting, provided that they may be reappointed by the Board of Directors according to this Article for one additional term of office, provided that they may be reappointed by the annual meeting (subject to Article 78 above).

 

81. The general meeting or the Board of Directors is entitled to determine that the service of a director appointed by them, as the case may be, shall commence at a later date from the date of the resolution upon his appointment.

 

82. Notwithstanding that stated above, the general meeting is entitled at any time to remove a director from his position, with the exception of an external director (regarding which there shall apply the provisions of the Companies Law) prior to the end of his period of service, and provided that the director is granted a reasonable opportunity to present his position before the general meeting.  Any general meeting may, by ordinary majority, appoint in the stead of a director who was removed from his position as stated above, some other party as director, and provided that the recommendation of a shareholder was given as stated in Clause 79 above.

 

The position of a director shall be vacated automatically in any one of the following instances:

 

82.1. Resignation.

 

82.2. Declaration of bankruptcy.

 

82.3. Conviction of a crime as stated in Article 232 of the Law.

 

82.4. If the director is a corporation which has resolved voluntary liquidation, or an order for liquidation has been issued against it.

 

82.5. Per a decision of the court as stated in Article 233 of the Law.

 

82.6. Declaration of legal incompetency.

 

82.7. If his term was automatically terminated in accordance with the law.

 

19

 

 

82.8. Death.

 

83. If the position of the director is vacated, the Board of Directors may continue to operate in every matter so long as the number of directors is not less than the minimum number of directors determined in Clause 77 above.

 

For so long as the general meeting was not convened, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to act upon manners which may be postponed, up to the date of the convening of the general meeting for the appointment of the directors.

 

84. A director may resign by submission of notice to the Board of Directors, to the chairman of the Board of Directors or the Company, as required in the Companies Law.  The resignation shall be valid on the date of the delivery of the notice. Unless the notice determines a later date.  A director will provide the reasons for his resignation.

 

85. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company is entitled to pay directors remuneration for fulfillment of their position as directors.

 

86.

 

86.1. A director may appoint an alternate (hereinafter: “Alternate director’’).  Notwithstanding that stated above, a party not eligible to be appointed as a director will not be appointed nor serve as an alternate director, nor shall a serving director in the Company or a serving alternate director.

 

A serving director may be appointed as an alternate director for a membership in a Board of Directors committee, and provided that at the date of appointment as an alternate director to a member of a committee, he does not serve as a member of such Board of Directors committee and if he is an alternate director to an external director, the candidate will be an external director with accounting and financial expertise or professional competency, in accordance with the competency of the director being replaced.

 

86.2. An alternate director shall be equivalent to the director whom he replaces, and shall be entitled to be present at members of the Board of Directors and/or committees of the Board of Directors, to participate and to vote therein as it was entitled to be director who appointed him.  Notwithstanding that stated, the Company shall not pay remuneration to an alternate director.

 

86.3. A director who appointed an alternate director may, subject to the provisions of the law, cancel the appointment at any time.  Additionally, the position of the alternate directors shall be vacated at any time when the position of the director who appointed the alternate director shall be vacated in any manner.

 

86.4. Any appointment or cancellation of an alternate director as stated above, will be by notice in writing delivered to the alternate director and to the Company, and will be valid after delivery of the deed of appointment, or deed of cancellation as stated or at the time determined in the deed of appointment or deed of cancellation, the later of these, and if a period was not determined in the deed of appointment, the period shall be congruent with the period of service of the appointing director.

 

20

 

 

External Directors

 

87. At least two external directors shall serve in the Company, to the extent there is an obligation to appoint them, and the provisions determined in the Companies Law shall apply in this matter.

 

Authorities of the Directors and their Duties

 

88. The directors shall have all of the authorities and the powers granted to them in accordance with these Articles, in accordance with the Companies Law and applicable law.

 

89. Without detracting from the provisions of these Articles, the Board of Directors shall direct the policies of the Company and shall oversee performance of the positions of the CEO and his activities, and including:

 

89.1. Shall determine the action plans of the Company, principles for the financing thereof and priorities among them.

 

89.2. Shall examine the financial state of the Company, determine the credit framework which the Company may take.

 

89.3. Shall determine the organizational structure and the wage policy.

 

89.4. May decide upon the issue of a series of bonds.

 

89.5. Is responsible for preparation and approval of financial reports as stated in Article 171 of the Companies Law.

 

89.6. Will report to the annual meeting upon the state of affairs of the Company and its business results as stated in Article 173 of the Companies Law.

 

89.7. Will appoint and dismiss the CEO.

 

89.8. Will decide upon actions and transactions requiring its approval under these Articles or the provisions of Articles 255 and 268 through 275 of the Companies Law.

 

89.9. May allot shares and securities convertible into shares up to the limit of the registered share capital of the Company.

 

89.10. May resolve upon distribution of dividend, interim dividend or distribution of bonus shares as the case may be.

 

21

 

 

89.11. May resolve upon a significant acquisition as per the definition of this term in Article 1 of the Companies Law, from all of the shareholders of the Company or part thereof or any of them, at its discretion.

 

89.12. Will express its opinion upon a special purchase offer as stated in Article 328 of the Companies Law.

 

89.13. Will determine the minimum number of directors required in the Board of Directors, who must have financing and accounting expertise, as per the definition thereof under Article 240 of the Companies Law.  The Board of Directors will determine the minimum number as stated taking into account, inter alia, the type of Company, its size, the scope of activity and complexity of operations, subject to the number of directors determined under Clause 77 above.

 

The authorities of the Board of Directors under this clause may not be delegated to the CEO, save as specified in Clause 39.2(2).

 

90. The Board of Directors may exercise any authority of the Company not accorded by law or in these Articles to some other organ.

 

91.

 

91.1. The Board of Directors may resolve that authorities granted to the CEO will be transferred to its own authority, and all for a certain purpose or certain period of time.

 

91.2. Without detracting from that stated above, the Board of Directors may direct the CEO how to operate with regard to a certain matter.  If the CEO shall fail to fulfill the instructions, the Board of Directors may exercise the authorities required for performance of the instruction in his stead.

 

91.3. If the CEO was precluded from exercising his authorities, the Board of Directors may do so in his stead.

 

92. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may delegate any of the authorities of the CEO to an officer in the Company or some other person.  Delegation of authorities of the Board of Directors may be for a certain matter or a certain period of time, and all at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

Receiving of Credit and Granting of Guarantees and Collateral

 

93. Without detracting from any of the authorities accorded to the Board of Directors under these Articles, the Board of Directors may from time to time at its discretion resolve upon:

 

22

 

 

93.1 Receiving of credit by the Company in any amount and the securing of its discharge in the manner it shall deem proper:

 

93.2. The granting of a guarantee, collateral and any type of security.

 

93.3. The issue of a series of bonds, including capital notes or deeds of undertaking, including debentures, capital notes or deeds of undertaking which are convertible or maybe exercised into shares, and to determine the terms thereof, to pledge its property, in whole or in part, in the present or in the future, whether by floating charge or fixed charge.  Bonds, capital notes, deeds of undertaking or other securities as stated above may be issued at a discount or at a premium and in any other manner, with deferred rights or special rights and/or preferred rights and/or other rights and all as determined by the Board of Directors at its discretion.

 

94. That stated in Clause 93 above does not negate the authorities of the CEO or any party appointed therefore to resolve upon the receiving of credit by the Company and/or the issue of collateral by the Company within the limits of the credits and the collateral determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

95. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may as it deems proper, establish committees of two or more members,  appoint members from out of the members of the Board of Directors (hereinafter: “ Board of Directors committee”), and to delegate to the Board of Directors committee its authorities, in whole or in part.

 

In a Board of Directors committee to which the Board of Directors has delegated any of its authorities, only members of the Board of Directors may serve.  In a Board of Directors committee whose function is to advise the Board of Directors or recommend only, parties who are not members of the Board of Directors may serve.

 

Notwithstanding that stated above, in the following matters, the Board of Directors may not delegate any of its authorities to a Board of Directors committee, but rather shall be entitled to establish committees for recommendation only:

 

95.1. Determination of general policies of the Company.

 

95.2. Distribution, save for the purchase of shares of the Company in accordance with a framework determined in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

95.3. Determination of the position of the Board of Directors on a matter requiring approval of the general meeting or the issue of an opinion on the profitability of a special purchase offer, as stated in Article 329 of the Companies Law.

 

95.4. Appointment of directors.

 

23

 

 

95.5. Issue or allotment of shares or of securities convertible into shares or which may be exercised into shares, or a series of bonds, save as specified in Clause 39.2 above.

 

95.6. Approval of financial reports.

 

95.7. Approval of transactions and actions requiring approval of the Board of Directors under the provisions of Articles 255 and 268 through 275 of the Companies Law.

 

96. A resolution passed or an action carried out by a Board of Directors committee, is deemed a resolution passed or an action carried out by the Board of Directors save if determined explicitly otherwise by the Board of Directors, for a certain matter or for a certain committee.  The Board of Directors may from time to time expand, reduce or cancel the delegation of authorities to a Board of Directors committee, but the reduction or cancellation as stated shall not prejudice the validity of a resolution of the committee according to which the Company has acted as towards some other person who was unaware of the cancellation.

 

97.

 

97.1. The legal quorum for the opening of a Board of Directors committee shall be two committee members who are serving at the time of the meeting, or their alternates, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors.

 

97.2. The general provisions of these Articles with regard to the operation of the Board of Directors shall apply, mutatis mutandis, also upon the Board of Directors committees so long as they have not been replaced by directives issued by the Board of Directors for such matter, and all subject to the provisions of the Companies Law.

 

97.3. The Board of Directors committee shall report to the Board of Directors continuously upon its resolutions or recommendations.

 

98.

 

98.1. The Board of Directors will appoint an audit committee from amongst its members.  The number of members of the audit committee shall not be less than three and all of the external directors (to the extent there is an obligation to appoint them) shall be members therein.  The following shall not be members of the audit committee:  The chairman of the Board of Directors, any director employed by the Company or routinely providing services to it, and a controlling interest in the Company or his relation.

 

98.2. The functions of the audit committee shall be as determined in the Companies Law including any other function imposed upon it by the Board of Directors.

 

24

 

 

Actions of the Board of Directors

 

99. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Board of Directors may convene for purposes of performance of its functions and postpone its meetings and regulate its activities and deliberations as it shall deem fit.

 

100. The Board of Directors will appoint one of its members as chairman of the Board of Directors (hereinafter “Chairman of the Board of Directors” ).  The Board of Directors may appoint one or more of its members as deputy chairman of the Board of Directors who shall serve as replacement chairman in his absence.  The Board of Directors may determine the period for which the chairman and his deputies shall serve.  In the absence of such determination, the chairman of the Board of Directors and his deputies shall serve for so long as they serve as directors and no resolution has been passed by the Board of Directors of the Company upon their replacement.

 

101. The chairman of the Board of Directors shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors and shall conduct them.  If the chairman of the Board of Directors is absent from a meeting of the Board of Directors, in accordance with a notice delivered in advance, or has failed to appear to a meeting of the Board of Directors within 15 minutes from the date determined for the meeting (hereinafter:  “absence” ), then the deputy chairman of the Board of Directors shall chair the meeting (if one was appointed).  In the absence of both the chairman of the Board of Directors and his deputy from the meeting, members of the Board of Directors who are present will elect one of their members as chairman of the meeting.

 

102. The Board of Directors will convene as per the requirements of the Company, and at least once every three months.

 

103. The chairman of the Board of Directors may convene the Board of Directors at any time, and determine the place and the date for the meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Without detracting from that stated above, the chairman of the Board of Directors shall be required to convene the Board of Directors upon the occurrence of one of the following:

 

104.1. Receiving a demand for convening of the Board of Directors from at least two directors, for deliberation upon a matter which shall be specified in their demand, and if there are five directors in the Company (or less), a demand for convening of the Board of Directors from at least one director shall suffice for conducting of a discussion on the matter specified in his demand.

 

104.2. Receiving notice or report of the CEO which requires an action of the Board of Directors.

 

104.3. Receiving notice from the auditing accountant of material defects in the accounting auditing of the Company.

 

25

 

 

105. Upon receipt of the notice or report as stated, the chairman of the Board of Directors shall convene the Board of Directors, without delay, not later than the passage of 14 days from the date of the demand, report or notice, as the case may be.

 

105.1. Notice in advance of the convening of the Board of Directors shall be provided to each of the members of the Board of Directors three days prior to the date of the meeting.

 

105.2. Notwithstanding that stated above, the Board of Directors may, at the consent of all of the directors, convene for a meeting without notice.

 

106. The agenda of meetings of the Board of Directors will be determined by the chairman of the Board of Directors and shall include:

 

106.1. Matters determined by the chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

106.2. Matters determined as stated in Clause 104 above.

 

106.3. Any matter which a director or the CEO has requested of the chairman of the Board of Directors, a reasonable time prior to the convening of the meeting of the Board of Directors, to be included in the agenda (hereinafter:  “ the agenda ”).

 

107. The notice of the convening of the Board of Directors shall indicate the date of the meeting, its location and reasonable details of the matters to be discussed at the meeting, in accordance with the agenda.  The notice may be in writing and it may be oral.

 

108. Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors, if the notice is delivered in writing, shall be delivered to the address which the director provided to the Company in advance save if the director has requested that the notice be delivered to him at some other location or if he has consented to its delivery at some other location.

 

109. The legal quorum for the opening of a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be a majority of the members of the Board of Directors serving at the time of the meeting and entitled to participate therein, themselves or their alternates.

 

In the absence of a legal quorum upon the passage of half of an hour from the time determined for the meeting of the Board of Directors, the meeting shall be postponed for 48 hours.  At a postponed meeting as stated in the absence of a legal quorum within half of an hour from the convening, the directors who are present and entitled to vote shall constitute the legal quorum.

 

110.

 

110.1. In a vote in the Board of Directors, each director shall have one vote.  Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be passed by a majority of the votes of the directors present at the meeting and voting therein, without taking into account abstentions.  The chairman of the Board of Directors shall not have a decisive vote in the event of a tie.

 

26

 

 

110.2. In the event of tied votes, the proposed resolution upon which the members of the Board of Directors have voted shall be deemed rejected.

 

111. The Board of Directors may conduct meetings by any means of communication and provided that all of the directors participating can hear each other simultaneously.  The Board of Directors may regulate the manner and the methods for the conduct of its meetings by means of communication.

 

112. The Board of Directors may pass resolution even without actually convening, and provided that all of the directors entitled to participate in the deliberation and to vote upon the matter presented for resolution, have consented to the resolution and have signed thereupon (or on separate copies thereof, including by means of facsimile).  A resolution passed in such manner shall be valid for all intents and purposes as though it was passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors, which was convened and conducted lawfully.

 

Minutes

 

113. The Board of Directors shall ensure that minutes shall be held of the proceedings and the meetings of the Board of Directors.  The minutes shall be recorded in books prepared for such purpose and shall include, inter alia, the following details:

 

113.1. The names of the participating directors and other parties present of every meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

113.2. The matters discussed at the meeting of the Board of Directors and the resolutions passed.

 

Each minutes shall be signed by the chairman of the Board of Directors or by the chairman of the meeting, as the case may be.  Minutes which are signed and approved as stated shall serve as prima facie evidence to the content thereof.

 

114. The provisions of Clause 113 above shall apply also to the meetings of the Board of Directors committees and the passage of resolutions of the Board of Directors without convening, as stated in Clause 112 above.

 

The CEO

 

115. The Board of Directors shall appoint from time to time a CEO for the Company, and is entitled to appoint more than one CEO (each one of these shall hereinafter be called: CEO ).  The Board of Directors is also entitled to dismiss the CEO or to replace him at any time it deems proper.

 

116. The CEO is not required to be a shareholder in the Company nor must he be a director.

 

27

 

 

117. The CEO is responsible for the continuous management of the affairs of the Company, in the framework of the policy determined by the Board of Directors and subject to its directives.

 

118. The CEO shall have all of the authorities of management and execution not granted at law or in these Articles or by virtue thereof to some other organ of the Company with the exception of authorities as stated which shall be transferred from him to the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Clause 91.1 above, if they shall be transferred.  The CEO shall be subordinate to the Board of Directors.

 

119. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the Board of Directors may from time to time deliver and grant to the CEO authorities belonging to the Board of Directors under these Articles, as it shall deem fit, and it is entitled to grant any of these authorities for such period, such purpose and under such terms and limitations as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, and the Board of Directors is entitled to grant these authorities, both without relinquishing its authority in the matter or in their stead or subordinates to them, in whole or in part, and is entitled from time to time to cancel, suspend and change these authorities, in whole or in part.

 

120. Without detracting from that stated in Article 127 and 129 below, the CEO is entitled, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to delegate any of his authorities to other/s, subordinate to him.  Approval of the Board of Directors as mentioned may be granted generally or for a specific matter.

 

121. Without detracting from the provisions of the Companies Law and applicable law, the CEO will submit to the Board of Directors reports on matters, at times and at a scope as determined by the Board of Directors, whether in a specific resolution or in the framework of the procedures of the Board of Directors.

 

122. The wage of the CEO may be paid as a salary, or commission or participation in the profit or the granting of securities or the rights to purchase these, or in any other manner.

 

Validity of Actions and Approval of Transactions

 

123. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, all of the actions taken by the Board of Directors or by a Board of Directors committee or by any person acting as director or member of a Board of Directors committee or by an officer, as the case may be - shall be valid even if it evolves thereafter that there was some defect in the appointment of the director, Board of Directors committee, director who is a member of the committee or officer, as the case may be, or that any of the officers mentioned was prohibited from serving in such position.

 

124.

 

124.1 Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the holding of shares in the Company and the service as an officer in the Company whilst being a party at interest or an officer in any other corporation, including a corporation in which the Company is a party at interest or a shareholder in the Company, shall not preclude an officer from being an officer in the Company.  Additionally, an officer shall not be precluded from being an officer in the Company due to his engagement or subsequent to the engagement of any corporation as stated above, in a contract with the Company in any matter or manner whatsoever.

 

28

 

 

124.2 Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the service of a person as an officer in the Company shall not preclude him and/or his relations and/or some other corporation in which he is a party at interest, from engaging with the Company in transactions in which the officer has a personal interest in any manner whatsoever.

 

124.3 Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, an officer shall be entitled to participate and to vote in deliberations with regard to approval of transactions or actions in which he has a personal interest.

 

125. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, a transaction of the Company with some other person in whom the officer in the Company has a personal interest, and which are not extraordinary transactions, will be approved as follows:

 

125.1 Engagement as stated above in a transaction which is not extraordinary shall be approved by the Board of Directors or by some other party (including the audit committee of the Company) authorized therefor by the Board of Directors, whether in a specific resolution or in the framework of the procedures of the Board of Directors, whether by general agreement or by agreement to a certain type of transactions or a specific transaction.

 

125.2 Approval of transactions which are not extraordinary as stated above may be made by general approval for a certain type of transaction or approval for a specific transaction.

 

126. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, general notice issued to the Board of Directors by an officer or a controlling interest in the Company with regard to his personal interest in a certain body, with details of his personal interest, shall constitute disclosure by the officer or the controlling interest, to the Company, with regard to his personal interest as stated for purposes of any engagement with the aforementioned body, or an engagement in which the aforementioned body has a personal interest.

 

Signature on behalf of the Company

 

127. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the Board of Directors may authorize any party to act and to sign on behalf of the Company, whether himself or some other person, generally or on certain matters.

 

128. The Company shall have a stamp bearing the name of the Company.  A signature upon a document shall not bind the Company save if it was signed by those authorized to sign on behalf of the Company together with the stamp of the Company or its printed name.

 

29

 

 

Appointment of Legal Representatives

 

129. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors is entitled at any time to grant a power of attorney to any person to legally represent the Company for such purposes and with such authorities and discretion and for such period of time and subject to such terms and all as the Board of Directors shall deem fit.

 

The Board of Directors will be entitled to grant to such person, inter alia, authorities to transfer to some other, fully or partially, the authorities and powers and discretion granted to him.

 

Exemption, Indemnification and Insurance

 

130. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company is entitled to exempt an officer from liability, in whole or in part, due to damage for breach of the duty of caution towards it.  However, a Company may not exempt a director in advance from his liability towards it due to breach of the duty of caution upon distribution.

 

131. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Securities Law, the Company may engage in a contract to insure the liability of its officer, for liability imposed upon him due to an act carried out by virtue of his position as an officer, in any one of the following:

 

131.1. Breach of the duty of caution towards the Company or towards some other person.

 

131.2. Breach of the fiduciary duty towards the Company and provided that the officer acted in good faith and had reasonable cause to assume that the actions shall not harm the welfare of the Company.

 

131.3. Monetary liabilities imposed upon him in favor of some other person including payments to the victim of the breach as stated in Article 52nd (a)(1)(a) of this security’s law.

 

131.4. Any other event for which it is permitted and/or shall be permitted to insure the liability of an officer including for expenses made in connection with proceedings conducted against him (as defined in Article 56h (a)(1) of the Securities Law) including reasonable litigation expenses and including lawyers professional fees.

 

132. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Securities Law -

 

132.1. The Company is entitled to provide an undertaking in advance to indemnify its officers for liability or expense as stated in Clause 133 below, in any of the following (hereinafter:  “ undertaking for indemnification ”):

 

(a) As specified in Clause 133.1 below and provided that the undertaking for indemnification will be limited to events which in the opinion of the Board of Directors are anticipated in light of the activity of the Company in practice at the time of the issue of the undertaking for indemnification and to an amount or a criteria which the Board of Directors has determined are reasonable in the circumstances and that in the undertaking for indemnification, there shall be indicated the events which in the opinion of the Board of Directors are anticipated in light of the activity of the Company in practice at the time of the issue of the undertaking and the amount or criteria which the Board of Directors has determined are reasonable in the circumstances.

 

(b) As specified in Clause 133.2 or 133.3 below.

 

30

 

 

132.2. Without detracting from that stated in Clause 132.1 above, the Company is entitled to indemnify an officer therein retroactively, due to a liability or an expense as stated in Clause 133 below which was imposed upon him due to an action taken as an officer in the Company.

 

133. An undertaking for indemnification or indemnification as stated in Clause 132 above, may be granted due to liability or expense as specified in sub Clauses 133.1 to 133.4 below, which were imposed upon the officer or which he expended due to an action taken by virtue of being an officer in the Company, as follows:

 

133.1. A monetary liability imposed upon him in favor of some other party by a judgment, including a judgment issued in a settlement or an arbitrator’s judgment approved by a court, for payment to the injured party of a breach as stated in article 52ns (a)(1)(a) of the Security’s law.

 

133.2. Reasonable litigation expenses including attorney’s professional fees which the officer expended due to investigation or proceedings conducted against him by an authority entitled to conduct an investigation or proceedings and which ended without submission of an indictment against him and without monetary liabilities imposed upon him as an alternative to a criminal proceeding or which ended without submission of an indictment against him or the imposition of monetary liability as an alternative to criminal proceedings for a crime which does not require the proof of mens rea ; in this paragraph -

 

Termination of proceedings without submission of an indictment in the matter in which a criminal investigation was commenced - means the closing of the case as per Article 62 of the Criminal Procedural Law (combined version) - 1982 (in this sub-clause - the Criminal Procedural Law) or a stay of proceedings by the Attorney General under Article 231 of the Criminal Procedural Regulations.

 

“Monetary liability as an alternative to criminal proceedings” - monetary liability imposed at law as an alternative to a criminal proceeding, including an administrative fine under the Administrative Crimes Law - 1985, a fine for a crime determined as a fine-crime under the provisions of the Criminal Procedural Regulations, and administrative fine or ransom.

 

133.3. Reasonable litigation expenses, including lawyers professional fees, which the officer expended or was obligated by the court, in proceedings commenced against him by the Company or in its name or by some other person, or a criminal indictment from which he was acquitted or a criminal indictment in which he was convicted of a crime which does not require the proof of mens rea.

 

31

 

 

133.4. Any other liability or expense for which indemnification of an officer is and/or shall be permitted.

 

133.5. An expense made in connection with proceedings under Section H3, H4 or I1 of the Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses and lawyer’s professional fees.

 

134. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, nothing in the provisions of these Articles shall limit the Company in any manner in connection with its engagement in an insurance contract or in connection with the granting of an exemption or indemnification:

 

134.1. In connection with an officer in the Company or a director in another Company, to such extent as the insurance, exemption or indemnification are not prohibited under any law.

 

134.2. In connection with parties who are not officers in the Company or directors in another Company, including but without detracting from the generality of that stated above, employees, contractors or advisers.

 

134A. The maximum amount of indemnification that the Company will pay to all officers who receive a letter of indemnity from the Company (in addition to the amounts received from an insurance company, if received, under directors and officers liability insurance purchased by the Company, if purchased), in the aggregate for one event or more, shall not exceed the greater of the following: (i) an amount that constitutes 25% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity after excluding the minority interest, on the actual payment date of the indemnification; and (ii) US $10 million, and if the Company lists for trade on a stock exchange outside of Israel - US $20 million.

 

Dividends, Funds, and Amortization of Funds and Profits

 

135. The Board of Directors may, prior to resolving upon distribution of dividend, as stated in clause 137 above, allocate from the within the profits, certain amounts as they shall deem fit and subject to any law, to a general fund or to a fund reserved for distribution of dividend, for distribution of bonus shares or some other purpose, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its discretion.  The Board of Directors of the Company may, prior to resolving upon distribution of dividend, allot from within the profits certain amounts, as which shall be in fit, to a general fund or to a fund reserved for any purpose, as the Board of Directors shall determine at its discretion.  In accordance with the discretion of the Board of Directors, profits of the Company which the Board of Directors has not resolved to distribute as dividend shall be transferred to the following year.

 

136. Until use is made of the aforementioned funds, the Board of Directors may invest the amounts allotted as stated above and the funds, in any investment, as it shall deem fit, and to handle such investments, to change them or to make any other use thereof, and is entitled to distribute the reserved fund into special funds and to use each fund or part thereof for purposes of the business of the Company, without maintaining it separate from the remainder of the assets of the Company, all according to the discretion of the Board of Directors and the terms it shall determine.

 

32

 

 

137. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may resolve upon distribution of dividend.  The Board of Directors resolving upon distribution of dividend may resolve that the dividend shall be paid, in whole and in part, in cash or in kind, and including this in securities or any other manner, at its discretion.

 

138.

 

138.1.

 

(A) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may resolve upon the allotment of bonus shares, and to convert into share capital as per the definition thereof in Article 302(b) of the Companies Law, some of the profits of the Company derived from shares or from a premium on shares or from any other source included in the shareholders capital, indicated in its last financial reports, in an amount determined by the Board of Directors and which shall not be less than the nominal value of the bonus shares.

 

(B) A Board of Directors resolving upon the allotment of bonus shares, shall determine whether they shall be of one class only for all shareholders without taking into account the class of shares held by them or for each shareholder as stated there shall be distributed bonus shares of the same class in respect of each class of shares held by him.

 

(C) Bonus shares which shall be allotted under this clause shall be deemed as fully paid up.

 

138.2 A Board of Directors resolving upon allotment of bonus shares may resolve that the Company shall transfer to a special fund designated for distribution of bonus shares in the future, such amounts that the conversion thereof into share capital shall suffice to allot to whomever shall, at such time for any reason, be entitled to purchase shares in the Company (including rights which may be implemented only at a later date), bonus shares which shall be due to him, had he exercised the right to purchase shares on the eve of the determining date for the right to receive the bonus shares (in this clause - “ the determining date ”).  In the event that after the determining date a holder of a right as stated shall exercise his right to purchase shares or part thereof, the Company shall allot bonus shares to him with a nominal value and which are due to him had he exercised the right to purchase shares which he actually purchased, on the eve of the determining date, and this by the conversion into share capital of the special fund as mentioned.  Bonus shares shall accord the owners thereof participation and distribution of dividends in cash or bonus shares starting on the date determined by the Board of Directors.  With regard to determination of the amount which shall be transferred to the special fund as stated, any amounts transferred to such fund in respect of previous distributions of bonus shares shall be viewed as already amortized and that shares have already allotted from it, which grant bonus shares to the holders of the right to purchase shares.

 

33

 

 

139. Subject to the rights ancillary to the classes of shares issued by the Company and the provisions of these Articles, a dividend or a bonus share shall be distributed to the shareholders proportionally to the nominal value of each share, without taking into account any premium which was paid thereupon.

 

140. In order to execute a resolution regarding distribution of dividend or allotment of bonus shares, the Board of Directors is entitled:

 

140.1 To resolve at its discretion any difficulty which shall arise in connection therewith and to adopt all of the steps it deems proper to overcome such difficulty.

 

140.2 To resolve that fractions lower than a certain amount determined by the Board of Directors shall not be taken into account for adjustment of the right of the shareholders or to sell fractions of shares and to pay the consideration for them (net) to those entitled to them.

 

140.3 To authorize to sign on behalf of the shareholders upon any contract or other documents required for the validity of the allotment and or distribution, and particularly to authorize to sign and submit for registration a document in writing as stated in Article 291 of the Companies Law.

 

140.4 To determine the value of certain assets which shall be distributed and to decide that payments in cash will be paid to shareholders on the basis of the value which was determined.

 

140.5 To grant cash or certain assets to trustees in favor of parties entitled thereto, as shall seem practical in view of the Board of Directors.

 

140.6 To make any arrangement or other arrangement which shall be required in the opinion of the Board of Directors to enable the allotment or distribution, as the case may be.

 

141. Dividend or other benefit in respective shares shall not bear interest or linkage differences.

 

142. The Board of Directors may delay any dividend or bonus shares or other benefits in respect of a share for which the consideration determined therefor, in whole or in part, was not paid to the Company, and to collect any amount as stated or consideration which shall be received from the sale of any bonus shares or other benefits, on account of the debt or liability in respect of the aforementioned share, this, whether the aforementioned share is owned exclusively by the shareholder in debt or jointly with other shareholders.

 

143. The Board of Directors may delay any dividend or bonus share or other benefit in respect of a share to which a person is entitled to be registered as its owner in the registry or is entitled to transfer it, under clauses 28 or 30 above, as the case may be, until such person shall be registered as the owner of the share or until he shall transfer it at law, as the case may be.

 

34

 

 

144. The Board of Directors may determine from time to time the manner of the payment of the dividend or allotment of bonus shares or their transfer to those entitled and instructions, procedures and arrangements in connection therewith, both with regard to the registered shareholders and non-registered shareholders.  Without detracting from the generality of that stated above, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine as follows:

 

144.1.

 

(A) Subject to that stated in sub-clause (B) below, a dividend or funds which shall be distributed to registered shareholders shall be paid to the registered shareholder by the dispatch of a check by post to his address as shall be registered in registry of shareholders, or in the instance of jointly registered owners of the share, to the party whose name appears first in the registry of shareholders regarding such share.  Every dispatch of a check as stated shall be made at the risk of the registered shareholder.  Without detracting from that stated above, the Board of Directors may determine that a dividend amount less than a certain amounts determined by the Board of Directors shall not be sent by check as stated, and there shall apply to it the provisions of sub-clause (B) below.

 

(B) The Board of Directors may determine that the payment of dividend or funds which are distributed to the registered shareholders, may be made at the office or any other place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

144.2. Dividends distributed to non-registered shareholders shall be transferred to such shareholders by means of a company for registration or any other means determined by the Board of Directors.

 

145. If two or more persons are jointly registered for a share in the registry of shareholders, each of them is entitled to issue a valid receipt for any dividend, share or other security, or other funds or benefits due in respect of the share.

 

Documents of the Company

 

146.

 

146.1. Shareholders shall have a right to view documents of the Company specified in Articles 184 of the Companies Law, upon fulfillment of the conditions determined therefor.

 

146.2. Shareholders shall not have a right to view documents of the Company or any part of them save if they were granted a right as stated, under statute or under these Articles or if they were permitted so to do by the Board of Directors as stated in Clause 146.1 above.

 

35

 

 

147. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, any book, record or registry which the Company must maintain in accordance with the law or these Articles, will be maintained using technical or other means as decided by the Board of Directors.

 

Financial Reports

 

148. The financial reports of the Company shall be signed by the party authorized therefor by the Board of Directors, as required at law.

 

Auditing Accountant

 

149. The auditing accountant or the auditing accountants shall be appointed at every annual meeting and shall serve in their position until the end of the following annual meeting.

 

150.

 

150.1. The Board of Directors shall determine the wage for the audit activity of the auditing accountant appointed by the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

150.2. The wage of the auditing accountant for additional services to the Company which are not auditing service, shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its discretion.

 

Notices

 

151. The provision of notices or delivery of documents to shareholders and a company for registration, in accordance with the provisions of the law or these Articles, shall be in such manners indicated below in this section.

 

152. Notice of a general meeting shall be delivered in accordance with Clause 53 above.

 

153.

 

153.1. Without detracting from that stated above, the Company is entitled to deliver notice or document to a shareholder by personal delivery or by facsimile or by post or by electronic mail.  Postal delivery shall be made to the address of the shareholder registered in the registry or in the absence of such registered address, at the address delivered by him to the Company for the dispatch of notices to him. Notice delivered by means of facsimile shall be sent to the shareholder in accordance with the facsimile number delivered by him to the Company.  Notice delivered by email shall be sent to the shareholder at the email address delivered by him to the Company.

 

153.2.

 

(A) Notice or documents delivered to the shareholder shall be deemed delivered upon their time of their delivery to his possession.

 

36

 

 

(B) Notice or documents sent by post shall be deemed properly delivered if delivered for postal dispatch when they bear the proper address and are lawfully postaged.  Delivery shall be deemed to have been performed at the time at which the letter was to be delivered in the ordinary manner by the post, and not more than three days from the date in which the letter including the notice was delivered as stated at the post office.

 

(C) Notice sent by facsimile or email shall be deemed delivered 24 hours after the dispatch.

 

154. Without detracting from that stated above, the Company is entitled to deliver notice to shareholders by publication of the notice once, in two daily papers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, both in addition to and in the stead of notice as stated in clause 153 above.  The date of publication in the paper shall be deemed the date of receipt of the notice by the shareholders.

 

155. The Company is entitled to notify upon the delivery of a document at the office or in any other place determined by the Board of Directors or in any other manner, including by means of the internet.

 

156. The Company is entitled to deliver to joint shareholders a notice or a document by dispatched to the shareholder whose name appears first in the registry of shareholders for such share.

 

157. Every person to whom a right to any share was lawfully transferred, by transfer or any other manner, shall be bound by such notice with regard to such share which was lawfully delivered to the person from whom his right derives to such share, prior to the recording of his details in the registry.

 

158. Any document or notice delivered to a shareholder in the Company in accordance with the provisions of these Articles shall be deemed as properly delivered notwithstanding his death, bankruptcy or the liquidation of such shareholder or the assignment of the right in the shares, in accordance with the law (whether the Company knew thereof or not) for so long as some other party was not registered in his stead as a shareholder, and the dispatch or delivery as stated shall be deemed for all purposes as sufficient with regard to any party interested in such shares and/or entitled to them by virtue of assignment of the right, in accordance with the law, whether together with such shareholder or by virtue thereof or in his stead.

 

159. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, a shareholder, director or any other party, who is entitled to receive notice in accordance with these Articles or at law, may waive its receipt, whether an advance or in retrospect, whether in a special circumstance or in general, and having done so, the notice will be deemed to have been lawfully provided and any proceedings or action in respect of which notice was to have been given, shall be deemed valid and in force.

 

160. Confirmation in writing signed by a director or by the Secretary of the Company with regard to the dispatch of a document or a notice in any one of the manners specified in these Articles, shall be deemed decisive proof of any detail included therein.

 

37

 

 

161. For so long as advance notice of a number of days must be granted or a notice is valid for a certain period, the date of delivery shall be included in the count of the number of days or the period, save as indicated otherwise.  If notice was given in more than one of the manners specified above, it shall be deemed to have been received at the earliest dates at which it was considered received, as stated above.

 

Merger

 

162. Approval of a merger in accordance with the first chapter of the eighth section of the Companies Law, requires an ordinary majority in the general meeting or a class meeting, as the case maybe, and all subject to the provisions of applicable law.

 

Liquidation

 

163. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the liquidator is entitled, whether in voluntary or other liquidation, in accordance with the resolution of the general meeting passed by ordinary majority, to distribute in kind between the shareholders, the surplus assets, in whole or in part, and the liquidator is further entitled in accordance with a resolution of the general meeting passed by an ordinary majority to deposit any part of the surplus assets in trust which shall be held in favor of the shareholders, as the liquidator shall deem appropriate.  For the purpose of distribution of surplus assets in kind, the liquidator may determine the proper value of the property available for distribution and to decide how to carry out the distribution between the shareholders taking into account the ancillary rights from the different classes of shares in the Company which they own.

 

Bearer Shares

 

164. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Company is entitled to issue for a share which was paid up in full, a share certificate in accordance with the provisions which shall be determined for this matter by the Board of Directors of the Company, and in such instance, the share shall be registered as stated in Article 130(a)(2) of the Companies Law, and the name of the shareholder shall be erased from the registry of shareholders.

 

Internal Auditor

 

165. The organizational supervisor of the internal auditor shall be the chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall determine - the CEO of the Company.

 

166. Proposals for the annual work plan shall be submitted by the internal auditor for approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, or if the Board of Directors has determined, for approval of the audit committee.

 

 

38

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

The following description of the capital stock of Brainsway is a summary of the rights of our ordinary shares and certain provisions of our articles of association currently in effect. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our articles of association previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as to the applicable provisions of the Israeli Companies Law. We encourage you to read our articles of associations and applicable portions of the Israeli Companies Law carefully.

 

Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents 2 Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

The principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

 

You may hold American Depositary Shares either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of American Depositary Shares, registered in your name, or (ii) by having American Depositary Shares registered in your name in the Direct Registration System, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in American Depositary Shares through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold American Depositary Shares directly, you are a registered American Depositary Share holder. This description assumes you are an American Depositary Share holder. If you hold the American Depositary Shares indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of American Depositary Share holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

 

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, which ownership is confirmed by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

 

As an American Depositary Share holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Israeli law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your American Depositary Shares. As a registered holder of American Depositary Shares, you will have American Depositary Share holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an American Depositary Share holder, and all other persons indirectly holding American Depositary Shares sets out American Depositary Share holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the American Depositary Shares.

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt, each of which has been filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dividends and Other Distributions

 

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

 

The depositary has agreed to pay to American Depositary Share holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your American Depositary Shares represent.

 

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the U.S. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those American Depositary Share holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the American Depositary Share holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

 

 

 

 

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

Shares.  The depositary may, and will if we so request, distribute additional American Depositary Shares representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole American Depositary Shares. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fractional American Depositary Share and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional American Depositary Shares, the outstanding American Depositary Shares will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

Rights to purchase additional shares.  If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to American Depositary Share holders. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

 

If the depositary makes rights available to American Depositary Share holders, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver American Depositary Shares to the persons entitled to them. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.

 

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the American Depositary Shares represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these American Depositary Shares freely in the U.S. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the American Depositary Shares described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

 

Other Distributions.  The depositary will send to American Depositary Share holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. After consultation with us to the extent practicable, it may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case American Depositary Shares will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than American Depositary Shares) to American Depositary Share holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any American Depositary Share holders. We have no obligation to register American Depositary Shares, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of American Depositary Shares, shares, rights or anything else to American Depositary Share holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

 

2

 

 

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

 

How are American Depositary Shares issued?

 

The depositary will deliver American Depositary Shares if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of American Depositary Shares in the names you request and will deliver the American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

 

How can American Depositary Share holders withdraw the deposited securities?

 

You may surrender your American Depositary Shares at the depositary’s corporate trust office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the American Depositary Shares to the American Depositary Share holder or a person the American Depositary Share holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, if feasible.

 

How do American Depositary Share holders interchange between certificated American Depositary Shares and uncertificated American Depositary Shares?

 

You may surrender your American Depositary Receipt to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your American Depositary Receipt for uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The depositary will cancel that American Depositary Receipt and will send to the American Depositary Share holder a statement confirming that the American Depositary Share holder is the registered holder of uncertificated American Depositary Shares. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated American Depositary Shares requesting the exchange of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for certificated American Depositary Shares, the depositary will execute and deliver to the American Depositary Share holder an American Depositary Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares.

 

Voting Rights

 

How do you vote?

 

American Depositary Share holders may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited shares their American Depositary Shares represent. The depositary will notify American Depositary Share holders of shareholders’ meetings and arrange to deliver our voting materials to them if we ask it to. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how American Depositary Share holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. Otherwise, you won’t be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares.

 

The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Israel and of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by American Depositary Share holders. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

 

If the depositary solicited your voting instructions but does not receive instructions by the date specified, the depositary will consider you to have instructed it to give a proxy to a person designated by us to vote the deposited shares, unless we notify the depositary that:

 

- we do not wish to receive a proxy;

 

- substantial opposition exists; or

 

- the matter would materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of our ordinary shares.

 

3

 

 

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you

 

may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

 

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

 

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the American Depositary Receipts without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of American Depositary Share holders, it will not become effective for outstanding American Depositary Shares until 30 days after the depositary notifies American Depositary Share holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your American Depositary Shares, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the American Depositary Receipts and the deposit agreement as amended.

 

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

 

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement at our direction by mailing notice of termination to the American Depositary Share holders then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement by mailing notice of termination to us and the American Depositary Share holders if 60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment.

 

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property, and deliver shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of American Depositary Shares. Four months after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the American Depositary Share holders that have not surrendered their American Depositary Shares. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination our only obligations will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay.

 

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

 

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of American Depositary Shares

 

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

4

 

 

are not liable for the inability of any holder of American Depositary Shares to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of American Depositary Shares under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the American Depositary Shares or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person; and

 

may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

 

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

Requirements for Depositary Actions

 

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of an American Depositary Share, make a distribution on an American Depositary Share, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

 

The depositary may refuse to deliver American Depositary Shares or register transfers of American Depositary Shares generally when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

 

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your American Depositary Shares

 

American Depositary Share holders have the right to cancel their American Depositary Shares and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

 

Securities Registers

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our ADSs is The Bank of New York Mellon, and its address is 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY.

 

Objects and Purposes

 

According to Section 4 of our articles of association, we shall engage in any legal business. Our number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-389076-4.

 

5

 

 

Private Placements

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, if (i) as a result of a private placement a person would become a controlling shareholder or (ii) a private placement will entitle investors to receive 20% or more of the voting rights of a company as calculated before the private placement, and all or part of the private placement consideration is not in cash or in public traded securities or is not in market terms and if as a result of the private placement the holdings of a substantial shareholder will increase or as a result of it a person will become a substantial shareholder, then, in either case, the allotment must be approved by the board of directors and by the shareholders of the company. A “substantial shareholder” is defined as a shareholder who holds five percent or more of the company’s outstanding share capital, assuming the exercise of all of the securities convertible into shares held by that person. In order for the private placement to be on “market terms” the board of directors has to determine, on the basis of detailed explanation, that the private placement is on market terms, unless proven otherwise.

 

Board of Directors

 

Under our articles of association, resolutions by the board of directors are decided by a majority of votes of the directors present, or participating, in the case of voting by media, and voting, each director having one vote.

 

In addition, the Israeli Companies Law requires that certain transactions, actions, and arrangements be approved as provided for in a company’s articles of association and in certain circumstances by the compensation or audit committee and by the board of directors itself. Those transactions that require such approval pursuant to a company’s articles of association must be approved by its board of directors. In certain circumstances, compensation or audit committee and shareholder approval are also required. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices.”

 

The Israeli Companies Law requires that a member of the board of directors or senior management of the company promptly and, in any event, not later than the first board meeting at which the transaction is discussed, disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, either directly or by way of any corporation in which he or she is, directly or indirectly, a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, as well as all related material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. In addition, if the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, (that is, a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business, otherwise than on market terms, or is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities), the member of the board of directors or senior management must also disclose any personal interest held by his or her spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants,   spouse’s descendants, siblings and parents, and the spouses of any of the foregoing.

 

Once the member of the board of directors or senior management complies with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve the transaction in accordance with the provisions of its articles of association. Under the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, whoever has a personal interest in a matter, which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, may not be present at this meeting or vote on this matter, unless it is not an extraordinary transaction as defined in the Israeli Companies Law. However, if the chairman of the board of directors or the chairman of the audit committee has determined that the presence of a director or an officer with a personal interest is required for the presentation of a matter, such officer holder may be present at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the majority of the directors have a personal interest in a matter, they will be allowed to participate and vote on this matter, but an approval of the transaction by the shareholders in the general meeting will be required.

 

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the Israeli Companies Law, all actions executed in good faith by the board of directors or by a committee thereof or by any person acting as a director or a member of a committee of the board of directors, will be deemed to be valid even if, after their execution, it is discovered that there was a flaw in the appointment of these persons or that any one of these persons was disqualified from serving in his or her office.

 

6

 

 

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors may appoint board of directors’ committees. The committees of the board of directors report to the board of directors their resolutions or recommendations on a regular basis, as prescribed by the board of directors. The board of directors may cancel the resolution of a committee that has been appointed by it; however, such cancellation will not affect the validity of any resolution of a committee, pursuant to which we acted, vis-à-vis another person, who was not aware of the cancellation thereof. Decisions or recommendations of the committee of the board which require the approval of the board of directors will be brought to the directors’ attention a reasonable time prior to the discussion at the board of directors.

 

According to the Israeli Companies Law, a contract of a company with its directors, regarding their conditions of service, including the grant to them of exemption from liability from certain actions, insurance, and indemnification as well as the company’s contract with its directors on conditions of their employment, in other capacities, require the approval of the compensation committee, the board of directors, and the shareholders by a Special Majority.

 

Description of Securities

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Our authorized share capital currently consists of 35,000,000 ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share. As of December 31, 2019, there were 22,236,368 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

 

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are not redeemable and do not have any preemptive rights.

 

As of December 31, 2019, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,114,812 shares of our ordinary shares, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.4 per ordinary share. In addition, there are options to purchase an additional 1,511,388 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our Share Incentive Plan.

 

Transfer of Shares. Fully paid Ordinary Shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred pursuant to our articles of association unless that transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument.

 

Shareholders Meetings. Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than 15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All general meetings other than the annual meeting of shareholders are referred to in our articles of association as special meetings. In accordance with our articles of association and the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors may call special meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Israeli Companies Law provides that our board of directors is required to convene a special meeting upon the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one-quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) 5% or more of our outstanding issued shares and 1% or more of our outstanding voting power or (b) 5% or more of our outstanding voting power. This is different from the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which allows such right of shareholders to be denied by a provision in a company’s certificate of incorporation.

 

Under Israeli law, one or more shareholders holding at least 1% of the voting rights at the general meeting may request that the board of directors include a matter in the agenda of a general meeting to be convened in the future, provided that it is appropriate to discuss such a matter at the general meeting.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and forty days prior to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, the Israeli Companies Law requires, inter alia, that resolutions regarding the following matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

 

amendments to our articles of association;

 

7

 

 

appointment or termination of our auditors;

 

appointment of external directors (if applicable);

 

approval of certain related party transactions;

 

increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;

 

mergers; and

 

the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

 

The Company shall give notice of a general meeting only to the shareholders registered in the registry, whose address is in Israel. Our articles of association, in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law requires that a notice of any annual general meeting or special general meeting be provided to shareholders at least 14 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes the appointment or removal of directors, the approval of transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, or an approval of a merger, or as otherwise required under applicable law, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting. Under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholders are not permitted to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

Election of Directors. Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders meeting have the power to elect all of our directors. Under our articles of association, our board of directors must consist of not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not including any external directors required to be appointed by the Israel Companies Law and not including up to two (2) additional directors who may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire on the next following annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, provided that they may be reappointed by the Board of Directors for one additional term of office. Each appointed director, other than external directors, if any, shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting. The term of a director shall terminate at the next annual general meeting, unless extended by that annual general meeting, or terminated by the general meeting. Pursuant to our articles of association, the vote required to appoint a director is a simple majority vote of holders of our voting shares participating and voting at the relevant meeting. Furthermore, under our articles of association our directors (other than external directors, if any) are divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. For a more detailed description on the composition of our board of election procedures of our directors, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Appointment of Directors and Terms of Office.”

 

Dividend and Liquidation Rights. Our profits, in respect of which a resolution was passed to distribute them as a dividend or bonus shares, are to be paid pro rata to the amount paid or credited as paid on account of the nominal value of shares held by the shareholders. In the event of our liquidation, the liquidator may, with the general meeting’s approval, distribute parts of our property in specie among the shareholders and he may, with similar approval, deposit any part of our property with trustees in favor of the shareholders as the liquidator, with the approval mentioned above deems fit.

 

Voting, Shareholders’ Meetings and Resolutions. Our articles of association provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Israeli Companies Law.

 

Our articles of association provide that the following would require approval of at least 662/3% of the total voting power voted at a general meeting of shareholders: (i) dismissing a director before the end of his or her term in office and (ii) amending provisions in our articles of association relating to the size of our board of directors, our staggered board, the right of our board of directors to elect new directors provided that the number of directors is less than the maximum number of directors the right of a shareholder to recommend a board nominee for consideration by Company shareholders, the special majority required to dismiss a director before the end of his or her term in office, the conditions under which the term of office of a director is terminated and the ability of the board of directors to function until the next general meeting so long as the number of members of our board of directors is not less than the minimum number of directors required under our articles of association.

 

8

 

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each of (i) the approval of an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder and (ii) the terms of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of the company or such controlling shareholder’s relative (even if not extraordinary) requires the approval described above under “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law—Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions.” Certain transactions with respect to remuneration of our office holders and directors require further approvals described above under “Management—Fiduciary Duties and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law—Compensation of Directors and Senior management.” Under our articles of association, any change to the rights and privileges of the holders of any class of our shares requires a simple majority of the class so affected. Another exception to the simple majority vote requirement is a resolution for the voluntary winding up, or an approval of a scheme of arrangement or reorganization, of the company pursuant to Section 350 of the Israeli Companies Law, which requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by voting deed and voting on the resolution.

 

Allotment of Shares. Our board of directors has the power to allot or to issue shares to any person, with restrictions and condition as it deems fit.

 

Acquisitions under Israeli Law

 

Full Tender Offer

 

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Israeli Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company.

 

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the same class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the same class.

 

If the shareholders who do not respond to or accept the offer hold less than 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares, and more than half of the shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender offer will be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept it hold less than 2% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares.

 

Upon a successful completion of such a full tender offer, any shareholder that was an offeree in such tender offer, whether such shareholder accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition the Israeli court to determine whether the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under certain conditions, the offeror may determine in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

 

If the shareholders who did not respond or accept the tender offer hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, the acquirer may not acquire shares of the company that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.

 

The description above regarding a full tender offer will also apply, with necessary changes, when a full tender offer is accepted, and the offeror has also offered to acquire all of the company’s securities.

 

9

 

 

Special Tender Offer

 

The Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. This rule does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company.

 

Similarly, the Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

 

These requirements do not apply if the acquisition (i) occurs in the context of a private offering, on the condition that the shareholders meeting approved the acquisition as a private offering whose purpose is to give the acquirer at least 25% of the voting rights in the company if there is no person who holds at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or as a private offering whose purpose is to give the acquirer 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no person who holds 45% of the voting rights in the company; (ii) was from a shareholder holding at least 25% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company; or (iii) was from a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

 

The special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the special tender offer is accepted by a majority of the votes of those offerees who gave notice of their position in respect of the offer; in counting the votes of offerees, the votes of a holder in control of the offeror, a person who has personal interest in acceptance of the special tender offer, a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or any person acting on their or on the offeror’s behalf, including their relatives or companies under their control, are not taken into account.

 

In the event that a special tender offer is made, a company’s board of directors is required to express its opinion on the advisability of the offer or must abstain from expressing any opinion if it is unable to do so, provided that it gives the reasons for its abstention.

 

An officer in a target company who, in his or her capacity as an officer, performs an action the purpose of which is to cause the failure of an existing or foreseeable special tender offer or is to impair the chances of its acceptance, is liable to the potential purchaser and shareholders for damages resulting from his acts, unless such officer acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to believe he or she was acting for the benefit of the company. However, officers of the target company may negotiate with the potential purchaser in order to improve the terms of the special tender offer, and may further negotiate with third parties in order to obtain a competing offer.

 

If a special tender offer was accepted by a majority of the shareholders who announced their stand on such offer, then shareholders who did not respond to the special offer or had objected to the special tender offer may accept the offer within four days of the last day set for the acceptance of the offer. In the event that a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it and any corporation controlled by them must refrain from making a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not execute a merger with the target company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.

 

Merger

 

The Israeli Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Israeli Companies Law are met, a majority of each party’s shareholders, by a majority of each party’s shares that are voted on the proposed merger at a shareholders’ meeting.

 

The board of directors of a merging company is required pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law to discuss and determine whether in its opinion there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of a proposed merger, the surviving company will not be able to satisfy its obligations towards its creditors, taking into account the financial condition of the merging companies. If the board of directors has determined that such a concern exists, it may not approve a proposed merger. Following the approval of the board of directors of each of the merging companies, the boards of directors must jointly prepare a merger proposal for submission to the Israeli Registrar of Companies.

 

10

 

 

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the shares voting at the shareholders meeting (excluding abstentions) that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, any person who holds 25% or more of the means of control (See “Management – Audit Committee – Approval of Transactions with Related Parties” for a definition of means of control) of the other party to the merger or anyone on their behalf including their relatives (See “Management – External Directors – Qualifications of External Directors” for a definition of relatives) or corporations controlled by any of them, vote against the merger.

 

In addition, if the non-surviving entity of the merger has more than one class of shares, the merger must be approved by each class of shareholders. If the transaction would have been approved but for the separate approval of each class of shares or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still rule that the company has approved the merger upon the request of holders of at least 25% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the appraisal of the merging companies’ value and the consideration offered to the shareholders.

 

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each merging company must send a copy of the proposed merger plan to its secured creditors. Unsecured creditors are entitled to receive notice of the merger, as provided by the regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law. Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the target company. The court may also give instructions in order to secure the rights of creditors.

 

In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at least 50 days have passed from the date that a proposal for approval of the merger was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and 30 days from the date that shareholder approval of both merging companies was obtained.

 

Anti-takeover Measures

 

The Israeli Companies Law allows us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our Ordinary Shares, including shares providing certain preferred or additional rights to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. We do not have any authorized or issued shares other than Ordinary Shares. In the future, if we do create and issue a class of shares other than Ordinary Shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to them, may delay or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their Ordinary Shares. The authorization of a new class of shares will require an amendment to our articles of association which requires the prior approval of a majority of our shares represented and voting at a general meeting.  Shareholders voting at such a meeting will be subject to the restrictions under the Israeli Companies Law described in “– Voting.” In addition, provisions of our articles of our association relating to the election of our directors for terms of three years make it more difficult for a third party to effect a change in control or takeover attempt that our management and board of directors oppose. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C.   Board Practices – Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers.”

 

 

11

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 
Brainsway Ltd.
Amended and restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan
 

 

Unless otherwise defined, terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section 2 hereof.

 

1. PURPOSE; TYPES OF AWARDS; CONSTRUCTION.

 

1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan (as amended, this “Plan”) is to afford an incentive to Service Providers of Brainsway Ltd., an Israeli company (together with any successor corporation thereto, the “Company”), or any Affiliate of the Company, which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company, to continue as Service Providers, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company or its Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s business, by providing such Service Providers with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company by the issuance of Shares or restricted Shares (“Restricted Shares”) of the Company, and by the grant of options to purchase Shares (“Options”), Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) and other Share-based Awards pursuant to Sections ‎11 through ‎13 of this Plan.

 

1.2 Types of Awards. This Plan is intended to enable the Company to issue Awards under various tax regimes, including:

 

(i) pursuant and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance (or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted statute, as amended from time to time), and all regulations and interpretations adopted by any competent authority, including the Israeli Income Tax Authority (the “ITA”), including the Income Tax Rules (Tax Benefits in Stock Issuance to Employees) 5763-2003 or such other rules so adopted from time to time (the “Rules”) (such Awards that are intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualify as such under Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules, “102 Awards”);

 

(ii) pursuant to Section 3(9) of the Ordinance or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted statute, as amended from time to time (such Awards, “3(9) Awards”);

 

(iii) Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted United States federal tax statute, as amended from time to time, to be granted to Employees who are deemed to be residents of the United States, for purposes of taxation (such Awards that are intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, “Incentive Stock Options”); and

 

(iv) Awards not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which do not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option to be granted to Service Providers who are deemed to be residents of the United States for purposes of taxation (“Nonqualified Stock Options”).

 

In addition to the issuance of Awards under the relevant tax regimes in the United States of America and the State of Israel, and without derogating from the generality of Section ‎25, this Plan contemplates issuances to Grantees in other jurisdictions or under other tax regimes with respect to which the Committee is empowered to make the requisite adjustments in this Plan and set forth the relevant conditions in an appendix to this Plan or in the Company’s agreement with the Grantee in order to comply with the requirements of such other tax regimes.

 

1.3 Company Status. This Plan contemplates the issuance of Awards by the Company, both as a private and public company.

 

1.4 Construction. To the extent any provision herein conflicts with the conditions of any relevant tax law, rule or regulation which are relied upon for tax relief in respect of a particular Award to a Grantee, the Committee is empowered, but is not required, hereunder to determine that the provisions of such law, rule or regulation shall prevail over those of this Plan and to interpret and enforce such prevailing provisions.

 

 

 

 

2. DEFINITIONS.

 

2.1 Terms Generally. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, (i) the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular; (ii) any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms; (iii) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth therein or herein), (iv) references to any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule or ordinance, including any section or other part thereof shall refer to it as amended from time to time and shall include any successor thereof, (v) reference to a “company” or “entity” shall include a, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof, and reference to a “person” shall mean any of the foregoing or an individual, (vi) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Plan in its entirety, and not to any particular provision hereof, (vii) all references herein to Sections shall be construed to refer to Sections to this Plan; (viii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; and (ix) use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive.

 

2.2 Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section 2:

 

2.2.1 “Affiliate” shall mean, (i) with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person (with the term “control” or “controlled by” within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act), including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary, or (ii) for the purpose of 102 Awards, “Affiliate” shall only mean an “employing company” within the meaning and subject to the conditions of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.

 

2.2.2 “Applicable Law” shall mean any applicable law, rule, regulation, statute, pronouncement, policy, interpretation, judgment, order or decree of any federal, provincial, state or local governmental, regulatory or adjudicative authority or agency, of any jurisdiction, and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange, over-the-counter market or trading system on which the Company’s shares are then traded or listed.

 

2.2.3 “Award” shall mean any Option, Restricted Share, RSUs or any other Share-based award granted under this Plan.

 

2.2.4 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2.5 “Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended.

 

2.2.6 “Committee” shall mean a committee established or appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, subject to Section ‎3.1.

 

2.2.7 “Companies Law” shall mean the Israel Companies Law, 5759-1999, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

2.2.8 “Controlling Shareholder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32(9) of the Ordinance.

 

2.2.9 “Disability” shall mean (i) the inability of a Grantee to engage in any substantial gainful activity or to perform the major duties of the Grantee’s position with the Company or its Affiliates by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a qualified doctor acceptable to the Company, (ii) if applicable, a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or Section 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, as amended from time to time, or (iii) as defined in a policy of the Company that the Committee deems applicable to this Plan, or that makes reference to this Plan, for purposes of this definition.

 

2 -

 

 

2.2.10 “Employee” shall mean any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of the Company or any of its Affiliates (and in the case of 102 Awards, subject to Section ‎9.3 or in the case of Incentive Stock Options, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code); provided, however, that neither service as a director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of this Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of a person’s rights, if any, under this Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.

 

2.2.11 “employment”, “employed” and words of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the employment of Employees or to the services of any other Service Provider, as the case may be.

 

2.2.12 “exercise” “exercised” and words of similar import, when referring to an Award that does not require exercise or that is settled upon vesting (such as may be the case with RSUs or Restricted Shares, if so determined in their terms), shall be deemed to refer to the vesting of such an Award (regardless of whether or not the wording included reference to vesting of such an Awards explicitly).

 

2.2.13 “Exercise Period” shall mean the period, commencing on the date of grant of an Award, during which an Award shall be exercisable, subject to any vesting provisions thereof (including any acceleration thereof, if any) and subject to the termination provisions hereof.

 

2.2.14 “Exercise Price” shall mean the exercise price for each Share covered by an Option or the purchase price for each Share covered by any other Award.

 

2.2.15 “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of a Share or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, subject to the following: (i) if, on such date, the Shares are listed on any securities exchange, the average closing sales price per Share on which the Shares are principally traded over the thirty (30) day calendar period preceding the subject date (utilizing all trading days during such 30 calendar day period), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable; (ii) if, on such date, the Shares are then quoted in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares in that market during the thirty (30) day calendar period preceding the subject date (utilizing all trading days during such 30 calendar day period), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable; (iii) if, on such date, the Shares are not then listed on a securities exchange or quoted in an over-the-counter market, or in case of any other property, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, with full authority to determine the method for making such determination and which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, and shall be made after such consultations with outside legal, accounting and other experts as the Committee may deem advisable; provided, however, that, if applicable, the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined in a manner that satisfies the applicable requirements of and subject to Section 409A of the Code, and with respect to Incentive Stock Options, in a manner that satisfies the applicable requirements of and subject to Section 422 of the Code, subject to Section 422(c)(7) of the Code. The Committee shall maintain a written record of its method of determining such value. If the Shares are listed or quoted on more than one established stock exchange or over-the-counter market, the Committee shall determine the principal such exchange or market and utilize the price of the Shares on that exchange or market (determined as per the method described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, as applicable) for the purpose of determining Fair Market Value.

 

3 -

 

 

2.2.16 “Grantee” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award(s) under this Plan.

 

2.2.17 “Ordinance” shall mean the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) 1961, and the regulations and rules (including the Rules) promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

2.2.18 “Parent” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies ending with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies (other than the Company) owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or (ii) if applicable and for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

2.2.19 “Prior Plan” shall mean the Brainsway LTD. 2014 Share Incentive Plan.

 

2.2.20 “Prior Plan Awards” shall mean (i) awards that were granted under the Prior Plan and were outstanding on the Effective Date and that, on or after the Effective Date, are forfeited, expire, or are canceled in accordance with the terms of the Prior Plan and the applicable award agreement or (ii) any shares subject to awards relating to our ordinary shares under the Prior Plan that, on or after the Effective Date, are settled in cash.

 

2.2.21 “Retirement” shall mean a Grantee’s retirement pursuant to Applicable Law or in accordance with the terms of any tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates in which the Grantee participates or is subject to.

 

2.2.22 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

2.2.23 “Service Provider” shall mean an Employee, director, officer, consultant, advisor and any other person or entity who provides services to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof. Service Providers shall include prospective Service Providers to whom Awards are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or any Affiliates thereof, provided however that such employment or service shall have actually commenced.

 

2.2.24 “Shares” shall mean Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04, of the Company (as adjusted for stock split, reverse stock split, bonus shares, combination or other recapitalization events), or shares of such other class of shares of the Company as shall be designated by the Board in respect of the relevant Award(s). “Shares” include any securities or property issued or distributed with respect thereto.

 

2.2.25 “Subsidiary” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies other than the last company in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or (ii) if applicable and for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.2.26 “Ten Percent Shareholder” shall mean a Grantee who, at the time an Award is granted to the Grantee, owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

 

2.2.27 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee appointed by the Committee to hold the Awards (and, in relation with 102 Awards, approved by the ITA), if so appointed.

 

4 -

 

 

2.3 Other Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Sections set forth below:

 

Term   Section
102 Awards   ‎1.2‎(i)
102 Capital Gains Track Awards   ‎9.1
102 Non-Trustee Awards   ‎9.2
102 Ordinary Income Track Awards   ‎9.1
102 Trustee Awards   ‎9.1
3(9) Awards   ‎1.2‎(ii)
Award Agreement   ‎6
Cause   ‎6.6.4.4
Company   ‎1.1
Effective Date   ‎24.1
Election   ‎9.2
Eligible 102 Grantees   ‎9.3.1
Incentive Stock Options   ‎1.2(iii)
ISO Share Issuance Limit   ‎5
ITA   ‎1.1‎(i)
Market Stand-Off   ‎17.1
Market Stand-Off Period   ‎17.1
Merger/Sale   ‎14.2
Nonqualified Stock Options   ‎1.2‎(iv)
Plan   ‎1.1
Recapitalization   ‎14.1
Required Holding Period   ‎9.5
Restricted Period   ‎11.2
Restricted Share Agreement   ‎11
Restricted Share Unit Agreement   ‎12
Restricted Shares   ‎1.1
RSUs   ‎1.1
Rules   ‎1.1‎(i)
Securities   ‎17.1
Successor Corporation   ‎14.2.1
Withholding Obligations   ‎18.5

 

3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

3.1 To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, the Articles of Association and any other governing document of the Company, this Plan shall be administered by the Committee. In the event that the Board does not appoint or establish a committee to administer this Plan, this Plan shall be administered by the Board. In the event that an action necessary for the administration of this Plan is required under Applicable Law to be taken by the Board without the right of delegation, or if such action or power was explicitly reserved by the Board in appointing, establishing and empowering the Committee, then such action shall be so taken by the Board. In any such event, all references herein to the Committee shall be construed as references to the Board. Even if such a Committee was appointed or established, the Board may take any action that are stated to be vested in the Committee, and shall not be restricted or limited from exercising all rights, powers and authorities under this Plan or Applicable Law.

 

5 -

 

 

3.2 The Board shall appoint the members of the Committee, may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee, and shall fill vacancies in the Committee, however caused, provided that the composition of the Committee shall at all times be in compliance with any mandatory requirements of Applicable Law, the Articles of Association and any other governing document of the Company. The Committee may select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The Committee may appoint a Secretary, who shall keep records of its meetings, and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable and subject to mandatory requirements of Applicable Law.

 

3.3 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, any mandatory provisions of Applicable Law and any provisions of any Company policy required under mandatory provisions of Applicable Law, and in addition to the Committee’s powers contained elsewhere in this Plan, the Committee shall have full authority, in its discretion, from time to time and at any time, to determine any of the following, or to recommend to the Board any of the following if it is not authorized to take such action according to Applicable Law:

 

(i) eligible Grantees,

 

(ii) grants of Awards and setting the terms and provisions of Award Agreements (which need not be identical) and any other agreements or instruments under which Awards are made, including, but not limited to, the number of Shares underlying each Award,

 

(iii) the time or times at which Awards shall be granted,

 

(iv) the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any Shares acquired upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting thereof, including, without limitation, (1) designating Awards under Section ‎1.2; (2) the vesting schedule, the acceleration thereof and terms and conditions upon which Awards may be exercised or become vested, (3) the Exercise Price, (4) the method of payment for Shares purchased upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of the Awards, (5) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Awards or such Shares, including by the withholding or delivery of Shares, (6) the time of the expiration of the Awards, (7) the effect of the Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and (8) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award or the Shares not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan,

 

(v) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Award or the vesting thereof, including with respect to the period following a Grantee’s termination of employment,

 

(vi) the interpretation of this Plan and the meaning, interpretation and applicability of terms referred to in Applicable Laws,

 

(vii) policies, guidelines, rules and regulations relating to and for carrying out this Plan, and any amendment, supplement or rescission thereof, as it may deem appropriate,

 

(viii) to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, this Plan, including, without limitation, as it deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax regime or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens or residents may be granted Awards,

 

(ix) the Fair Market Value of the Shares or other property,

 

(x) the tax track (capital gains, ordinary income track or any other track available under the Section 102 of the Ordinance) for the purpose of 102 Awards,

 

6 -

 

 

(xi) the authorization and approval of conversion, substitution, cancellation or suspension under and in accordance with this Plan of any or all Awards or Shares,

 

(xii) the amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of the terms of each outstanding Award (with the consent of the applicable Grantee, if such amendments refers to the increase of the Exercise Price of Awards or reduction of the number of Shared underlying an Award (but, in each case, other than as a result of an adjustment or exercise of rights in accordance with Section ‎14)) unless otherwise provided under the terms of this Plan,

 

(xiii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Applicable Law, to grant to a Grantee the holder of an outstanding Award, in exchange for the cancellation of such Award, a new Award having an Exercise Price lower than that provided in the Award so canceled and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe in accordance with the provisions of this Plan or to set a new Exercise Price for the same Award lower than that previously provided in the Award,

 

(xiv) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or any Award Agreement and all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to this Plan or any Award as it may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan or Applicable Law, and

 

(xv) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of this Plan and any Award thereunder.

 

3.4 The authority granted hereunder includes the authority to modify Awards to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside Israel to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom, in order to effectuate the purposes of this Plan but without amending this Plan.

 

3.5 The Board and the Committee shall be free at all times to make such determination and take such actions as they deem fit. The Board and the Committee need not take the same action or determination with respect to all Awards, with respect to certain types of Awards, with respect to all Service Providers or any certain type of Service Providers and actions and determinations may differ as among the Grantees, and as between the Grantees and any other holders of securities of the Company.

 

3.6 All decisions, determinations, and interpretations of the Committee, the Board and the Company under this Plan shall be final and binding on all Grantees (whether before or after the issuance of Shares pursuant to Awards), unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Board or the Company, respectively. The Committee shall have the authority (but not the obligation) to determine the interpretation and applicability of Applicable Laws to any Grantee or any Awards. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be liable to any Grantee for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

3.7 Any officer of the Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

4. ELIGIBILITY.

 

4.1 Awards may be granted to Service Providers of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, taking into account the qualification under each tax regime pursuant to which such Awards are granted. A person who has been granted an Award hereunder may be granted additional Awards, if the Committee shall so determine, subject to the limitations herein. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section ‎4 shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

 

7 -

 

 

4.2 Awards may differ in number of Shares covered thereby, the terms and conditions applying to them or on the Grantees or in any other respect (including, that there should not be any expectation (and it is hereby disclaimed) that a certain treatment, interpretation or position granted to one shall be applied to the other, regardless of whether or not the facts or circumstances are the same or similar).

 

5. SHARES.

 

5.1 The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan shall initially be 3,500,000 authorized but unissued Shares (the “Pool”) (except and as adjusted pursuant to Section ‎14.1 of this Plan and for Prior Plan Awards eligible for reuse pursuant to the following paragraph), or such other number as the Board may determine from time to time (without the need to amend the Plan in case of such determination). However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section ‎14.1, in no event shall more than such number of Shares included in the Pool be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ISO Share Issuance Limit”).

 

5.2 Any Share underlying an Award granted hereunder or any Prior Plan Award that has expired or was cancelled, terminated, forfeited or repurchased, for any reason, without having been exercised, shall, automatically and without any further action on the part of the Company or any Grantee, again be available for grant of Awards and Shares issued upon exercise or (if applicable) vesting thereof for the purposes of this Plan (unless this Plan shall have been terminated) or unless the Board determines otherwise. Such Shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares, treasury shares (dormant shares) or Shares otherwise that shall have been or may be repurchased by the Company (to the extent permitted pursuant to the Companies Law). Any Shares under the Pool that are not subject to outstanding or exercised Awards at the termination of this Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of this Plan.

 

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS.

 

Each Award granted pursuant to this Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee or a written notice delivered by the Company (the “Award Agreement”), in substantially such form or forms and containing such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall from time to time approve. The Award Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following general terms and conditions and the provisions of this Plan (except for any provisions applying to Awards under different tax regimes), unless otherwise specifically provided in such Award Agreement, or the terms referred to in other Sections of this Plan applying to Awards under such applicable tax regimes, or terms prescribed by Applicable Law. Award Agreements need not be in the same form and may differ in the terms and conditions included therein.

 

6.1 Number of Shares. Each Award Agreement shall state the number of Shares covered by the Award.

 

6.2 Type of Award. Each Award Agreement may state the type of Award granted thereunder, provided that the tax treatment of any Award, whether or not stated in the Award Agreement, shall be as determined in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

6.3 Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement shall state the Exercise Price, which shall not be less than NIS 0.1. Unless otherwise set forth in this Plan, an Exercise Price of an Award of less than the par value of the Shares shall comply with Section 304 of the Companies Law, 1999, as amended. Subject to Section 3 and to the foregoing, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of any outstanding Award, on terms and subject to such conditions as it deems advisable. The Exercise Price shall also be subject to adjustment as provided in Section ‎14 hereof.

 

8 -

 

 

6.4 Manner of Exercise. An Award may be exercised, as to any or all Shares as to which the Award has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail (or such other methods of delivery prescribed by the Company) to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or to such other person as determined by the Committee, or in any other manner as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised (which may be equal to or lower than the aggregate number of Shares that have become exercisable at such time, subject to the last sentence of this Section), accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares in the manner specified in the following sentence. The Exercise Price shall be paid in full with respect to each Share, at the time of exercise, either in (i) cash, (ii) if the Company’s shares are listed for trading on any securities exchange or over-the-counter market, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company or the Trustee, (iii) if the Company’s shares are listed for trading on any securities exchange or over-the-counter market, and if the Committee so determines, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company or the Trustee, or (iv) in such other manner as the Committee shall determine, which may include procedures for cashless exercise. A Grantee may not exercise Awards unless the aggregate Exercise Price thereof is equal to or in excess of the lower of: (a) the aggregate Exercise Price for all Shares as to which the Award has become exercisable at such time; or (b) US$2,000.

 

Notwithstanding the above, as long as the Company’s Shares are listed for trading on Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. conversion shall not be executed on the record date for the distribution of bonus shares, offer by way of rights, distribution of a dividend, consolidation of capital, splitting of capital or reduction of capital (each of the aforesaid hereinafter referred to as “company event”).

 

6.5 Term and Vesting of Awards.

 

6.5.1 Each Award Agreement shall provide the vesting schedule for the Award as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the vesting schedule and accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Unless otherwise resolved by the Committee and stated in the Award Agreement, and subject to Sections ‎6.6 and ‎6.7 hereof, Awards shall vest and become exercisable under the following schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares covered by the Award, on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date determine by the Committee (and in the absence of such determination, of date on which such Award was granted), and six and one-quarter percent (6.25%) of the Shares covered by the Award at the end of each subsequent three-month period thereafter over the course of the following three (3) years; provided that the Grantee remains continuously as a Service Provider of the Company or its Affiliates throughout such vesting dates.

 

6.5.2 The Award Agreement may contain performance goals and measurements (which, in case of 102 Awards, shall, if then required, be subject to obtaining a specific tax ruling or determination from the ITA), and the provisions with respect to any Award need not be the same as the provisions with respect to any other Award. Such performance goals may include, but are not limited to, sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may adjust performance goals pursuant to Awards previously granted to take into account changes in law and accounting and tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the inclusion or the exclusion of the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances.

 

6.5.3 The Exercise Period of an Award will be 10 years from the date of grant of the Award, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, but subject to the vesting provisions described above and the early termination provisions set forth in Sections ‎6.6 and ‎6.7 hereof. At the expiration of the Exercise Period, any Award, or any part thereof, that has not been exercised within the term of the Award and the Shares covered thereby not paid for in accordance with this Plan and the Award Agreement shall terminate and become null and void, and all interests and rights of the Grantee in and to the same shall expire.

 

9 -

 

 

6.6 Termination.

 

6.6.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, and subject to Section ‎6.7 hereof, an Award may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then a Service Provider of the Company or an Affiliate thereof or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, a company or a parent or subsidiary company of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, and unless the Grantee has remained continuously so employed since the date of grant of the Award and throughout the vesting dates.

 

6.6.2 In the event that the employment or service of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Awards of such Grantee that are unvested at the time of such termination shall terminate on the date of such termination, and all Awards of such Grantee that are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination may be exercised within up to three (3) months after the date of such termination (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Award’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement or pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that if the Company (or the Subsidiary or Affiliate, when applicable) shall terminate the Grantee’s employment or service for Cause (as defined below) or if at any time during the Exercise Period (whether prior to and after termination of employment or service, and whether or not the Grantee’s employment or service is terminated by either party as a result thereof), facts or circumstances arise or are discovered with respect to the Grantee that would have constituted Cause, all Awards theretofore granted to such Grantee (whether vested or not) shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, terminate on the date of such termination (or on such subsequent date on which such facts or circumstances arise or are discovered, as the case may be) unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

6.6.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine appropriate, extend the periods for which Awards held by any Grantee may continue to vest and be exercisable; it being clarified that such Awards may lose their entitlement to certain tax benefits under Applicable Law as a result of the modification of such Awards and/or in the event that the Award is exercised beyond the later of: (i) three (3) months after the date of termination of the employment or service relationship; or (ii) the applicable period under Section ‎6.7 below with respect to a termination of the employment or service relationship because of the death, Disability or Retirement of Grantee.

 

6.6.4 For purposes of this Plan:

 

6.6.4.1 a termination of employment or service of a Grantee shall not be deemed to occur in case of (i) a transition or transfer of a Grantee among the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) a change in the capacity in which the Grantee is employed or renders service to the Company or any of its Affiliates or a change in the identity of the employing or engagement entity among the Company and its Affiliates, provided, in case of (i) and (ii) above, that the Grantee has remained continuously employed by and/or in the service of the Company and its Affiliates since the date of grant of the Award and throughout the vesting period; (iii) if the Grantee takes any unpaid leave as set forth in Section ‎6.8(i) below.

 

6.6.4.2 An entity or an Affiliate thereof assuming an Award or issuing in substitution thereof in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies or in a Merger/Sale in accordance with Section ‎14 shall be deemed as an Affiliate of the Company for purposes of this Section ‎6.6, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

6.6.4.3 In the case of a Grantee whose principal employer or service recipient is a Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Grantee’s employment shall also be deemed terminated for purposes of this Section 6.6 as of the date on which such principal employer or service recipient ceases to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

10 -

 

 

6.6.4.4 The term “Cause” shall mean (irrespective of, and in addition to, any definition included in any other agreement or instrument applicable to the Grantee, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee) any of the following: (i) any theft, fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, falsification of any documents or records of the Company or any of its Affiliates, felony or similar act by the Grantee (whether or not related to the Grantee’s relationship with the Company); (ii) an act of moral turpitude by the Grantee, or any act that causes significant injury to, or is otherwise adversely affecting, the reputation, business, assets, operations or business relationship of the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, when applicable); (iii) any breach by the Grantee of any material agreement with or of any material duty of the Grantee to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (including breach of confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-use non-competition or non-solicitation covenants towards the Company or any of its Affiliates) or failure to abide by code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); or (iv) any act which constitutes a breach of a Grantee’s fiduciary duty towards the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary, including disclosure of confidential or proprietary information thereof or acceptance or solicitation to receive unauthorized or undisclosed benefits, irrespective of their nature, or funds, or promises to receive either, from individuals, consultants or corporate entities that the Company or a Subsidiary does business with; (v) the Grantee’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction, or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Company or any of its Affiliates (including, without limitation, the improper use or disclosure of confidential or proprietary information); or (vi) any circumstances that constitute grounds for termination for cause under the Grantee’s employment or service agreement with the Company or Affiliate, to the extent applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination as to whether a termination is for Cause for purposes of this Plan, shall be made in good faith by the Committee and shall be final and binding on the Grantee.

 

6.7 Death, Disability or Retirement of Grantee.

 

6.7.1 If a Grantee shall die while employed by, or performing service for, the Company or its Affiliates, or within the three (3) month period (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date of termination of such Grantee’s employment or service (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section ‎6.6 hereof), or if the Grantee’s employment or service shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Awards theretofore granted to such Grantee may (to the extent otherwise vested and exercisable and unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms) be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantee’s estate or by a person who acquired the legal right to exercise such Awards by bequest or inheritance, or by a person who acquired the legal right to exercise such Awards in accordance with Applicable Law in the case of Disability of the Grantee, as the case may be, at any time within one (1) year (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the death or Disability of the Grantee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Award’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement or pursuant to this Plan. In the event that an Award granted hereunder shall be exercised as set forth above by any person other than the Grantee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or proof satisfactory to the Committee of the right of such person to exercise such Award.

 

6.7.2 In the event that the employment or service of a Grantee shall terminate on account of such Grantee’s Retirement, all Awards of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within the three (3) month period after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

6.8 Suspension of Vesting. Unless the Committee provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence, other than in the case of any (i) leave of absence which was pre-approved by the Company explicitly for purposes of continuing the vesting of Awards, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or between the Company and any of its Affiliates, or any respective successor thereof. For clarify, for purposes of this Plan, military leave, statutory maternity or paternity leave or sick leave are not deemed unpaid leave of absence.

 

11 -

 

 

6.9 Securities Law Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Service Provider and the Company, if the exercise of an Award following the termination of the Service Provider’s employment or service (other than for Cause) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or equivalent requirements under equivalent laws of other applicable jurisdictions, then the Award shall remain exercisable and terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the termination of the Service Provider’s employment or service during which the exercise of the Award would not be in such violation, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement or pursuant to this Plan. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Grantee’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Shares received upon exercise or (if applicable) vesting of an Award following the termination of the Grantee’s employment or service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Award shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Grantee’s employment or service during which the exercise of the Award would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or pursuant to this Plan.

 

6.10 Voting Proxy. Until immediately after the listing for trading on a stock exchange or market or trading system of the Company’s (or the Successor Corporation’s) shares, the Shares subject to an Award or to be issued pursuant to an Award or any other Securities, shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be subject to an irrevocable proxy and power of attorney by the Grantee or the Trustee (if so requested from the Trustee), as the case may be, to the Company, which shall designate such person or persons (with a right of substitution) from time to time as determined by the Committee (and in the absence of such determination, the CEO or Chairman of the Board, ex officio). The Trustee is deemed to be instructed by the Grantee to sign such proxy, as requested by the Company. The proxy shall entitle the holder thereof to receive notices, vote and take such other actions in respect of the Shares or other Securities. Any person holding or exercising such voting proxies shall do so solely in his capacity as the proxy holder and not individually. All Awards granted hereunder shall be conditioned upon the execution of such irrevocable proxy in substantially the form prescribed by the Committee from time to time. So long as any such Shares are subject to such irrevocable proxy and power of attorney or held by a Trustee (and unless a proxy was given by the Trustee as aforesaid), (i) in any shareholders meeting or written consent in lieu thereof, such Shares shall be voted by the proxy holder, unless directed otherwise by the Board, in the same proportion as the result of the vote at the shareholders’ meeting (or written consent in lieu thereof) in respect of which the Shares are being voted (whether an extraordinary or annual meeting), and (ii) or in any act or consent of shareholders under the Company’s Articles of Association or otherwise, such Shares shall be cast by the proxy holder, unless directed otherwise by the Board, in the same proportion as the result of the shareholders’ act or consent. The provisions of this Section shall apply to the Grantee and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Shares.

 

6.11 Other Provisions. The Award Agreement evidencing Awards under this Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as the Committee may determine, at or after the date of grant, including provisions in connection with the restrictions on transferring the Awards or Shares covered by such Awards, which shall be binding upon the Grantees and any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Awards, and other terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

7. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS.

 

Awards granted pursuant to this Section ‎7 are intended to constitute Nonqualified Stock Options and shall be subject to the general terms and conditions specified in Section ‎6 hereof and other provisions of this Plan, except for any provisions of this Plan applying to Awards under different tax laws or regulations. In the event of any inconsistency or contradictions between the provisions of this Section ‎7 and the other terms of this Plan, this Section ‎7 shall prevail.

 

7.1 Eligibility for Awards. Nonqualified Stock Options may not be granted to Service Providers who is deemed to be a resident of the United States for purposes of taxation and who are providing services only to a “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, unless the Shares underlying such Awards are treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

12 -

 

 

7.2 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant unless the Committee specifically indicates that the Awards will have a lower Exercise Price and the Award complies with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nonqualified Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

 

Awards granted pursuant to this Section 8 are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be granted subject to the following special terms and conditions, the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of this Plan, except for any provisions of this Plan applying to Awards under different tax laws or regulations. In the event of any inconsistency or contradictions between the provisions of this Section 8 and the other terms of this Plan, this Section 8 shall prevail.

 

8.1 Eligibility for Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company, or to Employees of a Parent or Subsidiary corporation thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Award to such person may be granted only a Nonqualifed Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences employment, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section ‎8.2.

 

8.2 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Awards on the date of grant or such other price as may be determined pursuant to the Code. No Incentive Stock Option granted to any Ten-Percent Shareholder shall have an Exercise Price less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share covered by the Awards on the effective date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

8.3 Date of Grant. Incentive Stock Option shall be granted within 10 years from the date this Plan is adopted, or the date this Plan is approved by the shareholders, whichever is earlier.

 

8.4 Exercise Period. No Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Award, subject to Section ‎8.6. No Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences employment.

 

8.5 Value of Shares. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and all other option plans of any Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate become exercisable for the first time by each Grantee during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000) with respect to such Grantee. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which the Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Grantee during any calendar years as mentioned above exceeds one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000), such Awards shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. The foregoing shall be applied by taking Awards into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of any Share to be determined at the time of the grant of the Awards. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section ‎8.5, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Awards as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Award is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonqualifed Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section ‎8.5, the Grantee may designate which portion of such Award the Grantee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Grantee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Award first. Separate certificates representing each such portion may be issued upon the exercise of the Award.

 

13 -

 

 

8.6 Ten Percent Shareholder. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, (i) the Exercise Price shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option, and (ii) the Exercise Period shall not exceed five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

8.7 Incentive Stock Option Lock-Up Period. No disposition of Shares received pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options, shall be made by the Grantee within 2 years from the date of grant, nor within 1 year after the transfer of such Shares to him. To the extent that the Grantee violates the aforementioned limitations, the Incentive Stock Options shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

8.8 Approval. To the extent required by Applicable Law, the status of any Shares issued upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to approval of this Plan and any amendment thereto by the Company’s shareholders, such approval to be provided 12 months before or after the date of adoption of this Plan or its amendment (if applicable), as the case may be, by the Board.

 

8.9 Leave of Absence. Notwithstanding Section ‎6.8, a Grantee’s employment shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Grantee takes any leave as set forth in Section ‎6.8(i); provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day following the commencement of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Grantee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and instead shall be treated thereafter as a Nonqualifed Stock Option, unless the Grantee’s right to return to employment is guaranteed by statute or contract.

 

8.10 Exercise Following Termination for Disability. Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan to the contrary, Incentive Stock Options that are not exercised within three (3) months following termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary or a corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of such corporation issuing or assuming a Award in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, or within one year in case of termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary due to a disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

8.11 Adjustments to Incentive Stock Options. Any Awards Agreement providing for the grant of Incentive Stock Options shall indicate that adjustments made pursuant to this Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options could constitute a “modification” of such Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or could cause adverse tax consequences for the holder of such Incentive Stock Options and that the holder should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the Incentive Stock Option.

 

8.12 Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition. Each Grantee who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Grantee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares received pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (i) two years after the date the Grantee was granted the Incentive Stock Option, or (ii) one year after the date the Grantee acquired Shares by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. If the Grantee dies before such Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no disposition of the Shares will be deemed a Disqualifying Disposition.

 

14 -

 

 

9. 102 AWARDS.

 

Awards granted pursuant to this Section ‎9 are intended to constitute 102 Awards and shall be granted subject to the following special terms and conditions, the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of this Plan, except for any provisions of this Plan applying to Awards under different tax laws or regulations. In the event of any inconsistency or contradictions between the provisions of this Section ‎9 and the other terms of this Plan, this Section ‎9 shall prevail.

 

9.1 Tracks. Awards granted pursuant to this Section ‎9 are intended to be granted pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance pursuant to either (i) Section 102(b)(2) thereof, under the capital gain track (“102 Capital Gain Track Awards”), or (ii) Section 102(b)(1) thereof under the ordinary income track (“102 Ordinary Income Track Awards”, and together with 102 Capital Gain Track Awards, “102 Trustee Awards”). 102 Trustee Awards shall be granted subject to the special terms and conditions contained in this Section ‎9, the general terms and conditions specified in Section ‎6 hereof and other provisions of this Plan, except for any provisions of this Plan applying to Options under different tax laws or regulations.

 

9.2 Election of Track. Subject to Applicable Law, the Company may grant only one type of 102 Trustee Awards at any given time to all Grantees who are to be granted 102 Trustee Awards pursuant to this Plan, and shall file an election with the ITA regarding the type of 102 Trustee Awards it elects to grant before the date of grant of any 102 Trustee Awards (the “Election”). Such Election shall also apply to any other securities, including bonus shares, received by any Grantee as a result of holding the 102 Trustee Awards. The Company may change the type of 102 Trustee Awards that it elects to grant only after the expiration of at least 12 months from the end of the year in which the first grant was made in accordance with the previous Election, or as otherwise provided by Applicable Law. Any Election shall not prevent the Company from granting Awards, pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance without a Trustee (“102 Non-Trustee Awards”).

 

9.3 Eligibility for Awards.

 

Subject to Applicable Law, 102 Awards may only be granted to an “employee” within the meaning of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance (which as of the date of the adoption of this Plan means (i) individuals employed by an Israeli company being the Company or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) individuals who are serving and are engaged personally (and not through an entity) as “office holders” by such an Israeli company), but may not be granted to a Controlling Shareholder (“Eligible 102 Grantees”). Eligible 102 Grantees may receive only 102 Awards, which may either be granted to a Trustee or granted under Section 102 of the Ordinance without a Trustee.

 

9.4 102 Award Grant Date.

 

9.4.1 Each 102 Award will be deemed granted on the date determined by the Committee, subject to Section ‎9.4.2, provided that (i) the Grantee has signed all documents required by the Company or pursuant to Applicable Law, and (ii) with respect to 102 Trustee Award, the Company has provided all applicable documents to the Trustee in accordance with the guidelines published by the ITA.

 

9.4.2 Unless otherwise permitted by the Ordinance, any grants of 102 Trustee Awards that are made on or after the date of the adoption of this Plan or an amendment to this Plan, as the case may be, that may become effective only at the expiration of thirty (30) days after the filing of this Plan or any amendment thereof (as the case may be) with the ITA in accordance with the Ordinance shall be conditional upon the expiration of such 30-day period, such condition shall be read and is incorporated by reference into any corporate resolutions approving such grants and into any Award Agreement evidencing such grants (whether or not explicitly referring to such condition), and the date of grant shall be at the expiration of such 30-day period, whether or not the date of grant indicated therein corresponds with this Section. In the case of any contradiction, this provision and the date of grant determined pursuant hereto shall supersede and be deemed to amend any date of grant indicating in any corporate resolution or Award Agreement.

 

15 -

 

 

9.5 102 Trustee Awards.

 

9.5.1 Each 102 Trustee Award, each Share issued pursuant to the exercise of any 102 Trustee Award, and any rights granted thereunder, including bonus shares, shall be issued to and registered in the name of the Trustee and shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Grantee for the requisite period prescribed by the Ordinance or such longer period as set by the Committee (the “Required Holding Period”). In the event that the requirements under Section 102 of the Ordinance to qualify an Award as a 102 Trustee Award are not met, then the Award may be treated as a 102 Non-Trustee Award or 3(9) Award, all in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance. After termination of the Required Holding Period, the Trustee may release such 102 Trustee Awards and any such Shares, provided that (i) the Trustee has received an acknowledgment from the ITA that the Grantee has paid any applicable taxes due pursuant to the Ordinance, or (ii) the Trustee and/or the Company and/or its Affiliate withholds all applicable taxes and compulsory payments due pursuant to the Ordinance arising from the 102 Trustee Awards and/or any Shares issued upon exercise or (if applicable) vesting of such 102 Trustee Awards. The Trustee shall not release any 102 Trustee Awards or Shares issued upon exercise or (if applicable) vesting thereof prior to the payment in full of the Grantee’s tax and compulsory payments arising from such 102 Trustee Awards and/or Shares or the withholding referred to in (ii) above.

 

9.5.2 Each 102 Trustee Award shall be subject to the relevant terms of the Ordinance, the Rules and any determinations, rulings or approvals issued by the ITA, which shall be deemed an integral part of the 102 Trustee Awards and shall prevail over any term contained in this Plan or Award Agreement that is not consistent therewith. Any provision of the Ordinance, the Rules and any determinations, rulings or approvals by the ITA not expressly specified in this Plan or Award Agreement that are necessary to receive or maintain any tax benefit pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance shall be binding on the Grantee. The Grantee granted a 102 Trustee Awards shall comply with the Ordinance and the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement entered into between the Company and the Trustee. The Grantee shall execute any and all documents that the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee determine from time to time to be necessary in order to comply with the Ordinance and the Rules.

 

9.5.3 During the Required Holding Period, the Grantee shall not release from trust or sell, assign, transfer or give as collateral, the Shares issuable upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of a 102 Trustee Awards and/or any securities issued or distributed with respect thereto, until the expiration of the Required Holding Period. Notwithstanding the above, if any such sale, release or other action occurs during the Required Holding Period it may result in adverse tax consequences to the Grantee under Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules, which shall apply to and shall be borne solely by such Grantee. Subject to the foregoing, the Trustee may, pursuant to a written request from the Grantee, but subject to the terms of this Plan, release and transfer such Shares to a designated third party, provided that both of the following conditions have been fulfilled prior to such release or transfer: (i) payment has been made to the ITA of all taxes and compulsory payments required to be paid upon the release and transfer of the Shares, and confirmation of such payment has been received by the Trustee and the Company, and (ii) the Trustee has received written confirmation from the Company that all requirements for such release and transfer have been fulfilled according to the terms of the Company’s corporate documents, any agreement governing the Shares, this Plan, the Award Agreement and any Applicable Law.

 

9.5.4 If a 102 Trustee Award is exercised or (if applicable) vested, the Shares issued upon such exercise or (if applicable) vesting shall be issued in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Grantee.

 

9.5.5 Upon or after receipt of a 102 Trustee Award, if required, the Grantee may be required to sign an undertaking to release the Trustee from any liability with respect to any action or decision duly taken and executed in good faith by the Trustee in relation to this Plan, or any 102 Trustee Awards or Share granted to such Grantee thereunder.

 

16 -

 

 

9.6 102 Non-Trustee Awards. The foregoing provisions of this Section ‎9 relating to 102 Trustee Awards shall not apply with respect to 102 Non-Trustee Awards, which shall, however, be subject to the relevant provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance and the applicable Rules. The Committee may determine that 102 Non-Trustee Awards, the Shares issuable upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of a 102 Non-Trustee Awards and/or any securities issued or distributed with respect thereto, shall be allocated or issued to the Trustee, who shall hold such 102 Non-Trustee Awards and all accrued rights thereon (if any), in trust for the benefit of the Grantee and/or the Company, as the case may be, until the full payment of tax arising from the 102 Non-Trustee Awards, the Shares issuable upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of a 102 Non-Trustee Awards and/or any securities issued or distributed with respect thereto. The Company may choose, alternatively, to force the Grantee to provide it with a guarantee or other security, to the satisfaction of each of the Trustee and the Company, until the full payment of the applicable taxes.

 

9.7 Israeli Index Base for 102 Awards. Each 102 Award will be subject to the Israeli index base of the Value of Benefit, as defined in Section 102(a) of the Ordinance, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, pursuant to the Rules, from time to time. The Committee may amend (which may have a retroactive effect) the Israeli index base, pursuant to the Ordinance, without the Grantee’s consent.

 

9.8 Written Grantee Undertaking. To the extent and with respect to any 102 Trustee Award, and as required by Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules, by virtue of the receipt of such Award, the Grantee is deemed to have undertaken and confirm in writing the following (and such undertaking is deemed incorporated into any documents signed by the Grantee in connection with the employment or service of the Grantee and/or the grant of such Award). The following written undertaking shall be deemed to apply and relate to all Awards granted to the Grantee, whether under this Plan or other plans maintained by the Company, and whether prior to or after the date hereof.

 

9.8.1 The Grantee shall comply with all terms and conditions set forth in Section 102 of the Ordinance with regard to the “Capital Gain Track” or the “Ordinary Income Track”, as applicable, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time;

 

9.8.2 The Grantee is familiar with, and understand the provisions of, Section 102 of the Ordinance in general, and the tax arrangement under the “Capital Gain Track” or the “Ordinary Income Track” in particular, and its tax consequences; the Grantee agrees that the Awards and Shares that may be issued upon exercise or (if applicable) vesting of the Awards (or otherwise in relation to the Awards), will be held by a trustee appointed pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance for at least the duration of the “Holding Period” (as such term is defined in Section 102) under the “Capital Gain Track” or the “Ordinary Income Track”, as applicable. The Grantee understands that any release of such Awards or Shares from trust, or any sale of the Share prior to the termination of the Holding Period, as defined above, will result in taxation at marginal tax rate, in addition to deductions of appropriate social security, health tax contributions or other compulsory payments; and

 

9.8.3 The Grantee agrees to the trust deed signed between the Company, his employing company and the trustee appointed pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance.

 

10. 3(9) AWARDS.

 

Awards granted pursuant to this Section ‎10 are intended to constitute 3(9) Awards and shall be granted subject to the general terms and conditions specified in Section ‎6 hereof and other provisions of this Plan, except for any provisions of this Plan applying to Awards under different tax laws or regulations. In the event of any inconsistency or contradictions between the provisions of this Section ‎10 and the other terms of this Plan, this Section ‎10 shall prevail.

 

10.1 To the extent required by the Ordinance or the ITA or otherwise deemed by the Committee to be advisable, the 3(9) Awards and/or any shares or other securities issued or distributed with respect thereto granted pursuant to this Plan shall be issued to a Trustee nominated by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance. In such event, the Trustee shall hold such Awards and/or any shares or other securities issued or distributed with respect thereto in trust, until exercised or (if applicable) vested by the Grantee and the full payment of tax arising therefrom, pursuant to the Company’s instructions from time to time as set forth in a trust agreement, which will have been entered into between the Company and the Trustee. If determined by the Board or the Committee, and subject to such trust agreement, the Trustee shall be responsible for withholding any taxes to which a Grantee may become liable upon issuance of Shares, whether due to the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of Awards.

 

17 -

 

 

10.2 Shares pursuant to a 3(9) Award shall not be issued, unless the Grantee delivers to the Company payment in cash or by bank check or such other form acceptable to the Committee of all withholding taxes due, if any, on account of the Grantee acquired Shares under the Award or gives other assurance satisfactory to the Committee of the payment of those withholding taxes.

 

11. RESTRICTED SHARES.

 

The Committee may award Restricted Shares to any eligible Grantee, including under Section 102 of the Ordinance. Each Award of Restricted Shares under this Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “Restricted Share Agreement”), in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. The Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of this Plan, which in the case of Restricted Shares granted under Section 102 of the Ordinance shall include Section ‎9 hereof, and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with this Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Shares Agreements entered into under this Plan need not be identical. The Restricted Share Agreement shall comply with and be subject to Section ‎6 and the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement and not inconsistent with this Plan, or Applicable Law:

 

11.1 Purchase Price. Section ‎6.4 shall not apply. Each Restricted Share Agreement shall state an amount of Exercise Price to be paid by the Grantee, if any, in consideration for the issuance of the Restricted Shares and the terms of payment thereof, which may include, payment in cash or by issuance of promissory notes or other evidence of indebtedness on such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.

 

11.2 Restrictions. Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (in which case they shall be transferred subject to all restrictions then or thereafter applicable thereto), until such Restricted Shares shall have vested (the period from the date on which the Award is granted until the date of vesting of the Restricted Share thereunder being referred to herein as the “Restricted Period”). The Committee may also impose such additional or alternative restrictions and conditions on the Restricted Shares, as it deems appropriate, including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include, but are not limited to, sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee or pursuant to the provisions of any Company policy required under mandatory provisions of Applicable Law. Certificates for shares issued pursuant to Restricted Share Awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. Such certificates may, if so determined by the Committee, be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee, or, if a Restricted Share Award is made pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance, by the Trustee. In determining the Restricted Period of an Award the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded Restricted Shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such Award. To the extent required by the Ordinance or the ITA, the Restricted Shares issued pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance shall be issued to the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and the Restricted Shares shall be held for the benefit of the Grantee for such period as may be required by the Ordinance.

 

11.3 Forfeiture; Repurchase. Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s continuous employment with or service to the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period of an Award or prior to the timely payment in full of the Exercise Price of any Restricted Shares, any Shares remaining subject to vesting or with respect to which the purchase price has not been paid in full, shall thereupon be forfeited, transferred to, and redeemed, repurchased or cancelled by, as the case may be, in any manner as set forth in Section ‎6.6.2(i) thought (v), subject to Applicable Laws and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Shares.

 

18 -

 

 

11.4 Ownership. During the Restricted Period the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such Restricted Shares, subject to Section ‎6.10 and Section ‎11.2, including the right to vote and receive dividends with respect to such Shares. All securities, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original Award.

 

12. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS.

 

An RSU is an Award covering a number of Shares that is settled, if vested and (if applicable) exercised, by issuance of those Shares. An RSU may be awarded to any eligible Grantee, including under Section 102 of the Ordinance, provided that, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, a specific ruling is obtained from the ITA to grant RSUs as 102 Trustee Awards. The Award Agreement relating to the grant of RSUs under this Plan (the “Restricted Share Unit Agreement”), shall be in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. The RSUs shall be subject to all applicable terms of this Plan, which in the case of RSUs granted under Section 102 of the Ordinance shall include Section ‎9 hereof, and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with this Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Unit Agreements entered into under this Plan need not be identical. RSUs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the recipient’s other compensation.

 

12.1 Exercise Price. No payment of Exercise Price shall be required as consideration for RSUs, unless included in the Award Agreement or as required by Applicable Law (including, Section 304 of the Companies Law, 1999, as amended), and Section ‎6.4 shall apply, if applicable.

 

12.2 Shareholders’ Rights. The Grantee shall not possess or own any ownership rights in the Shares underlying the RSUs and no rights as a shareholder shall exist prior to the actual issuance of Shares in the name of the Grantee.

 

12.3 Settlements of Awards. Settlement of vested RSUs shall be made in the form of Shares. Distribution to a Grantee of an amount (or amounts) from settlement of vested RSUs can be deferred to a date after settlement as determined by the Committee. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until the grant of RSUs is settled, the number of Shares underlying such RSUs shall be subject to adjustment pursuant hereto.

 

12.4 Section 409A Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any RSUs granted under this Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such restrictions or other provisions so that such RSUs will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable to the Company. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Committee and contained in the Restricted Share Unit Agreement evidencing such RSU. For example, such restrictions may include a requirement that any Shares that are to be issued in a year following the year in which the RSU vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed, pre-determined schedule.

 

13. OTHER SHARE OR SHARE-BASED AWARDS.

 

13.1 The Committee may grant other Awards under this Plan pursuant to which Shares (which may, but need not, be Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 11 hereof), cash (in settlement of Share-based Awards) or a combination thereof, are or may in the future be acquired or received, or Awards denominated in stock units, including units valued on the basis of measures other than market value.

 

13.2 The Committee may also grant stock appreciation rights without the grant of an accompanying option, which rights shall permit the Grantees to receive, at the time of any exercise of such rights, cash equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of all Shares in respect to which the right was granted exceed the exercise price thereof.

 

13.3 Such other Share-based Awards as set forth above may be granted alone, in addition to, or in tandem with any Award of any type granted under this Plan.

 

19 -

 

 

14. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES.

 

14.1 General. In the event of a divisions or subdivision of the outstanding share capital of the Company, any distribution of bonus shares (stock split), consolidation or combination of share capital of the Company (reverse stock split), reclassification with respect to the Shares or any similar recapitalization events (each, a “Recapitalization”), reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares, spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, or other similar occurrences) then (i) the number of Shares reserved and available for grants of Awards and (ii) the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards, , will be proportionately adjusted. Any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be treated as determined by the Committee, and in the absence of such determination shall be rounded to the nearest whole share, and the Company shall have no obligation to make any cash or other payment with respect to such fractional shares. No adjustment shall be made by reason of the distribution of subscription rights or rights offering to outstanding shares or distribution of dividends to outstanding shareholders or other issuance of shares by the Company, unless the Committee determines otherwise. The adjustments determined pursuant to this Section ‎14.1 (including a determination that no adjustment is to be made) shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

14.2 Merger/Sale of Company. In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or a sale (including an exchange) of all or substantially all of the shares of the Company, to any person, or a purchase by a shareholder of the Company or by an Affiliate of such shareholder, of all the shares of the Company held by all or substantially all other shareholders or by other shareholders who are not Affiliated with such acquiring party; (ii) a merger (including, a reverse merger and a reverse triangular merger), consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of the Company with or into another corporation; (iii) a scheme of arrangement for the purpose of effecting such sale, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other transaction; or (iv) such other transaction or set of circumstances that is determined by the Board, in its discretion, to be a transaction subject to the provisions of this Section ‎14.2; excluding any of the above transactions in clauses (i) through (iii) if the Committee determines that such transaction should be excluded from the definition hereof and the applicability of this Section ‎14.2 (such transaction, a “Merger/Sale”), then, without derogating from the Committee’s general authority and power under this Plan, without the Grantee’s consent and action and without any prior notice requirement:

 

14.2.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, any Award then outstanding shall be assumed or be substituted by the Company, or by the successor corporation in such Merger/Sale or by any parent or Affiliate thereof, as determined by the Committee in its discretion (the “Successor Corporation”), under terms as determined by the Committee or the terms of this Plan applied by the Successor Corporation to such assumed or substituted Awards;

 

For the purposes of this Section 14.2.1, the Award shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following a Merger/Sale, the Award confers on the holder thereof the right to purchase or receive, for each Share underlying an Award immediately prior to the Merger/Sale, either (i) the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property, or any combination thereof) distributed to or received by holders of Shares in the Merger/Sale for each Share held on the effective date of the Merger/Sale (and if holders were offered a choice or several types of consideration, the type of consideration as determined by the Committee), or (ii) regardless of the consideration received by the holders of Shares in the Merger/Sale, solely shares or any type of Awards (or their equivalent) of the Successor Corporation at a value to be determined by the Committee in its discretion, or a certain type of consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property, or any combination thereof) as determined by the Committee. Any of the above consideration referred to clauses (i) and (ii) shall be subject to the same vesting and expiration terms of the Awards applying immediately prior to the Merger/Sale, unless the Committee determines in its discretion that the consideration shall be subject to different vesting and expiration terms, or other terms. The foregoing shall not limit the Committee’s authority to determine, in its sole discretion, that in lieu of such assumption or substitution of Awards for Awards of the Successor Corporation, such Award will be substituted for any other type of asset or property, including as set forth in Section 14.2.2 hereunder.

 

20 -

 

 

14.2.2 Regardless of whether or not Awards are assumed or substituted, the Committee may (but shall not be obligated to), in its sole discretion:

 

14.2.2.1 provide for the Grantee to have the right to exercise the Award in respect of Shares covered by the Award which would otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, and the cancellation of all unexercised and unvested Awards upon or immediately prior to the closing of the Merger/Sale, unless the Committee provides for the Grantee to have the right to exercise the Award, or otherwise for the acceleration of vesting of such Award, as to all or part of the Shares covered by the Award which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; and/or

 

14.2.2.2 provide for the cancellation of each outstanding Award at or immediately prior to the closing of such Merger/Sale, and payment to the Grantee of an amount in cash, shares of the Company, the acquiror or of a corporation or other business entity which is a party to the Merger/Sale or other property, as determined by the Committee to be fair in the circumstances, and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have full authority to select the method for determining the payment (being the Black-Scholes model or any other method). The Committee’s determination may further provide that payment shall be set to zero if the value of the Shares is determined to be less than the Exercise Price or in respect of Shares covered by the Award which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, or that payment may be made only in excess of the Exercise Price.

 

14.2.3 The Committee may determine that any payments made in respect of Awards shall be made or delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Shares in connection with the Merger/Sale is made or delayed as a result of escrows, indemnification, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies; and the terms and conditions applying to the payment made to the Grantees, including participation in escrow, indemnification, releases, earn-outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

 

14.2.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Merger/Sale, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion that upon completion of such Merger/Sale the terms of any Award be otherwise amended, modified or terminated, as the Committee shall deem in good faith to be appropriate and without any liability to the Company or its Affiliates and to their respective its officers, directors, employees and representatives and the respective successors and assigns of any of the foregoing in connection with the method of treatment or chosen course of action permitted hereunder.

 

14.2.5 Neither the authorities and powers of the Committee under this Section 14.2, nor the exercise or implementation thereof, shall (i) be restricted or limited in any way by any adverse consequences (tax or otherwise) that may result to any holder of an Award, and (ii) as, inter alia, being a feature of the Award upon its grant, be deemed to constitute a change or an amendment of the rights of such holder under this Plan, nor shall any such adverse consequences (as well as any adverse tax consequences that may result from any tax ruling or other approval or determination of any relevant tax authority) be deemed to constitute a change or an amendment of the rights of such holder under this Plan, and may be effected without consent of any Grantee and without any liability to the Company or its Affiliates and to their respective its officers, directors, employees and representatives and the respective successors and assigns of any of the foregoing. The Committee need not take the same action with respect to all Awards or with respect to all Service Providers. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award. The Committee may determine an amount or type of consideration to be received or distributed in a Merger/Sale which may differ as among the Grantees, and as between the Grantees and any other holders of shares of the Company.

 

14.2.6 The Committee’s determinations pursuant to this Section ‎14 shall be conclusive and binding on all Grantees.

 

21 -

 

 

14.2.7 If determined by the Committee, the Grantees shall be subject to the definitive agreement(s) in connection with the Merger/Sale as applying to holders of Shares including, such terms, conditions, representations, undertakings, liabilities, limitations, releases, indemnities, participating in transaction expenses and escrow arrangement, in each case as determined by the Committee. Each Grantee shall execute such separate agreement(s) or instruments as may be requested by the Company, the Successor Corporation or the acquiror in connection with such in such Merger/Sale and in the form required by them. The execution of such separate agreement(s) may be a condition to the receipt of assumed or substituted Awards, payment in lieu of the Award or the exercise of any Award.

 

14.3 Reservation of Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Section ‎14 (if any), the Grantee of an Award hereunder shall have no rights by reason of any Recapitalization of shares of any class, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class, any dissolution, liquidation, reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares, spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, or other similar occurrences), Merger/Sale. Any issue by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structures or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or part of its business or assets or engage in any similar transactions.

 

15. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; SURVIVING BENEFICIARY.

 

15.1 All Awards granted under this Plan by their terms shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or under this Plan, provided that with respect to Shares issued upon exercise or (if applicable) the vesting of Awards the restrictions on transfer shall be the restrictions referred to in Section 16 (Conditions upon Issuance of Shares) hereof. Subject to the above provisions, the terms of such Award, this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement shall be binding upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of such Grantee. Awards may be exercised or otherwise realized, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee or by his guardian or legal representative, to the extent provided for herein. Any transfer of an Award not permitted hereunder (including transfers pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse) and any grant of any interest in any Award to, or creation in any way of any direct or indirect interest in any Award by, any party other than the Grantee shall be null and void and shall not confer upon any party or person, other than the Grantee, any rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the request of the Grantee and subject to Applicable Law the Committee, at its sole discretion, may permit the Grantee to transfer the Award to a trust whose beneficiaries are the Grantee and/or the Grantee’s immediate family members (all or several of them).

 

15.2 As long as the Shares are held by the Trustee in favor of the Grantee, all rights possessed by the Grantee over the Shares are personal, and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.

 

15.3 The provisions of this Section ‎15 shall apply to the Grantee and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Shares.

 

22 -

 

 

16. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES; GOVERNING PROVISIONS.

 

16.1 Legal Compliance. The grant of Awards and the issuance or Shares upon exercise or settlement of Awards shall be subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws as determined by the Company, including, applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. The Company shall have no obligations to issue Shares pursuant to the exercise or settlement of an Award and Awards may not be exercised or settled, if the issuance of Shares upon exercise or settlement would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws as determined by the Company, including, applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise or settlement of the Award be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award, or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, if any, deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, and the inability to issue Shares hereunder due to non-compliance with any Company policies with respect to the sale of Shares, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority or compliance shall not have been obtained or achieved. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any Applicable Law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company, including to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, all in form and content specified by the Company.

 

16.2 Provisions Governing Shares. Shares issued pursuant to an Award shall be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company, any limitation, restriction or obligation included in any shareholders agreement applicable to all or substantially all of the holders of shares (regardless of whether or not the Grantee is a formal party to such shareholders agreement), any other governing documents of the Company, all policies, manuals and internal regulations adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case, as may be amended from time to time, including any provisions included therein concerning restrictions or limitations on disposition of Shares (such as, but not limited to, right of first refusal and lock up/market stand-off) or grant of any rights with respect thereto, forced sale and bring along provisions, any provisions concerning restrictions on the use of inside information and other provisions deemed by the Company to be appropriate in order to ensure compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Grantee shall execute such separate agreement(s) as may be requested by the Company relating to matters set forth in this Section ‎16.2. The execution of such separate agreement(s) may be a condition by the Company to the exercise of any Award.

 

16.3 Forced Sale. In the event the that Board approves a Merger/Sale effected by way of a forced or compulsory sale (whether pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association or pursuant to Section 341 of the Companies Law), then, without derogating from such provisions and in addition thereto, the Grantee shall be obligated, and shall be deemed to have agreed to the offer to effect the Merger/Sale on the terms approved by the Board (and the Shares held by or for the benefit of the Grantee shall be included in the shares of the Company approving the terms of such Merger/Sale for the purpose of satisfying the required majority), and shall sell all of the Shares held by or for the benefit of the Grantee on the terms and conditions applying to the holders of Shares, in accordance with the instructions then issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final. No Grantee shall contest, bring any claims or demands, or exercise any appraisal rights related to any of the foregoing. The proxy pursuant to Section ‎6.10 includes an authorization of the holder of such proxy to sign, by and on behalf of any Grantee, such documents and agreements as are required to affect the sale of Shares in connection with such Merger/Sale.

 

23 -

 

 

17. MARKET STAND-OFF

 

17.1 In connection with any underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or equivalent law in another jurisdiction, the Grantee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other Awards, any securities of the Company (whether or not such Shares were acquired under this Plan), or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Shares or securities of the Company and any other shares or securities issued or distributed in respect thereto or in substitution thereof (collectively, “Securities”), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) is to be settled by delivery of Securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section ‎17.1 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. Such restrictions (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time (the “Market Stand-Off Period”): (A) following the first public filing of the registration statement relating to the underwritten public offering until the extirpation of 180 days following the effective date of such registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering or 90 days following the effective date of such registration statement relating to any other public offering, in each case, provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Market Stand-Off Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Market Stand-Off Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial Market Stand-Off Period, then in each case the Market Stand-Off Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event; or (B) such other period as shall be requested by the Company or the underwriters. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the underwriter(s) and the Company agree on a termination date of the Market Stand-Off Period in the event of failure to consummation a certain public offering, then such termination shall apply also to the Market Stand-Off Period hereunder with respect to that particular public offering.

 

17.2 In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding share capital of the Company, the distribution of any securities (whether or not of the Company), whether as bonus shares or otherwise, and whether as dividend or otherwise, a recapitalization, a reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration), a consolidation, a spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, a reclassification or other similar occurrence, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.

 

17.3 In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Plan until the end of the applicable Market Stand-Off period.

 

17.4 The underwriters in connection with a registration statement so filed are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 17 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Grantee shall execute such separate agreement(s) as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters in connection with such registration statement and in the form required by them, relating to Market Stand-Off (which need not be identical to the provisions of this Section 17, and may include such additional provisions and restrictions as the underwriters deem advisable) or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The execution of such separate agreement(s) may be a condition by the Company to the exercise of any Award.

 

17.5 Without derogating from the above provisions of this Section 17 or elsewhere in this Plan, the provisions of this Section 17 shall apply to the Grantee and the Grantee’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Awards or Shares.

 

18. AGREEMENT REGARDING TAXES; DISCLAIMER.

 

18.1 If the Committee shall so require, as a condition of exercise of an Award, the release of Shares by the Trustee or the expiration of the Restricted Period, a Grantee shall agree that, no later than the date of such occurrence, the Grantee will pay to the Company (or the Trustee, as applicable) or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee and the Trustee (if applicable) regarding payment of any applicable taxes and compulsory payments of any kind required by Applicable Law to be withheld or paid.

 

24 -

 

 

18.2 TAX LIABILITY. ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER ANY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH MAY ARISE FROM THE GRANT OF ANY AWARDS OR THE EXERCISE THEREOF, THE SALE OR DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARES GRANTED HEREUNDER OR ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OR (IF APPLICABLE) THE VESTING OF ANY AWARD, THE ASSUMPTION, SUBSTITUTION, CANCELLATION OR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF AWARDS OR FROM ANY OTHER ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY TAXES AND COMPULSORY PAYMENTS, SUCH AS SOCIAL SECURITY OR HEALTH TAX PAYABLE BY THE GRANTEE OR THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION THEREWITH) SHALL BE BORNE AND PAID SOLELY BY THE GRANTEE, AND THE GRANTEE SHALL INDEMNIFY THE COMPANY, ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES AND THE TRUSTEE, AND SHALL HOLD THEM HARMLESS AGAINST AND FROM ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH TAX OR PAYMENT OR ANY PENALTY, INTEREST OR INDEXATION THEREON. EACH GRANTEE AGREES TO, AND UNDERTAKES TO COMPLY WITH, ANY RULING, SETTLEMENT, CLOSING AGREEMENT OR OTHER SIMILAR AGREEMENT OR ARRANGEMENT WITH ANY TAX AUTHORITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING WHICH IS APPROVED BY THE COMPANY.

 

18.3 NO TAX ADVISE. THE GRANTEE IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF RECEIVING, EXERCISING OR DISPOSING OF AWARDS HEREUNDER. THE COMPANY DOES NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY TO ADVISE THE GRANTEE ON SUCH MATTERS, WHICH SHALL REMAIN SOLELY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GRANTEE.

 

18.4 TAX TREATMENT. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE OR ASSUME ANY LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY AWARD SHALL QUALIFY WITH ANY PARTICULAR TAX REGIME OR RULES APPLYING TO PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT, OR BENEFIT FROM ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT OR TAX ADVANTAGE OF ANY TYPE AND THE COMPANY SHALL BEAR NO LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE MANNER IN WHICH ANY AWARD IS EVENTUALLY TREATED FOR TAX PURPOSES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE AWARD WAS GRANTED OR WAS INTENDED TO QUALIFY UNDER ANY PARTICULAR TAX REGIME OR TREATMENT. THIS PROVISION SHALL SUPERSEDE ANY TYPE OF AWARDS OR TAX QUALIFICATION INDICATED IN ANY CORPORATE RESOLUTION OR AWARD AGREEMENT, WHICH SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE LAW. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE AND SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO TAKE ANY ACTION IN ORDER TO QUALIFY THE AWARD WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT AND NO INDICATION IN ANY DOCUMENT TO THE EFFECT THE ANY AWARD IS INTENDED TO QUALIFY FOR ANY TAX TREATMENT SHALL IMPLY SUCH AN UNDERTAKING. NO ASSURANCE IS MADE BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES THAT ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT ON THE DATE OF GRANT WILL CONTINUE TO EXIST OR THAT THE AWARD WOULD QUALIFY AT THE TIME OF EXERCISE OR DISPOSITION THEREOF WITH ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT. THE COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES SHALL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION OF ANY NATURE IN THE EVENT THAT AN AWARD DOES NOT QUALIFY FOR ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT, REGARDLESS WHETHER THE COMPANY COULD HAVE OR SHOULD HAVE TAKEN ANY ACTION TO CAUSE SUCH QUALIFICATION TO BE MET AND SUCH QUALIFICATION REMAINS AT ALL TIMES AND UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES AT THE RISK OF THE GRANTEE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE OR ASSUME ANY LIABILITY TO CONTEST A DETERMINATION OR INTERPRETATION (WHETHER WRITTEN OR UNWRITTEN) OF ANY TAX AUTHORITIES, INCLUDING IN RESPECT OF THE QUALIFICATION UNDER ANY PARTICULAR TAX REGIME OR RULES APPLYING TO PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT. IF THE AWARDS DO NOT QUALIFY UNDER ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT IT COULD RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE GRANTEE.

 

25 -

 

 

18.5 The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate, in its discretion, for the purpose of or in connection with withholding of any taxes and compulsory payments which the Trustee, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is required by any Applicable Law to withhold in connection with any Awards (collectively, “Withholding Obligations”). Such actions may include (i) requiring a Grantees to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations and any other taxes and compulsory payments, payable by the Company in connection with the Award or the exercise or (if applicable) the vesting thereof; (ii) subject to Applicable Law, allowing the Grantees to provide Shares to the Company, in an amount that at such time, reflects a value that the Committee determines to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of an Award at a value which is determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not be obligated to allow the exercise of any Award by or on behalf of a Grantee until all tax consequences arising from the exercise of such Award are resolved in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

18.6 Each Grantee shall notify the Company in writing promptly and in any event within ten (10) days after the date on which such Grantee first obtains knowledge of any tax bureau inquiry, audit, assertion, determination, investigation, or question relating in any manner to the Awards granted or received hereunder or Shares issued thereunder and shall continuously inform the Company of any developments, proceedings, discussions and negotiations relating to such matter, and shall allow the Company and its representatives to participate in any proceedings and discussions concerning such matters. Upon request, a Grantee shall provide to the Company any information or document relating to any matter described in the preceding sentence, which the Company, in its discretion, requires.

 

18.7 With respect to 102 Non-Trustee Options, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate, the Grantee shall extend to the Company and/or its Affiliate with whom the Grantee is employed a security or guarantee for the payment of taxes due at the time of sale of Shares, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules.

 

18.8 For the purpose hereof “tax(es)” means (a) all federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including all income, capital gains, transfer, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, national security, health tax, wealth surtax, stamp, registration and estimated taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any similar kind whatsoever (including under Section 280G of the Code), (b) all interest, indexation differentials, penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority in connection with any item described in clause (a), (c) any transferee or successor liability in respect of any items described in clauses (a) or (b) payable by reason of contract, assumption, transferee liability, successor liability, operation of Applicable Law, or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume Taxes or to indemnify any other person, and (d) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) or (b) payable as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, including under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6(a) (or any predecessor or successor thereof of any analogous or similar provision under Law) or otherwise.

 

19. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER; VOTING AND DIVIDENDS.

 

19.1 Subject to Section ‎11.4, a Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by an Award until the Grantee shall have exercised the Award, paid the Exercise Price therefor and becomes the record holder of the subject Shares. In the case of 102 Awards or 3(9) Awards (if such Awards are being held by a Trustee), the Trustee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares covered by such Award until the Trustee becomes the record holder for such Shares for the Grantee’s benefit, and the Grantee shall not be deemed to be a shareholder and shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares covered by the Award until the date of the release of such Shares from the Trustee to the Grantee and the transfer of record ownership of such Shares to the Grantee (provided however that the Grantee shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee any cash dividend or distribution made on account of the Shares held by the Trustee for such Grantee’s benefit, subject to any tax withholding and compulsory payment). No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on which the Grantee or Trustee (as applicable) becomes the record holder of the Shares covered by an Award, except as provided in Section 14 hereof.

 

26 -

 

 

19.2 With respect to all Awards issued in the form of Shares hereunder or upon the exercise or (if applicable) the vesting of Awards hereunder, any and all voting rights attached to such Shares shall be subject to Section 6.9, and the Grantee shall be entitled to receive dividends distributed with respect to such Shares, subject to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, and subject to any Applicable Law.

 

19.3 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under any applicable securities law or any other Applicable Law.

 

20. NO REPRESENTATION BY COMPANY.

 

By granting the Awards, the Company is not, and shall not be deemed as, making any representation or warranties to the Grantee regarding the Company, its business affairs, its prospects or the future value of its Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide to any Grantee any information, documents or material in connection with the Grantee’s considering an exercise of an Award. To the extent that any information, documents or materials are provided, the Company shall have no liability with respect thereto. Any decision by a Grantee to exercise an Award shall solely be at the risk of the Grantee.

 

21. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in this Plan, any Award Agreement or in any Award granted or agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of, or be in the service of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof as a Service Provider or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in this Plan or such agreement, or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee’s employment or service (including, any right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to immediately cease the Grantee’s employment or service or to shorten all or part of the notice period, regardless of whether notice of termination was given by the Company or its Affiliates or by the Grantee). Awards granted under this Plan shall not be affected by any change in duties or position of a Grantee, subject to Sections ‎6.6 through ‎6.8. No Grantee shall be entitled to claim and the Grantee hereby waives any claim against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate that he or she was prevented from continuing to vest Awards as of the date of termination of his or her employment with, or services to, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. No Grantee shall be entitled to any compensation in respect of the Awards which would have vested had such Grantee’s employment or engagement with the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) not been terminated.

 

22. PERIOD DURING WHICH AWARDS MAY BE GRANTED.

 

Awards may be granted pursuant to this Plan from time to time within a period of ten (10) years from the Effective Date, which period may be extended from time to time by the Board. From and after such date (as extended) no grants of Awards may be made and this Plan shall continue to be in full force and effect with respect to Awards or Shares issued thereunder that remain outstanding.

 

23. AMENDMENT OF THIS PLAN.

 

23.1 The Board at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend this Plan, whether retroactively or prospectively. Any amendment effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon all Grantees and all Awards, whether granted prior to or after the date of such amendment, and without the need to obtain the consent of any Grantee. No termination or amendment of this Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board.

 

23.2 Subject to changes in Applicable Law that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, there shall be (i) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan as Incentive Stock Options (except by operation of the provisions of Section ‎14.1), (ii) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (iii) no other amendment of this Plan that would require approval of the Company’s shareholders under any Applicable Law. Unless not permitted by Applicable Law, if the grant of an Award is subject to approval by shareholders, the date of grant of the Award shall be determined as if the Award had not been subject to such approval. Failure to obtain approval by the shareholders shall not in any way derogate from the valid and binding effect of any grant of an Award, which is not an Incentive Stock Option. Upon approval of an amendment to this Plan by the shareholders of the Company as set forth above, all Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan on or after such amendment shall be fully effective as if the shareholders of the Company had approved the amendment on the same date.

 

27 -

 

 

24. APPROVAL.

 

24.1 This Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board (the “Effective Date”).

 

24.2 Solely with respect to grants of Incentive Stock Options, this Plan shall also be subject to shareholders’ approval, within one year of the Effective Date, by the required majority (however, if the grant of an Award is subject to approval by shareholders, the date of grant of the Award shall be determined as if the Award had not been subject to such approval). Failure to obtain approval by the shareholders shall not in any way derogate from the valid and binding effect of any grant of an Award, which is not an Incentive Stock Option. Upon approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Company as set forth above, all Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be fully effective as if the shareholders of the Company had approved this Plan on the Effective Date.

 

24.3 102 Awards are conditional upon the filing with or approval by the ITA, if required, as set forth in Section ‎9.4‎9. Failure to so file or obtain such approval shall not in any way derogate from the valid and binding effect of any grant of an Award, which is not an 102 Award.

 

25. RULES PARTICULAR TO SPECIFIC COUNTRIES; SECTION 409A.

 

25.1 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and conditions of this Plan may be supplemented or amended with respect to a particular country or tax regime by means of an appendix to this Plan, and to the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in any appendix conflict with any provisions of this Plan, the provisions of such appendix shall govern. Terms and conditions set forth in such appendix shall apply only to Awards granted to Grantees under the jurisdiction of the specific country or such other tax regime that is the subject of such appendix and shall not apply to Awards issued to a Grantee not under the jurisdiction of such country or such other tax regime. The adoption of any such appendix shall be subject to the approval of the Board or the Committee, and if determined by the Committee to be required in connection with the application of certain tax treatment, pursuant to applicable stock exchange rules or regulations or otherwise, then also the approval of the shareholders of the Company at the required majority.

 

25.2 The Company intends that this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or replacements of such section, and this Plan shall be so construed. To the extent applicable, this Plan and any agreement hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that, following the Effective Date, the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may adopt such amendments to this Plan and such agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

26. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Israel, except with respect to matters that are subject to tax laws, regulations and rules of any specific jurisdiction, which shall be governed by the respective laws, regulations and rules of such jurisdiction. Certain definitions, which refer to laws other than the laws of such jurisdiction, shall be construed in accordance with such other laws. The competent courts located in Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, Israel shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Plan and any Award granted hereunder. By signing any Award Agreement or any other agreement relating to an Award, each Grantee irrevocably submits to such exclusive jurisdiction.

 

28 -

 

 

27. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THIS PLAN.

 

The adoption of this Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Company to adopt such other or additional incentive or other compensation arrangements of whatever nature as the Company may deem necessary or desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to employees generally, or to any class or group of employees, which the Company or any Affiliate now has lawfully put into effect, including any retirement, pension, savings and stock purchase plan, insurance, death and disability benefits and executive short-term or long-term incentive plans.

 

28. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

28.1 Survival. The Grantee shall be bound by and the Shares issued upon exercise or (if applicable) the vesting of any Awards granted hereunder shall remain subject to this Plan after the exercise or (if applicable) the vesting of Awards, in accordance with the terms of this Plan, whether or not the Grantee is then or at any time thereafter employed or engaged by the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

28.2 Additional Terms. Each Award awarded under this Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

28.3 Fractional Shares. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or vesting of any Award and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, with in any Share remaining at the last vesting date due to such rounding to be issued upon exercise at such last vesting date.

 

28.4 Severability. If any provision of this Plan, any Award Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with an Award shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction. In addition, if any particular provision contained in this Plan, any Award Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with an Award shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographic scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing such provision as to such characteristic so that the provision is enforceable to fullest extent compatible with Applicable Law as it shall then appear.

 

28.5 Captions and Titles. The use of captions and titles in this Plan or any Award Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with an Award is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Plan or such agreement.

 

 

 

*              *              *

 

 

- 29 -

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

Translation of Hebrew

 

Brainsway Ltd.

 

(the “Company”)

 

Date: ___________________

 

To

 

___________

 

To Whom It May Concern:

 

Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification

 

Whereas: In accordance with its articles of association, the Company may indemnify an officer thereof in advance, subject to any law, due to a liability or expense as set forth in the articles of association, imposed thereon or incurred following an action performed by virtue of being an officer of the Company; and

 

Whereas: On December 19, 2018, the Company’s board of directors resolved to approve the Company’s undertaking to indemnify officers of the Company in accordance with the Companies Law, 5759-1999, the articles of association of the Company, and the indemnification terms set forth in this Letter; and

 

Whereas: On January 24, 2019, the general meeting of the Company also approved the aforesaid resolution of the board of directors; and

 

Whereas: You serve and/or may serve as an officer of the Company and/or you serve and/or may serve and/or have served and/or you may be employed on behalf of the Company or for a different corporation;

 

Therefore, the Company irrevocably confirms and undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the provisions of this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, as follows:

 

First Chapter: Interpretation

 

1. Definitions

 

In this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, each of the following terms will have the meanings appearing beside them, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

1

 

 

“Means of Control” - As defined in Section 1 of the Companies Law;
     
“Alternate Director” - As defined in Section 237 of the Companies Law;
     
“Administrative Proceeding” - A proceeding under Chapters H3 (Imposition of a financial sanction by the Securities Authority), H4 (Imposition of administrative enforcement means by the Administrative Enforcement Committee), or I1 (Arrangement to avoid proceedings or to discontinue proceedings, contingent on conditions) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968, as amended from time to time, as well as a proceeding for the imposition of a financial sanction under Part D of the Fourth Chapter of Part Nine of the Companies Law, as amended from time to time; a proceeding under Chapters J, J1 and K1 of the Joint Investment Trust Law, 5754-1994; a proceeding under Chapters G1, G2, and H1 of the Law to Arrange Engagement in Investment Consulting, Investment Marketing and Investment Portfolio Management, 5755-1995, a proceeding under Chapter I1 of the Control of Financial Services Law (Insurance), 5741-1981, a proceeding under Chapter H of the Control of Financial Services Law (Provident Funds), 5765-2005, a proceeding under Chapter G1 of the Antitrust Law, 5748-1988, a proceeding under the Law to Increase Enforcement of Labor Laws, 5772-2012, and subject to any law, any proceeding similar to the law, regardless of name, whether under existing law or a law that will be enacted in the future - in the scope, events and conditions set forth in the same law;
     
“Financial Liability in Lieu of a Criminal Proceeding” - As this term is defined in Section 260(a)(1a) of the Companies Law;
     
The “Companies Law” - The Companies Law, 5759-1999;
     
The “Securities Law” - The Securities Law, 5728-1968;

 

2

 

 

The “Criminal Procedure Law” - The Criminal Procedure Law [Combined Version], 5742-1982
     
“Distribution” - As defined in the Companies Law;
     
“this Letter” - This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, including the addendum thereto, constituting an integral part hereof;
     
“Conclusion of Proceedings Without Filing an Indictment in a Manner in which a Criminal Investigation was Initiated” - As this term is defined in Section 260(a)(1a) of the Companies Law;
     
Act” or “Act in the Capacity of Officer - An act, whether by action or omission, of an officer by virtue of the position as officer of the Company and/or his service or employment in a different corporation, including an action as stated that occurred before this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification came into force;
     
“Third Party” - A person who is not the Company and/or a shareholder of the Company and/or a person on their behalf;
     
“Another Corporation” - Any corporation in which the Company holds any shares, directly and/or indirectly, even if the control or ownership thereof is different from the ownership of the Company, in which the officer serves or is employed or provides services on behalf of the Company or by virtue of his position as officer of the Company or for the Company.

 

2. Interpretation

 

2.1. The preamble and addendum to this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification constitute an integral part hereof.

 

2.2. The titles of this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification are provided for convenience only and will not be used for the purposes of its interpretation.

 

3

 

 

2.3. Words and terms defined in the singular form will also include the plural, and vice versa, and words in the masculine form will include the feminine and vice versa.

 

2.4. Insofar as not defined explicitly in this Letter, the terms in this Letter will be interpreted in accordance with the Companies Law, and in the absence of a definition in the Companies Law, in accordance with the Securities Law.

 

2.5. The Company’s undertakings under this Letter will be interpreted broadly and in a manner intended for their fulfillment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for the purpose for which they are intended.

 

3. In the case of a conflict between any provision of this Letter and the provisions of the law that cannot be conditioned upon, changed or added to, the provisions of the aforesaid law will prevail; however, the same will not nullify or impair the validity of the other sections included in this Letter. In addition, in the event that it is determined that a provision of this Letter is not enforceable and/or lacks legal validity for any reason, the same will not derogate or detract from the validity of the other provisions of this Letter.

 

Second Chapter: Exculpation

 

4. Exculpation from Liability

 

4.1. The Company exempts you in advance, subject to the provisions of any law, as applicable from time to time, from your liability, in whole or in part, due to any damage that is caused thereto and/or will be caused thereto, directly and indirectly, due to a violation of your duty of care towards it in your actions or omissions, by virtue of your being an officer of the Company or in another corporation.

 

4.2. The exculpation as stated in this Section 4 does not apply to any resolution or transaction in which controlling shareholders or any officer of the Company (as well as any other officer for whom the exculpation is provided) has a personal interest.

 

4.3. The provisions of this Exculpation Chapter will not derogate from the Company’s indemnification undertaking as stated and the terms of this Letter.

 

4

 

 

Third Chapter: Indemnification

 

5. Indemnification in Advance - General

 

5.1. Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company hereby irrevocably undertakes to indemnify you in advance due to a liability or expense as set forth in Section 6 below, applied to you or incurred by you following actions that you performed by virtue of your position as officer of the Company and/or an employee or officer or service provider in another corporation and/or following your actions for another corporation by virtue of being an officer of the Company - all in accordance with the condition set forth below.

 

5.2. The Company’s indemnification undertaking under Section 5.1 above will apply insofar as the indemnification amount for the same indemnifiable event is not actually paid under an insurance policy or under an indemnification on behalf of a third party, provided that regarding indemnification for grounds as stated in Section 6.1 below, the indemnification amount that the Company has undertaken will not exceed the maximum indemnification amount, as defined below.

 

5.3. It is hereby clarified that the Company’s undertaking to indemnify you and/or for payment of any indemnification amount will not derogate from your right to receive, directly or through the Company, payments under any insurance policy or under indemnification on behalf of a third party, insofar as you are entitled to payments as stated for liability or an expense set forth in Section 6 of this Letter below.

 

5.4. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the indemnification amount under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will apply over and above the amount that will be paid (if and to the extent paid) in the framework of insurance and/or indemnification of any party other than the Company, subject to you not being paid double compensation for a liability or expense that is indemnifiable as stated in this Section 5, and you return to the Company any double insurance and/or indemnification amount received by you.

 

5.5. In the case in which you incurred a deducible in order to receive payments under an insurance policy, the Company’s undertaking to indemnify you in advance as stated in Section 5.1 of this Letter above will also apply regarding the deductible amount that is charged under the insurance policy.

 

5.6. This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will not grant another corporation and/or any third party, including any insurer, any rights vis-à-vis the Company, including but without derogating from the generality of the above, a right to sue and/or demand any payment from the Company as participation in the indemnification and/or the insurance coverage, if provided to you by the other corporation, for an action that you performed by virtue of your position in the other corporation.

 

5

 

 

5.7. It is clarified that insofar as the services as an officer are provided through a company under your control, and the same company is liable or bears an expense that is indemnifiable under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification for your service as an officer of the company and/or employee or officer or service provider on their behalf or an employee of the company in another corporation and/or following your actions for another corporation, the aforesaid company will be entitled to indemnification and will be subject to the provisions of this Letter accordingly.

 

5.8. In the event that the company pays you or in your stead amounts that you are entitled to receive under an insurance policy and/or under any third party indemnification undertaking, you will assign to the Company your rights to receive the amounts under the insurance policy or the third party indemnification undertaking, insofar as there is no impediment to the assignment of the same rights, and you will authorize the Company to collect these amounts in your name, if required for the fulfillment of the provisions of this section. Further, at the request of the Company, you will sign any document for the assignment of your rights and authorizing the Company for the aforesaid collection. In the event that you collected the amounts mentioned above directly from an insurance company or any third party and you were paid double compensation, the aforesaid amounts will be returned by you to the Company under the provisions of Section 10 below.

 

6. Liabilities or Expenses to which the Indemnification in Advance Applies

 

The Company’s undertaking to indemnify you in advance, as stated in Section 5 above, will apply due to a liability or expense that is applied to you or that you incurred following actions performed by virtue of your position as officer of the Company and/or employee or officer or service provider on behalf of or for the Company in another corporation and/or following your actions for another corporation, as follows:

 

6.1. Financial liability imposed on you in favor of another person in a judgment, including a judgment given in a settlement or an arbitrator decision that is approved by a court, following actions that you performed by virtue of your position as an officer, which are directly or indirectly related to one or more of the types of events that, in the opinion of the Company’s board of directors, are anticipated in light of the actual activity of the Company upon the provision of the undertaking for indemnification in advance, set forth in the Addendum to this Letter (the “Addendum”), provided that the maximum indemnification amount will not exceed the sum or criteria set forth in Section 7.1 below, which is determined by the Company’s board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances;

 

6

 

 

6.2. Reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, paid following an investigation or proceeding conducted against you by an agency authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, and which was concluded without the filing of an indictment against you and without there having been a financial obligation imposed against you in lieu of a criminal proceeding, or which was concluded without the filing of an indictment against you but with the imposition of a financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent or in connection with a monetary penalty;

 

For the purpose of this section “conclusion of a proceeding without the filing of an indictment in a matter in which a criminal investigation was initiated” and “financial liability in lieu of a criminal proceeding” - as defined above.

 

6.3. Reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by you or that you are charged by a court in a proceeding filed against you by the Company or in its name or by another person, or in a criminal charge of which you are acquitted or a criminal charge in which you are convicted of an offense that does not require proof of mens rea.

 

In this section, “another person” - including in the case of a claim filed against an officer by way of derivative action.

 

6.4. Financial liability imposed upon you due to payment for a party injured from a breach in an administrative proceeding, as stated in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law.

 

6.5. Expenses incurred by you in connection with an administrative proceeding, held in your case, including reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees.

 

6.6. Any liability or other expense for which indemnification is permitted or possible, from time to time, under law.

 

7. Amount of the Indemnification in Advance

 

7.1. The aggregate amount that will be actually paid by the Company to all of the officers in each calendar year, based on the letters of indemnity issued and/or that will be issued to them by the Company for financial liabilities as set forth in Section 6.1 above, will not exceed the higher of: (1) 25% (twenty five percent) of the consolidated equity of the Company less the minority rights, on the actual indemnification payment date (the equity as stated, as it exists based on the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company, which exist as of the actual payment date for the indemnification (reviewed or audited)), or (2) USD 20 (twenty) million (above and hereinafter: the “Maximum Indemnification Amount”). Beyond the amounts that will be received, if any, from an insurance company in the framework of insurance in which the Company is engaged, if engaged, and the provisions of Section 1 above shall apply in the matter. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that subject to the provisions of any law, the indemnification amount that the Company will pay under Sections 6.2 – 6.6 (inclusive) will not be limited to the Maximum Indemnification Amount.

 

7

 

 

7.2. In the event that the total amounts that the Company is required to pay on any date, in addition to the total amounts that the Company paid by the same date, for financial liabilities as set forth in Section 6.1 above, according to all of the Letters of Indemnification issued and/or that will be issued for all of the officers in the aggregate, exceeds the Maximum Indemnification Amount, the Maximum Indemnification Amount or its balance, as applicable, will be divided between the officers entitled to amounts as stated for demands submitted to the Company in accordance with the Letters of Indemnification and that were not paid to them before the same date, such that the amount that will be actually received by each of the aforesaid officers will be calculated based on the ratio between the amount owed to each of the officers and the amount owed to all of the aforesaid officers in the aggregate, on the same date for the same demands. Should it become apparent at a later date that amounts that the Company is required to pay have been cleared, either due to the provisions of Section 10 below or due to the clearance of claims against officers without the need to pay all of the amounts requested by the officer or part thereof for them, the balance of the indemnification amount will be increased in the amount of the cleared sums, and all of the officers that received only their proportionate share as stated above will be entitled to their proportionate share, pro-rata, of the cleared amounts.

 

In order to clarify the manner of calculation set forth in this Section 7.2, the following example is presented: assuming that damages are ordered against an officer in the amount of 100. These damages are indemnifiable, and therefore, the officer requests indemnification from the Company for the same damages. Assuming further that the Maximum Indemnification Amount is 25% of the Company’s consolidated equity (since this is an amount that is greater than USD 10 (ten) million), which according to the Company’s latest consolidated annual financial statements, which were prepared before the actual indemnification payment, was 1,000. Therefore, the Maximum Indemnification Amount, as of the payment date of the indemnification in the amount of 100 to Officer A, is 250. Therefore, after payment of indemnification in the amount of 100 to Officer A, and until the end of the calendar year, the indemnification balance amounts to 150. On a later date, prior to the end of the calendar year, Officers B, C, and D were sued, and request indemnification from the Company in amounts of 100, 200, and 300, respectively. In such a case, since the indemnification amount claimed on the later date (600) is higher than the indemnification balance on the later date (150), the balance will be distributed proportionately between the officers in the following manner: Officer B will receive 150*100/600, Officer C will receive 150*200/600, and Officer D will receive 150*300/600. In the event that after the aforesaid payment, and prior to the end of the calendar year, it becomes apparent that Officer A was not entitled to indemnification, an amount of 100 will be available and will be returned to the general indemnification fund. The cleared amount (100) will be divided proportionately between Officers B, C, and D, such that B will be paid an additional sum of 100*100/600, C will be paid an additional amount of 100*200/600, and D will be paid an additional amount of 100*300/600.

 

8

 

 

8. Interim Payments

 

8.1. Upon the occurrence of an event for which you may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Letter, the Company will provide you, from time to time, with the funds required to cover the other expenses and payments of various kinds involved in handling a legal proceeding in connection with the same matter, including in investigation proceedings, such that you will not be required to pay them or finance them yourself, all subject to the terms and provisions of this Letter.

 

8.2. Regardless of whether the Company assumes the handling of your defense against the aforesaid legal proceeding, pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 below, in the framework of its undertaking as stated above, the Company will also provide the securities that will be required or guarantees that you will be required to provide based on the interim decisions of a court (in a proceeding that is not a criminal proceeding) or of an arbitrator (hereinafter: the “Securities”), including for the replacement of liens applied to your assets, provided that the total pending Securities, including Securities forfeited, in addition to amounts that you received or will receive under this Letter for grounds as stated in Section 6.1 above, will not exceed the Maximum Indemnification Amount.

 

8.3. It is clarified that the amounts that will be paid by the Company as stated above will be recorded as an advance on account of the indemnification amount to which you will be entitled under this Letter, and therefore will be subject, inter alia, to the terms of Section 10 below.

 

9

 

 

9. Operation of Indemnification in Advance

 

In any case for which you may be seemingly entitled to indemnification under this Letter, you and the Company will act as follows:

 

9.1. Subject to any law, you will notify the Company of any legal proceeding, demand, investigation, administrative proceeding or proceeding by a competent authority that is initiated against you, and any concern or threat that such a proceeding or investigation will be initiated against you for which the indemnification may apply (in this Section 9: a “Proceeding”), a reasonable time after you are first made aware of the same and at a time that leaves you and the Company reasonable time to file a response in the same Proceeding, as required under law, and you will transfer to the Company or any party as instructed thereby, immediately, a copy of any document that will be provided to you in connection with the same proceeding (in this section; the “Indemnification Notice” and the “Duty to Provide Documents,” insofar as there is no legal impediment to doing so. Subject to any law, if the Company becomes aware of a Proceeding as stated, the Company will be required to provide you with the Indemnification Notice, and you will be subject to the Duty to Provide Documents.

 

It is clarified that in the event that you violate the Indemnification Notice duty and the Duty to Provide Documents, the same will not release the Company from its undertakings under this Letter, unless such violation materially harms the Company’s rights and/or ability to defend itself (in the case in which it is also party to the same Proceeding) and/or on your behalf against the Proceeding.

 

9.2. Subject to the same not conflicting with the relevant provisions of the law or terms of an officer liability insurance policy acquired by the Company, the Company will be entitled to assume the handling of your legal defense in the framework of the same Proceeding and/or transfer the handling to an attorney with a reputation and experience in the relevant field, which the Company selects for this purpose, while notice of his identity will be provided to you in advance.

 

9.3. The Company and/or the attorney as stated will provide you with ongoing reporting of the progress of the Proceeding, and will consult with you regarding its management. The attorney appointed as stated will be subject to a duty of loyalty to the Company and to you.

 

10

 

 

9.4. In the event that within 10 days from receipt of the Indemnification Notice by the Company, the Company does not assume the handling of your defense against the legal proceeding as stated and/or in the event that you object to your representation by the attorney of the Company for reasonable grounds, including a real concern of a conflict of interests between you and the Company and/or between you and another officer of the Company, you may transfer your representation to the attorney that you select, whose details will be provided by you to the Company a reasonable time in advance, and the provisions of this Letter will apply to the reasonable expenses that you incur for the appointment of an attorney as stated and the handling thereby. In the event that the Company does not approve the fees of the attorney selected by you, after examining its reasonableness, you and the Company will appoint an agreed arbiter (and if you do not agree on an agreed arbiter, a person selected for the same purpose by the head of the Tel Aviv District Committee of the Israel Bar Association will be appointed), whose decision in this regard will be final. In the event that the amount of the fees of the attorney that you selected is approved only in part, you may receive from the Company the same amount approved, and bear the balance of the fees on your own and at your expense.

 

Notwithstanding the terms of this section, in the event that the Company’s director and officer insurance policy applies to the same matter, the officer and Company will act in accordance with the provisions of the policy with respect to disagreements with the insurer regarding the identity of the representative attorney, in the event that the provisions of the policy require the same, such that transferring the handling to the other representing attorney will not allow the insurer to be released from its obligation under the policy or reduce it in any manner.

 

9.5. The Company may not bring the dispute which is the subject of the aforesaid legal proceeding for resolution by way of arbitration, mediation or settlement, without your prior written consent to the same, provided that you do not refuse to provide this consent other than for reasonable grounds that are provided to the Company in writing. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that even if the dispute in the legal proceeding is transferred for resolution by way of arbitration, mediation or settlement or in any other manner, the Company will bear the expenses related to the same in the framework of this Letter.

 

9.6. The Company may not conclude the legal proceeding by way of settlement and/or arrangement and/or agree to a settlement and/or arrangement as a result of which it is required to pay amounts for which you will not be indemnified under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, and that will not be paid in the framework of insurance liability insurance purchased and/or that will be purchased by the Company or for events that will cause you to be liable and for which you are not exempt, without your prior written consent to the settlement reached.

 

11

 

 

9.7. Cooperation with the Company

 

Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.1 through 9.6 (inclusive) above:

 

9.7.1. At the request of the Company, you will sign any document that will authorize the Company and/or any attorney as stated to handle, in your name, your defense in the framework of the same Proceeding and represent you in connection with the same, according to the above.

 

9.7.2. You will cooperate with the Company and/or any attorney as stated and/or any insurer in any reasonable manner that is required from you by any of them in the framework of their handling in connection with the same Proceeding, including dedicating the time required for handling the Proceeding, compliance with the provisions of the insurance policy, signing or providing requests, affidavits, powers of attorney and any other document, to the extent reasonable as stated. You will also comply with all of the provisions of the insurers under any policy to insure the liability of officers in which the Company engages in connection with the defense in the legal proceeding, provided that the Company ensures to cover all of the expenses that are involved in the same, such that you will not be required to pay them or finance them on your own, all subject to the provisions of this Letter.

 

9.8. The Company will not be required to indemnify you for any amount that you are charged following a settlement, arbitration or mediation, or in the case in which you admit in a criminal charge to an offense that does not require proof of mens rea, unless the Company has provided its prior written consent to the settlement or to holding the same mediation proceeding, arbitration proceeding, or your admission in the indictment as stated, as the case may be. It is noted that the Company will not refrain from providing its consent as stated other than for reasonable grounds that will be specified.

 

9.9. Non-Application of the Indemnification in Cases of Indemnification and/or Insurance from Another Party

 

The Company will not be required to pay amounts under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification for any event insofar as the same amounts are actually paid to you, for you, or in your place in any manner in the framework of an insurance policy or any indemnification undertaking of any other party, other than the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the indemnification amount under this Letter will apply over and above (and in addition to) the amount that will be paid (if any) in the framework of insurance and/or indemnification as aforementioned. The provisions of this section will not derogate from the rights of the officer with regard to the Company bearing the deductible set forth in the policy and/or the transfer of insurance payments that the Company received from insurers for the liability of the officer and/or legal expenses incurred thereby.

 

12

 

 

9.10. The Indemnification Payment

 

9.10.1. Upon your request to execute a payment in connection with any case based on this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, the Company will take all of the actions required under law for its payment and will act to arrange any approval required in connection with the same, if any.

 

9.10.2. In the event that any approval is required for a payment as stated above, and the same payment is not approved for any reason, the aforesaid payment or any part thereof that is not approved as stated above will be subject to the approval of the court (if relevant), and in any case, the Company will act to obtain it immediately and will bear all of the expenses and payments required in order to obtain it as stated above.

 

9.11. With regard to the Company’s indemnification undertaking for an action that you performed by virtue of your position as an employee, officer, or service provider on behalf of the Company in another corporation, the following provisions shall also apply:

 

9.11.1. The Company will not be required to pay, under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, amounts that you will be entitled to receive and that you will actually receive from the other corporation in the framework of an insurance policy that is formed by the other corporation and/or under an undertaking in advance for indemnification, or under an indemnification confirmation provided by the other corporation.

 

9.11.2. If your requests for receipt of indemnification and/or insurance coverage for an action performed by virtue of your position in another corporation and that may be indemnifiable under this Letter is denied by the other corporation or the insurance company of the other corporation, as applicable, the Company will pay you, under this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, amounts to which you are entitled under this Letter, if you are entitled to the same amounts, and you will assign to the Company your rights to receive amounts from the other corporation and/or under the insurance policy of the other corporation, and you will authorize the Company to collect the same amounts on your behalf, insofar as such consent is required for compliance with the provisions of this Section. In this regard, you undertake to sign any document that is required by the Company for the assignment of your aforesaid rights, and the Company’s consent to collect the aforesaid sums on your behalf.

 

13

 

 

9.11.3. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will not grant another corporation and/or any other third party any rights vis-à-vis the Company, including but without derogating from the generality of the above, a right to sue and/or demand any payment from the Company as participation in the indemnification and/or the insurance coverage provided to you by the other corporation, for an action that you performed by virtue of your position in the other corporation.

 

9.12. Subject to reasonable grounds, you may request information from the secretary of the Company within a reasonable time regarding the balance of the Maximum Indemnification Amount, pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2 above, as of the date of the request.

 

10. Repayment of an Amount Paid under an Advance Indemnification Undertaking

 

Where the Company has paid you or paid in your place any amounts under this Letter and subsequently:

 

10.1. The charge for which the amount was paid is cancelled or its amount has decreased for any reason - the Company will be assigned all of your rights to recover the amount from the plaintiff in the proceeding, and you will perform everything required in order for the same assignment to be valid and the Company to exercise it, and after you do so, you will be exempt from reimbursing the Company for the amount for which the right to its reimbursement was assigned to the Company. In the event that you fail to do so, you will be required to return to the Company the amount or part thereof, as applicable, together with linkage differentials and interest in the rates and for the period in which you are entitled to a reimbursement of the sum from the plaintiff.

 

10.2. In the event that it is found in a final judgment that you are not entitled to indemnification from the Company for the same amounts - the same amounts will be considered to be a loan provided to you by the Company, which will bear interest in the minimum rate as determined from time to time under any law in order to avoid it being a benefit for the recipient of the loan that is subject to tax. In such a case, you will be required to return these amounts to the Company when requested to do so in writing thereby, and do so based on the payment arrangement that the Company determines, and in any case, the aforesaid loan will be repaid by you in full no later than the end of three years from the date on which it is determined that you are not entitled to indemnification from the Company for the same amounts.

 

14

 

 

10.3. It is clarified that in the event that it is discovered that litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that the Company has paid to your or in your place following an investigation or proceeding held against you by a competent authority that has concluded with the filing of an indictment and/or the imposition of Financial Liability in Lieu of a Criminal Proceeding in an offense that requires proof of mens rea, insofar as payment of the same amounts is possible under any law, the same amounts will be considered to be a loan provided to you by the Company under terms as stated in Section 10.2 above. If and when it becomes clear that the Company may, under law, indemnify you for the same amounts, the same amounts will become indemnification amounts that are paid to you by the Company under this Letter, you will not be required to return them to the Company, the interest for the same will be forgiven, and the Company will bear the tax payments applicable to you for the same, if any apply.

 

11. Other Indemnities

 

Subject to the provisions of the articles of association of the Company and the resolutions of the Company’s competent organs, the provisions of this Letter above will not derogate from the Company’s right to decide on any additional indemnities retroactively or in advance and/or expand any existing indemnification for any reason, all subject to the receipt of the approvals as required under any law.

 

Fourth Chapter: General Provisions

 

12. Exculpation for Indemnification

 

The Company will not indemnify you for any of the following:

 

12.1. A breach of a fiduciary duty vis-à-vis the Company, unless you acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that your action would not harm the interests of the Company and/or another corporation;

 

12.2. Breach of the duty of care committed deliberately or recklessly, unless committed in negligence only;

 

12.3. An action with the intent to generate unlawful personal profit;

 

12.4. Penalty, civil penalty, financial sanction or fine imposed on you.

 

15

 

 

12.5. Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 6.5 above, an administrative enforcement proceeding held in your case.

 

The provisions of this Section 12 will apply, unless indemnification or insurance is permitted for the same cases above, in whole or in part, under law or under an instruction of a competent authority.

 

13. Application after the Termination of a Position

 

The Company’s undertakings under this Letter will remain in your favor and/or for your heirs and/or your other substitutes under law, without limitation in time, even after the conclusion of your position as an officer of the Company and/or after the conclusion of your employment or service in another corporation on behalf of the Company, provided that the actions at the subject of this Letter were performed during the term of your position as an officer of the Company and/or your employment or position in another corporation on behalf of the Company.

 

14. Non-Assignment

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that this Letter is not assignable. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of your death (heaven forbid), this Letter will apply to you and to your estate.

 

15. Letter In Favor of a Third Party

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that this Letter will not be interpreted as providing a right or benefit to any third party, including any insurer, and no third party, including an insurer, will have a right to demand participation of the Company in a payment that it is required to make under an agreement formed therewith, excluding the deductible set forth in the agreement as stated.

 

16. Termination, Change, Waiver and Inaction

 

16.1. This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will not require the Company to provide you with additional indemnification beyond the contents of this Letter.

 

16.2. The Company may, at its sole discretion and at any time, terminate its indemnification undertaking under this Letter, or reduce the Maximum Indemnification Amount hereunder, or limit the events to which the indemnification applies, whether regarding all of the officers or part thereof, in the event that the termination, change, or limitation as stated relates to events that occur after the date of the change only - provided that you are given prior notice of this intention in writing at least 30 days prior to the date on which its decision comes into force. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that any resolution as stated that can impair or terminate the terms of this Letter will not apply retroactively, and this Letter prior to its change or termination, as applicable, will continue to apply and be valid for all intents and purposes regarding any event that occurs prior to the change, termination or limitation, even if the proceeding for the same is initiated against the officer after the change or termination of this Letter.

 

16

 

 

16.3. A delay, extension or inaction on your part or on the part of the Company from exercising or enforcing any of the rights under this Letter will not be considered to be a waiver or impediment on your part or on the part of the Company from exercising rights in the future under this Letter and under any law, and will not prevent you or the Company from taking all of the legal and other measures required in order to exercise rights as stated above.

 

16.4. This Letter will not limit the Company or prevent it from increasing the Maximum Indemnification Amount, whether due to a decrease in the insurance amounts under the officer liability insurance policy due to the Company’s inability to obtain officer insurance that will cover the events that are subject to this indemnification under reasonable terms, or for any other reason, provided that the abovementioned decision is made in accordance with applicable law.

 

17. Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

 

The Israeli law will apply exclusively to this Letter and to any dispute that arises in connection with this Letter. The exclusive jurisdiction in all matters relating to and arising from this Letter, including its validity, breach and interpretation shall be granted to the competent courts in the Tel Aviv District only.

 

18. Validity and Previous Indemnification Letters

 

18.1. This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will enter into force upon your signature on a copy thereof in the place designated for the same and by providing the signed copy to the Company. Upon its entry into force, this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification cancels any earlier indemnification undertaking, if any was offered and provided to you by the Company. Without derogating from the generality of the above, if this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification is declared or found to be void by the competent courts, any earlier indemnification undertaking before this Letter came into force, and which this Letter should replace, will remain in full force.

 

18.2. This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will not terminate or derogate from or waiver any other indemnification, provided to you by a third party and/or to which you are entitled from any other source under law or under any prior undertaking or agreement of the Company, provided that the Company will not be required to indemnify the officer for more than the damage and expenses actually incurred for any event, even under the earlier undertaking (if it is in force), as well as under this Letter, provided that the total indemnification amount for grounds as stated in Section 6.1 above (excluding the amounts received from the insurance policies) does not exceed the Maximum Indemnification Amount as defined above.

 

17

 

 

18.3. If it is found that there is no force to a certain provision or provisions of this Letter, the same will not derogate from the validity of the other provisions, and the void / cancelled provisions will apply, mutatis mutandis, or to the extent legally possible.

 

19. This Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification will also apply to the benefit of an Alternate Director.

 

20. Addresses and Notices

 

The addresses of the parties are as set forth below:

 

  Address
Brainsway Ltd.

19 Hartom Street, Har Hotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518

Attn.: Chairman and CEO

____________    Street ______ Number ____, _________, Postal Code: _______

 

Any notice that is sent by one party to the other under or in connection with this Letter will be sent by registered mail and email, or delivered by courier. Notice that must be provided to the Company will be provided, as stated above, to two addresses. Notice provided by courier shall be considered as having arrived to the recipient on the date of the actual delivery, provided that it is a business day, and if it is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter. Notice sent by registered mail will be considered to have arrived to the recipient within three (3) business days from being sent, and notice sent by email will be considered to be notice that is received by the recipient on the date on which the notice is sent, subject to the receipt of electronic confirmation of delivery.

 

18

 

 

In witness whereof, the Company affixes its signature, through its authorized signatories, who are duly authorized.

 

Brainsway Ltd.

 

By: ________________

 

Position: _____________

 

Date: ________________

 

 

By: ________________

 

Position: _____________

 

Date: _______________

 

Signature: ___________________   Signature: ___________________

 

I have carefully read this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, understood its contents fully, and I confirm receipt of this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification and confirm my consent to all of its terms. I am aware that regarding this Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, the legal counsel of the Company does not represent me and I cannot relay thereon.

 

_____________

Name

 

Date: _____________, year ________

 

Signature: ___________________

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

Addendum

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all of the definitions, terms and expressions in this Addendum will have the meanings provided to them in the Letter of Exculpation to which this Addendum is attached, unless expressly stated otherwise.

 

Any reference to law will be made to the law applicable to the action, whether the laws of Israel, the laws of the country in which the securities of the Company are issued or listed for trade, or any other applicable law.

 

The granting of indemnification in accordance with the events below will be subject to there being no impediment under the law applicable to doing so, and in the event that limitations apply under law, the indemnification will be granted to the maximum extent permitted under the applicable law.

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, you will be entitled to indemnification or a liability or expense imposed on you for the benefit of another person in accordance with Section 6 of the Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, following an action performed by virtue of your position as an officer of the Company and/or in another corporation, as defined in the Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification, and/or a derivative of such an action, regarding the following events that are anticipated by the Company’s board of directors in light of the actual activity of the Company when providing the indemnification undertaking:

 

1. The issue of securities and/or the listing of the securities for trade on a stock exchange in Israel or overseas, including but without derogating from the generality of the above, the offer of securities to the public under a prospectus, a private placement, a sale offer, the issue of bonus shares or the offer of securities in any other manner, and the listing of securities for trade on the Stock Exchange as stated.

 

2. An event arising from the issue of bonds by the Company or arising from the fact that the bonds of the Company are traded on a trade system (public or otherwise), including their issue to the public, to private lenders, to institutional investors or qualified investors, including any change to the terms of the bonds as stated and the formation, amendment or correction of the bonds, deeds of trust for the bonds, and any other document accompanying the bonds.

 

3. A report or notice filed under the Companies Law and/or the Securities Law and/or the US Securities Exchange Act of 1933 and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including regulations enacted thereunder or under rules or instructions practiced in the Stock Exchange in Israel or the NASDAQ exchange (NASDAQ-NM) or another exchange outside of Israel, and any other law that requires the Company to provide a report or notice, or failure to provide a report or notice as stated above, and any action arising from the status of the Company as a public company or from the fact that the securities of the Company were issued to the public and/or listed for trade on the Stock Exchange in Israel or abroad, insofar as the indemnification for the same is permitted under law.

 

20

 

 

4. Any claim and/or demand that is filed with regard to the adoption of findings of an external opinion for the issue of an immediate report, prospectus, financial statements or any other disclosure document under the securities laws in Israel or outside of Israel, applicable to the Company.

 

5. A discussion of and passing resolutions, and providing reporting and disclosure in reports of the Company, if any are provided under the securities laws, including the provision of an assessment regarding the effectiveness of the internal control and additional matters included in the board of director’s report of the Company, and providing declarations and comments to the financial statements.

 

6. The preparation, formation, approval of and signing on financial statements, including passing resolutions regarding the operation of accounting rules and restatement in the financial statements.

 

7. The adoption of financial reporting based on the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (the US GAAP) or any financial reporting standards practiced by the Company or its subsidiaries, and any action involved in the same.

 

8. Financial liability imposed on an officer for an action by third parties against the officer due to misleading or incomplete disclosure, written or verbal, to existing and/or potential investors of the Company, including in the case of a merger of the Company with another company.

 

9. Any action and/or demand regarding non-disclosure or failure to provide any type of information in the time required in accordance with the law and/or in connection with misleading disclosure and/or defective disclosure of information as stated, to third parties, including the tax authorities in or outside of Israel, an investment center, the local authorities and any government or institutional authorities and/or professional or other body. Additionally, events arising from or related to proper disclosure and/or information provided or that is not provided by the Company to third parties in connection with securities, financial assets, deposits or any other information related to its activity, insofar as the indemnification for the same is permitted under law.

 

10. Any event and/or action for which indemnification can be provided under the Efficiency of Enforcement Proceedings in the Securities Authority Law (Legislative Amendments), 5771-2011.

 

11. Any action and/or demand filed by a customer, supplier, contractor and/or any other third party that conducts business with the Company and/or another corporation and/or any action and/or demand that is filed against the officer by any person and/or corporation and/or entity and/or authority.

 

21

 

 

12. Any action or demand that is filed in connection with a transaction, as defined in Section 1 of the Companies Law, including negotiations for the engagement in a transaction or action, the receipt of credit, a transfer, sale, purchase or pledge of assets (tangible and/or intangible) or undertakings, including securities or providing or receiving a right in any of the same, investments made by the Company in other bodies, the provision of securities, and an action involved directly or indirectly in the transaction as stated, including the transfer of information or documents.

 

13. Events related to the execution of investments by the Company in any corporations (including investments that are not executed), before, during and after the execution of the investment, during the engagement, signing, development and monitoring, including actions performed on behalf of the Company as a director, officer, employee or observer on the board of directors in a corporation in which the investment is made.

 

14. Anything related, directly or indirectly, to the management of the Company’s investment portfolio, the management of the bank accounts in which the Company operates in banks and the execution of actions in the above Bank accounts, including with respect to the foreign currency transactions (including deposits in foreign currency), securities (including a repurchase transaction in securities and the lending and borrowing of securities), charge cards, bank guarantees, letters of credit, investment consulting agreements, including with portfolio managers, hedging transactions, options, futures, derivatives, swap transactions, and so on.

 

15. Events that impacted or may materially impact the profitability of the Company, its property, rights or liabilities.

 

16. The violation of the provisions of any agreement to which the Company is party.

 

17. Any legal action on behalf of and for the Company, including but without limitation, the transfer of information and documents, representation of the Company in legal proceedings and/or quasi-legal proceedings, the preparation of contracts and engagement documents for and on behalf of the Company, reports to the various authorities on behalf of the Company, and any action on behalf of and for the Company as secretary of the Company. This Section 17 will only apply to the legal counsel and secretary of the Company. This Section 17 will be in addition to the events listed in this Addendum above, and will not limit or derogate from the application of the indemnification to which the legal counsel and secretary of the Company are entitled in connection with the aforesaid events.

 

22

 

 

18. Any action and/or demand filed by purchasers, owners, renters and/or other holders of assets of the Company for damages and/or losses related to use of such assets.

 

19. Any action taken by the Company in the fields of the transactions that it performs, its holdings, investments, trade, development, finance, financial management, production, import, marketing, submission and sale of its products, storage and management of inventory of any kind, and the other activities of the Company and the subsidiaries, to the extent permitted under law.

 

20. Decisions and/or actions related to the approval of transactions with interested parties, as the same transactions are defined in the Fifth Chapter of the Sixth Part of the Companies Law.

 

21. Proceedings related to a decision regarding the performance of a distribution (or non-performance), as defined in the Companies Law, including a distribution with the approval of the Court, including for the avoidance of any doubt, a buy-back of securities.

 

22. Any action or inaction in connection with a change to the Company’s structure, a change to the Company’s ownership, its reorganization, liquidation, receivership of its assets, sale of its assets or business, including but without derogating from the generality of the above, a merger, split, change to the capital of the Company, subsidiaries, their liquidation or sale, an allocation.

 

23. The formation, modification or amendment of arrangements between the Company and the shareholders and/or bondholders and/or banks and/or creditors of the Company or of another corporation.

 

24. An expression or statement, including the presentation of a position or opinion, a voting and/or abstention from a vote, performed in good faith by the officer during his position and by virtue of his position, including in the framework of meetings of the board of directors or any of its committees, negotiations or engagements with suppliers or customers.

 

25. An action contrary to the articles of association of the Company.

 

26. An action in connection with the management of market risks.

 

27. Any action and/or demand regarding actions for the receipt of loans and credit frameworks, including by way of the issue of bonds, provision of financial undertakings, the creation of pledges and the provision of securities in connection with financing, including the formation of arrangements in connection with the repayment of the financing.

 

23

 

 

28. Any action and/or demand filed by a lender or a creditor or regarding funds loaned by them and/or debts of the Company towards them.

 

29. The exercise of a personal guarantee provided by the officer to the Company, as a guarantee for the undertakings and/or declarations of the Company.

 

30. Events arising from or related to holdings of the Company, whether by themselves or as a trustee, in various corporations, including regarding the manner of the vote in the general meetings of the same corporations.

 

31. The failure to perform complete and/or adequate due diligence proceedings in investments of the Company, which resulted in the loss of investments in whole or in part and/or harm to the business of the Company and/or a breach by the Company of undertakings vis-à-vis a third party.

 

32. The formation of work plans, including pricing, marketing, distribution, instructions to employees, customers, agents, marketers and suppliers, and any collaborations.

 

33. Actions related to the issue of licenses, permits or approvals, including approvals and/or exemptions regarding antitrust matters, restrictive arrangements, mergers and monopolies (in this section: the “Approvals”) and/or in connection with undertakings and/or liabilities of the subsidiaries based on the Approvals provided thereto and/or an action that requires receipt of Approvals (regardless of whether they were received) in or outside of Israel.

 

34. Participation in and formation of tenders.

 

35. Civil or criminal actions related to the ordinary and normal course of the Company’s business, and extraordinary transactions of the Company subject to the terms of Section 1 of the Indemnification Undertaking.

 

36. Any action or omission that causes bodily injury, illness, death, damage to property, including loss of use thereof.

 

37. Events related directly or indirectly to a resolution and/or action of the Company and/or the officer in the framework of his position in the Company and/or another corporation, that involves lack of compliance and/or violation of the law, including (and without derogating from the generality of the above) of the provisions of legislation (including secondary legislation) such as the Companies Law, the Securities Law, the Antitrust Law, the Prohibition of Money Laundering Law, the Consumer Protection Law (including any order or regulation under the provisions of the aforesaid legislation) and lack of compliance and/or breach by the Company and/or the officer of a decision and/or instruction and/or order and/or permit and/or letter of consent and/or judgment and/or order issued by a government or regulatory authority and/or any other body, whether in Israel or external thereto.

 

24

 

 

38. Investigations of statement authorities in Israel and abroad.

 

39. Actions in connection with proceedings for the receipt of regulatory approvals for products of the Company, and maintenance of the same approvals, the license and licensing processes and/or inspection processes of products of the Company and/or its services, including the submission of requests in connection with products of the Company and/or its services, and any discussions for the same with suppliers, service providers, and with competent government and/or district authorities with regard to products of the Company and its services, including the US Department of Health and the US Food and Drug Administration, notified bodies, and any relevant body and/or authority in Israel or abroad, and the actions required for the Company’s compliance with the licensing provisions and the requirements on behalf of the aforesaid authorities, including the quality standards provided thereto and/or to its products and/or for its services, and in connection with the distribution of the products of the Company, their sale, the provision of licenses for use thereof and/or in connection with claims that the Company acted without approvals as stated above.

 

40. Actions in connection with the creation and performance of trials, including clinical trials, through products developed by the Company and/or its services, whether the same trials were performed by the Company or were performed by a third party, and engagements with suppliers and service providers in connection with the above, and the actions required in order to obtain approvals to perform trials as stated, compliance with the aforesaid approvals, and any reporting for the same that the Company is required to perform, and actions in connection with claims that the Company acted without the same approvals, and damage caused as a result of the trials as stated above.

 

41. Actions in connection with taxation pursuant to proceedings and the tax policy of the Company, including an action related to tax liability of the Company and/or a subsidiary and/or shareholders of any of them.

 

42. Financial liability applied to an officer for actions in which he was involved on behalf of the Company, or with the various state institutions.

 

43. Any administrative, public or judicial action, orders, judgments, claims, demands, claim letters, instructions, allegations, pledges, attachments, investigation proceedings and/or notices of lack of compliance and/or breach of an action of a government authority and/or other entities that claim potential liability and/or debt (including for enforcement expenses, investigations, responses of government authorities and/or fines and/or contributions, indemnification, recovery payments, compensation) as a result of the same and/or the non-compliance with the provisions of a law, regulation, order, ordinance, rule, practice, instruction, license, guideline, policy and/or judgment by the Company and/or the officers of the Company in the framework of this position in the Company and/or another corporation, in Israel or abroad (including for an administrative enforcement proceeding, insofar as the indemnification for the same is permitted under law).

 

25

 

 

44. Actions related to terms of employment of employees, including handling pension funds, provident funds, insurance and savings funds, options and other benefits.

 

45. Any claim and/or demand that is submitted by employees, consultants, agents, marketers, other individuals and/or an entity employed and/or providing services to the Company in connection with the damages owed to them or damages and/or liability incurred in connection with their employment by the Company or their engagement with the Company, including events related to terms of employment of employees and employment relations, including but not limited to negotiations, engagement in and application of employment agreements, terms of employment, employee benefits, granting securities or securities-based compensation, employee promotion, handling pension arrangements, insurance and savings funds, and events related to work safety and work injuries, whether causing bodily harm or causing property harm.

 

46. An action or decision related to work safety and hygiene and/or work conditions.

 

47. Actions and/or demands filed in connection with existing breaches and/or alleged breaches of intellectual property rights of a third party (including patents, designs, copyrights, and so on) in connection with products of the Company or that in which the aforesaid rights are misused, as well as actions related to the intellectual property of the Company and protecting the same, including the registration or enforcement of intellectual property rights and defense in claims in connection with the same.

 

48. Negotiations, engagement and operation of insurance policies and/or failure to make proper insurance arrangements.

 

49. Coverage of a deductible in the case of the operation of officer liability insurance.

 

50. Any action and/or demand that relates to a decision and/or activity of the Company and/or the officer in the framework of his position in the Company and/or in another corporation, after the appropriate inspection and consulting are performed regarding the type of decision and/or activity of the same kind, including decisions passed by the board of directors of the Company and/or in one of its committees.

 

51. Actions in connection with documents related to the matters listed above, or in connection with actions or decisions related to the matters listed above, or in connection with representations and undertakings provided in connection with the matters listed above, including representations and undertakings as stated above that are provided vis-à-vis third parties or vis-à-vis the Company or a party on its behalf (including its consultants, such as accountants, attorneys and so on).

 

52. Any action and/or demand related to one of the events set forth above, in connection with the service of the officer in the Company or another corporation (as defined in the Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification).

 

* * *

 

 

26

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

Appendix B

 

[UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH]

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED COMPENSATION POLICY

Brainsway Ltd. (“the Company”)

 

1. General

 

1.1. This document constitutes the compensation policy for officers as per the definition thereof in article 267(A) of The Companies Law - 1999 (“The Companies Law”).

 

1.2. The purpose of this document is the determination of guidelines for the manner of the compensation of officers in the Company, taking into account principles which will enable preservation of a proper balance between the desire to compensate an officer for his performance, to recruit, to incentivize and to preserve quality officers for the long term, and between the needs to ensure that the compensation structure accords with the business strategy of the Company, its goals and its performance over time, taking into account, inter alia, the risk management policy of the Company.

 

1.3. The Company determines its compensation policy for officers, amongst other things, according to the following considerations:

 

1.3.1. Promotion of the aims of the Company, its work plan and with emphasis on long term policy aspects.

 

1.3.2. Proper incentives for officers taking into account its risk management policy.

 

1.3.3. The Company’s current stage, size, nature and scope of activity.

 

1.3.4. With regard to variable components - the contribution of the officer to the achievement of the aims of the Company and maximization of its profits, with a long term view and in accordance with the position of the officer.

 

1.3.5. The financial position or the share price of the Company.

 

1.4. It is emphasized that this policy does not grant any of the current and future officers in the Company a right to receive any compensation specified in this compensation policy. The compensation to which a current or future officer shall be entitled, shall be under the specific terms determined for him and approved by the organs authorized therefore without any event by the Company and subject to the provisions of applicable law.

 

 

 

 

1.5. It is emphasized that the compensation policy determines ceilings for the various compensation components and accordingly in the event that an officer receives compensation which is lower than the policy compensation, this shall not be deemed as deviation or departure from the compensation policy of the Company and approval of the general assembly therefor shall not be required, as is required in an instance of the approval of the terms of service and employment which deviate from the compensation policy.

 

1.6. This compensation policy applies to all officers in the Company, which as of the date of adoption of the policy include the chairman of the Board of Directors, the directors, the CEO, officers directly subordinate to the CEO, including officers or employees in subsidiaries incorporated in Israel and outside of Israel, who are considered officers in the Company, as per the definition of this term in The Companies Law.

 

2. Components of the Compensation Package

 

2.1. The comprehensive compensation of the officers in the Company will be comprised of a number of compensation components (all of them or part thereof):

 

2.1.1. Basic wage or salary.

 

2.1.2. Social and ancillary benefits - these include, inter alia, pension savings, managers insurance, provision for severance pay, loss of work capacity insurance, vacation, sick pay, recuperation pay, travel expenses, continuing education fund, provision of a vehicle for fulfillment of function, holiday gifts, participation in welfare and leisure activities customary for all employees of the Company, communications and periodicals, and membership fees in professional associations, participation in professional workshops, professional literature, professional liability insurance, annual medical examination, and all as shall be customary at the Company from time to time.

 

2.1.3 Exemption, indemnification and insurance for officers.

 

2.1.4 Variable performance based compensation - cash grant (hereinafter: “annual grant”)

 

2.1.5 Variable compensation - capital.

 

2.1.6 Special grants.

 

2.1.7 Termination of service arrangement - compensation, advance notice, adaptation grant or any other benefit provided to officers in connection with termination of their position in the Company.

 

2

 

 

2.2 Definitions

 

2.2.1 Base wage” or “salary/monthly salary” - gross monthly wage.

 

2.2.2. Cost of wage” - basic wage together with social and ancillary benefits in terms of costs to the employer.

 

2.2.3 Compensation package” - total cost of compensation as stated in clause 2.1 in terms of costs to employer, including cost of wage, annual grant and equity compensation in terms of average value per year of maturity.

 

2.2.4 Officer” - as per the definition thereof in The Companies Law.

 

3. Manner of Determination of Compensation

 

The terms of the position and the employment of an officer at the Company shall be determined and approved, inter alia, taking into account and considering the following principles:

 

3.1 The education, skills, expertise, professional experience and achievements of the officer and their suitability to the needs of the Company and its business strategy.

 

3.2 The position of the officer, the scope of his responsibility and previous wage agreements with him.

 

3.3 Internal comparison - a comparison of the compensation of the officer to that of the other employees of the Company -

 

In determining the terms of service and employment of an officer, the Company shall examine the average and median cost of wage of the other employees of the Company (including contractor employees, as relevant) and the influence of gaps between the average and median cost of wage of the terms in question, upon the work relations of the Company.

 

3.4 The following table expresses the mix of components of compensation in a manner which describes the possible range of proportion between a fixed component of compensation in annual terms and between variable components of compensation in annual terms:

 

Position   Minimal cost of
fixed compensation
(per gross wage)
  Maximum cost of variable
compensation (monetary
and capital1)
Chairman of the Board of Directors   100%    
CEO   30-100%   0-70%
Other officers in Israel directly subordinates to the CEO   40-100%   0-60%

 

 

 

1 Equity Compensation - In accordance with its value at the time of the granting.

3

 

 

4. Base Wage

 

4.1 The base wage expresses the skills of the employee, his experience, the knowledge he brings with him to the position, expertise in the field, education, professional qualifications attained and so forth, taking into account the scope of responsibility imposed upon him and the demands of the position demanded from him.

 

4.2 The base wage of an officer will be determined in negotiations for his employment at the Company, taking into account the considerations and parameters set forth in Clause 3 above.

 

4.3 With regard to officers whose place of work is in Israel (“officers in Israel”) the compensation policy of the Company determines that:

 

4.3.1 The monthly wage of the chairman of the Board of Directors in the Company shall not exceed NIS 75,000 (for full-time position). The monthly wage shall be reduced in a linear manner in the case of a reduction in the scope of the position.

 

4.3.2 The monthly wage of the CEO of the Company shall not exceed NIS 85,000.

 

4.3.3 The monthly wage of other officers in the Company who are direct subordinates to the CEO, shall not exceed NIS 65,000.

 

5. Social and Ancillary Conditions

 

5.1 In addition to the wage specified in Clause 4 above, the Company shall be entitled, upon the approval of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors, to grant to its officers social and ancillary benefits as required by law, or are customary amongst officers in the market and at a level suitable to their position and the size of the Company, its financial state and the scope of its activity, and including (and without detracting from the generality of that stated above: provision for pension fund and managers insurance, severance pay, loss of work capacity insurance, provision for continuing education fund, vehicle (including vehicle expenses and bearing of the tax costs), communications expenses (telephone, internet, periodicals and so forth), professional association membership fees (attorney, CPA and so forth), participation in welfare and leisure activities customary for all employees of the Company, participation in professional workshops, professional literature, professional liability insurance. Annual medical examination, recuperation fees, sick pay, annual vacation (up to a ceiling of 22 days per annum) holiday gifts and so forth.

 

4

 

 

5.2 Accumulation of Vacation Days - officers in the Company shall be entitled to accumulate vacation days up to a period of two years only. An officer who has not utilized his vacation days in respect of the years prior to the years accumulated, the surplus days shall be erased.

 

5.3 Refund of Expenses - all of the officers in the Company shall be entitled to a refund of expenses reasonably expended in practice in the framework of their function, including expenses for participation in meetings, overseas travel, per diem accommodation expenses and reasonable expenses for relocation outside of Israel, and this against presentation of receipts. The Company shall be entitled to pay in advance the expenses of officers by means of a credit card. Refund of expenses in the event of overseas travel shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures of the Company, with ceilings for such expenses determined in the procedures.

 

5.4 Miscellaneous - the Company is entitled to grant additional ancillary conditions to its officers as shall be customary from time to time for the remainder of the employees of the Company.

 

6. Exemption, Indemnification, and Insurance

 

6.1 Exemption Deeds for Officers - the Company shall be entitled to grant to any officer in the Company, including controlling interests and their relations, deeds of exemption as shall be approved by the authorized organs in the Company, and provided that the exemption shall not apply to a resolution or a transaction in which the controlling interest or any officer in the Company (also some other officer for whom an exemption was issued) has a personal interest in.

 

6.2 Deeds of Indemnification for Officers - the Company shall be entitled to grant to any officer in the Company deeds of indemnification, in the broadest possible manner permitted at law and as shall be approved by the authorized organs in the Company.

 

6.3 Officers Insurance - without detracting from the generality of that stated above, the Company shall be entitled at any time during the course of this compensation policy, to purchase from time to time liability insurance for officers (including run-off type policies), which shall insure the liability of directors and officers serving and who shall serve form time to time in the Company and its subsidiaries during such periods. When the engagement as stated may be by way of extension of a terminating policy, while changing its conditions, and provided that the engagement shall be on the basis of the principles specified below (in this Clause “Principles to Engagement”) and shall not deviate from the material conditions included in the principles for engagement as stated. The following are the principles for engagement:

 

5

 

 

6.3.1 With regard to a “claims made” type officer’s insurance policy:

 

6.3.1.1 The limit of liability of the insurer in the framework of a policy purchased as mentioned shall not exceed $25,000,000 in respect of one claim or cumulatively under the policy, and coverage of reasonable legal expenses for claims submitted in Israel and outside of Israel, as customary.

 

6.3.1.2 The annual insurance fees which shall be paid by the Company for any one year of insurance, shall not exceed a total of $100,000.

 

6.3.1.3 The amount of the deductible which shall be determined in any policy purchased as stated shall not deviate from that customary in the market for insurance policies of the type and the scope and at the time of the engagement in the policy.

 

6.3.2 With regard to “run-off” type policies.

 

6.3.2.1 The limit of liability of the insurer in the framework of a policy purchased as mentioned shall not exceed $25,000,000 in respect of one claim or cumulatively under the policy, and coverage of reasonable legal expenses for claims submitted in Israel and outside of Israel, as customary.

 

6.3.2.2 The insurance fees which shall be paid by the Company for a run-off insurance period of seven years, shall not exceed a total of $100,000.

 

6.3.2.3 The amount of the deductible which shall be determined in any policy purchased as stated shall not deviate from that customary in the market for insurance policies of the type and the scope and at the time of the engagement in the policy.

 

6.3.3 It is clarified that such extent of the Company shall be registered for trading overseas, it shall be entitled to increase the limits of liability of the insurer such that the limit of liability in the framework of each policy purchased shall not exceed $40,000,000 per claim or cumulatively under the policy, and coverage for reasonable legal expenses for claims submitted in Israel and outside of Israel, as customary.

 

7. Advanced Notice

 

7.1 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to determine a period of advanced notice for officers in Israel up to a ceiling of two months in the first year of engagement and four months in subsequent years.

 

7.2 During the course of the advanced notice period, the officer shall be required to continue to fulfill his position and shall be entitled to continuation of all of the terms of his position and employment without change, save if the Board of Directors shall resolve to release him from this obligation.

 

6

 

 

7.3 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to determine an advance notice also for termination of employment triggered by one or more of the events set forth in clauses (a) to (c) of the definition of “acceleration event” in Section 10.3.9 below.

 

8. Annual Grant - Cash (Bonus)

 

8.1 The compensation policy of the Company is based, inter alia, on the principle that the comprehensive compensation of an officer at the Company must be influenced by the business results of the Company and his personal contribution to the achievement of the strategic targets of the Company.

 

8.2. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to grant to the CEO and to officers directly subordinate to the CEO, an annual grant (bonus) on the basis of their fulfillment of performance targets as determined for them, in accordance with the annual grant program which shall be approved by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of the Company each year.

 

8.3 Threshold Conditions

 

The entitlement to an annual grant for an officer is subject to fulfillment of cumulative preconditions which shall be calculated on the basis of the reports of the Company, as follows:

 

8.3.1 Annual operating profit or loss which shall not be less than or exceed (respectively) the rate of operating profit or loss determined in the work plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company at the start of the year.

 

8.3.2 The Company does not have negative cash flow or other circumstances which endanger its ability to meet its liabilities over the course of the following 24 months (after calculation of the grant.)

 

8.3.3 In a year in which the cumulative conditions are not fulfilled, annual grants shall not be distributed to officers.

 

8.4 The targets used for calculation of the annual grant for each officer and their proportional weight.

 

8.4.1 Determination of Targets and the Achievement Thereof

 

The targets will be determined annually by the compensation committee and approved by the Board of Directors. The compensation committee will consult with the CEO in establishing personal targets and will receive information from him for examination of achievement by the officers of the targets. In the framework of the annual report for the previous year, the Company shall publish the criteria under which the grants for the current year will be determined without details of the quantitative target entitling to a grant. To such extent as a grant shall be paid in respect of fulfillment of targets, the Company shall report in the framework of the periodic report, the scope of the achievement of the targets and the manner of calculation of the annual grant which was paid.

 

7

 

 

8.4.2 Company-wide Targets

 

The company-wide the targets will include at least two metrics, which shall be performance or financial (such as income from sales, gross profit, operating profit/loss, net profit/loss, EBITDA, adherence to an annual budget approved in advance by the Board of Directors, share price for the Company, income from a certain model or product, income in a certain territory, obtaining of regulatory approvals, recruitment for clinical trials and so forth).

 

8.4.3 Personal Target Metrics

 

The personal target metrics will include at least two metrics determined in advance for the year measured in accordance with the fields of activity and responsibility of the officer. For each officer there shall be determined personal targets which shall derive, inter alia, from the work plan and the strategy of the Company and from the work plan of the units for which the officer is responsible. Metrics for example: Achievement of division budgetary targets, achievement of development target, receipt of FDA approval, number of systems installed/ordered, decrease of production costs, improvement of products quality (as measured in number of faults), success in clinical trials, signature of distribution agreements, expansion of insurance coverage for Company products, publishing of clinical articles, improvement in financial parameters, obtainment of projects targets and other operating parameters (efficiency, employee turnover, cost savings and so forth), reduction of inventory turnaround, material fund raising, merger or material acquisition.

 

It is clarified that it is possible to include in the personal targets, metrics from the company-wide metrics.

 

Assessment of the personal targets determined for officers will be made by the CEO, and presented before and subject to approval of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors.

 

8.4.4 Assessment of Performance by the Supervisor

 

In calculating the annual grant, the compensation committee and the Board of Directors will be entitled to grant part of the grant on the basis of qualitative performance assessment of the officer which shall refer to metrics such as initiative, excellence, contribution to the results of the Company, as distinct from the company-wide and personal metrics as stated.

 

8

 

 

8.4.5 Grant Mix

 

8.4.5.1 The proportional weight of each one of the targets set out above shall be as follows below:

 

Rank   Company-wide Targets   Personal Targets     Performance Assessment
CEO   60-100%     0%   0-40%
Other officers   30-40%     50-60%     0-20%

 

8.4.5.2 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to deviate from the considerations as stated in clause 8.4.5.1.

 

8.4.6 Annual Grant Ceiling

 

The annual grant ceiling (without the special grant) shall be determined at the start of the measured year but shall not exceed that stated below:

 

8.4.6.1 CEO - Up to four monthly salaries.

 

8.4.6.2 Other Officers in Israel - Up to two monthly salaries of the relevant officer.

 

8.5 Annual Grant General Provisions

 

8.5.1 The annual grant in cash to officers as approved by the compensation committee and the Board of Directors will be paid together with the first salary after approval of the annual financial reports of the Company.

 

8.5.2 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to reduce up to 25% of the variable compensation for an officer which was calculated for such year according to the compensation mechanisms determined in compensation policy.

 

8.5.3 Officers will undertake to return to the Company the amount of the grant, net, or part thereof if it evolves in the future that the grant was issued on the basis of figures which were audited by the accountant of the Company and which were discovered to be misleading and were restated in the financial reports of the Company during a period of the three subsequent annual financial reports after the date of approval of the grant. In any instance where an officer will be required to return amounts of a grant as stated, the entitlement of the officer to a future grant will initially be set off. That stated in this clause shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Company in the event where these stated figures in the audited financial reports of the Company lead to entitlement to a grant in an amount which is higher in respect of such year.

 

9

 

 

8.5.4 There shall be no obligation upon an officer to return amounts and the Company shall not pay to an officer any amount as stated in this clause above in any of the following instances:

 

8.5.4.1 In the event that the restatement of the financial reports arises from a change in the accounting standards.

 

8.5.4.2 In the event of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors determine in special circumstances that repayment of the grant (or part thereof) as stated in this clause above by the officer is impossible or unimplementable from a commercial, legal or any other aspects.

 

8.5.5 In the event of termination of the employment of an officer in the Company during any year, with the exception of termination under circumstances which preclude severance pay, the Company shall be entitled to grant the officer a proportional part of his annual grant in respect of the period from the commencement of the calendar year in which the employment of the officer in the Company was terminated and until the date of termination of employment, in accordance with the discretion of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors. In such instance, the grant will be paid only on the date of the payment of the annual grant for the remainder of the officers in the Company.

 

9 Special Grants

 

9.1 In addition to the annual grant, the Company shall be entitled to pay to each one of the officers a special grant for performance of the officer which is not measurable or in light of special and extraordinary contribution of the officer such as in connection with completion of a transaction (including merger, acquisition or issue transactions), which is exceptional in its scope or in its inherent achievement (“special grant”). A special grant may be paid to an officer one time per annum only. The amount of the discretionary special grant shall not exceed three monthly salaries for any of the officers in the Company. This restriction shall include also the component of the performance estimation in the annual grant in cash, if existing.

 

9.2 In the event that the Company shall close a merger and acquisition transaction in the period of engagement with the relevant officer:

 

9.2.1 Subject to the approval of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors, the CEO shall be entitled to a grant of up to NIS 1,000,000 (whether the Company terminates the engagement with the CEO as a result of the transaction or not).

 

9.2.2 In the event that the Company shall terminate the engagement with an officer who is not the CEO, over the course of the 24 months after completion of the merger and acquisition transaction, not subsequent to performance of a crime or breach of a material condition in the engagement as stated, to such extent as merger and acquisition documents which are binding were signed prior to the officer receiving a notice of termination, the compensation committee and the Board of Directors are entitled to determine that such officer shall be entitled to a grant of up to six monthly salaries of the relevant officer.

 

10

 

 

9.2.3 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors are entitled to determine with regard to an officer who is not the CEO that to such extent as the officer shall continue in his position at the Company after the merger and acquisition transaction, for a period determined by them, such officer shall be entitled to a grant of up to six monthly salaries of the relevant officer.

 

9.2.4 In this clause, “merger and acquisition transaction”, means (1) a sale or transfer transaction of all or of the principle assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, including by means of the granting of a perpetual, exclusive and global license. Or (2) the purchase of the Company by: (A) Merger or the consolidation of the Company with another entity, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company prior to the transaction shall not hold the majority of the voting rights in the surviving entity. (The surviving entity can be the Company), or (B) sale, assignment or discharge of all or almost all the issued and paid up shares of the Company, or any significant part thereof. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive authority to determine whether any transaction is deemed a “a merger and acquisition transaction” under this clause 9.

 

9.3 In the event that the Company shall close a successful issue in the period of engagement of the relevant officer, subject to approval of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors, such officer shall be entitled to a grant as follows: CEO - NIS1,000,000. Other officer - Up to 6 monthly salaries.

 

9.4 In this clause “successful issue”, shall mean initial offering of ordinary shares of the Company in a stock exchange outside of Israel, which shall result in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000,00. The Board of Directors shall be exclusively authorized to determine whether such issue is deemed “successful issue” under clause 9.

 

9.5 The special grants as stated in this clause shall be granted to an officer who is not the CEO on the basis of a recommendation of the CEO and subject to approval of the compensation committee and of the Board of Directors. Regarding the CEO of the Company, special grants shall be awarded on the basis of recommendations of the Board of Directors and subject to approval and the compensation committee and the Board of Directors.

 

9.6 It is clarified that the Company is entitled to pay the special grants as stated in this clause 9, even when it does not fulfill the cumulative pre-conditions set out in clause 8.3.

 

11

 

 

10. Equity Compensation

 

10.1 The Company reserves the rights to grant its officers restricted shares (RS) and or restricted share units (RSUs) and or options for ordinary shares of the Company (herein after jointly: “securities”), in accordance with the equity compensation plan adopted from time to time and subject to applicable law.

 

10.2 It is clarified that the granting of restricted shares (RS) and or restricted share units (RSUs) (if granted) shall be subject to the performance targets relevant to the nature of activity of the Company.

 

10.3 The entitlement of an officer to equity compensation shall be according to the definitions in the plans approved by the Company from time to time. These definitions shall relate, at the very least, to the following details:

 

10.3.1 Maximum percentage of dilution, in respect of such plan, arising from the allotment of securities in the period of the policy, including to employees and in respect of consultancy services and including to employees overseas, shall not exceed a rate of 10% upon full dilution prior to the current compensation policy period2. Without detracting from that stated above, the maximum vesting rate for officers in Israel, save for the CEO, shall not exceed 0.5% per annum upon full dilution.3

 

10.3.2 In addition, the value of the annual equity component granted to any officer (if granted) subordinate to the CEO, shall not exceed five sixth monthly salaries of such officer. For such purpose, the value of the annual equity component will be calculated on the date of the granting on the basis of customary economic models and will be divided by the number of years of maturity of the equity component. With regard to the CEO and the VP finance, the value of the annual equity component shall not exceed seven monthly salaries of the CEO or the VP finance, as the case maybe.

 

10.3.3 The exercise price of the option units for any officer shall not be less than 10% above average closing share price of the Company in the 90 trading days preceding the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to allot the options, save if it is determined that extraordinary fluctuation in the share price obligates utilizing an average for a longer period.

 

 

 

 

2 For such purpose, equity compensation which was approved by the Board of Directors prior to the current policy period, shall not be taken into account.
3 For example - if an officer in Israel is allotted (save for the CEO) in a certain year, securities at a rate of 2% from the issued capital of the Company, the vesting rate will be divided in the manner that vesting of each segment shall not exceed 0.5% per annum.

12

 

 

10.3.4 It is clarified that unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee and the Board of Directors, and subject to the provisions of applicable law (including the provisions of The Company’s Law and the stock exchange regulations), the exercise price of restricted shares and restricted share units, is zero.

 

10.3.5 The vesting period of each group of securities will vest over the course of no less than three years, starting from 12 months at least after the date of the granting, when the vesting is in equal parts, save for with the CEO, for whom the compensation committee and the Board of Directors may determine that on the first date of vesting up to 25% of the amount of the securities shall vest in the relevant group, and provided that the remainder of the vesting shall be in equal parts.

 

10.3.6 The Company shall be entitled to grant securities which may be exercised within a period which shall not exceed eight years from the date of the granting thereof and so long as they have not expired previously and all as shall be determined in the allotment program. At the end of up to eight years from the date of the granting, all of the securities which have not been exercised shall expire.

 

10.3.7 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors will determine the terms of the exercise of securities upon the termination of employee-employer relations between an officer and the Company (due to dismissal, resignation, death or disability and so forth) including in the framework of the equity compensation program and with regard to the CEO, upon approval of allotment at the general assembly or thereafter.

 

10.3.8 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to determine that upon an acceleration event, or as a result of the termination of engagement due to death or disability, the vesting of the securities which were granted to the officer shall be accelerated, in whole or in part, including for securities which were granted prior to approval of this compensation policy.

 

10.3.9 “Acceleration event” shall mean one or more of the following events, when the Company has exclusive discretion to decide with regard to each granting of securities, which of the following events will be included as an acceleration event for such granting (and provided that the definition shall include at least one event from the list): (a) A change in control (as defined in the Securities Law - 1968 at the Company. (b) The sale of all or of the principal assets of the Company. (c) A merger or acquisition transaction as defined in Clause 9.2.4. (d) A successful issue as defined and clause 9.3.

 

10.3.10 The Company shall be entitled to determine that securities which will be granted to an employee under the tax method which shall maximize the tax benefit for the employee.

 

13

 

 

10.3.11 In general, exercise of securities shall be cashless save if determined otherwise by the compensation committee and the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

11. Directors’ Wage

 

11.1 The wages of the directors (with the exception for the chairman of the Board of Directors and directors with additional positions in the Company and employed by it) shall not exceed the maximum permitted compensation under the Companies Regulations (rules for compensation of external director) - 2000 (“compensation regulations”), in accordance with the rank at which the Company is classified under the Compensation Regulations. Whether the director is an expert shall be taken into account for such purpose, as per the definition of an expert external director in the Compensation Regulations.

 

11.2 The external directors and all of the other directors in the Company shall be entitled to refund of expenses as determined in the compensation regulations. The Company shall be entitled to refund to the remaining directors in the Company their reasonable expenses actually made in the framework of their position, including participation in meetings, travel and overseas accommodation expenses, per diem and accommodations as against receipts, and all in accordance with procedures of the Company.

 

11.3 Clause 6 (exemption, indemnification and officer’s insurance) above shall apply also to directors, including external directors.

 

11.4 Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Company is entitled to grant equity compensation to a director with expertise in the field of activity of the Company and or with the special contribution and provided that such director is not the chairman of the Board of Directors nor has an additional position in the Company and nor is employed or provides services to the Company, and subject to the provisions of Clause 10.3 (equity compensation) which shall apply to such director and or the equity compensation offered to him, mutatis mutandis.

 

11.5 Directors employed by the Company or providing services to it by means of companies under their control shall not be entitled to additional compensation in respect of their function as directors.

 

14

 

 

12. Work Overseas

 

12.1 Notwithstanding that stated in Clauses 4.3, 7.1, 8.4.6 and 10.3.2 of this compensation policy, regarding officers who are not residents of Israel (“officer outside of Israel”), the terms of the position and the employment shall be as per the following limits:

 

12.1.1 The basic annual wage ceiling shall not exceed $400,000.4

 

12.1.2 In addition to the base salary specified in Clause 12.1.1 above, the Company shall be entitled, with the approval of the compensation committee and the Board of Directors, to approve social and ancillary benefits for an officer outside of Israel in accordance with that customary in the country in which he carries out his position.

 

12.1.3 The annual cash grant (bonus) ceiling5 shall not exceed six monthly salaries of such officer.

 

12.1.4 The value of the annual equity component at the time of the granting shall not exceed 12 monthly salaries of such officer. For such purpose, the value of the annual equity component will be calculated on the date of the granting on the basis of customary economic models and will be divided by the number of years of maturity of the equity component.

 

12.1.5 Advance notice – the compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to determine a period of up to 12 months advanced notice of termination to officers and employees outside Israel.
     
12.2 It is clarified that in addition to that stated above, the wage of officers outside of Israel and additional conditions which were not arranged in this policy, shall be subject to approval of the competent organs in the corporations in which they are employed.

 

13. Ratio between the cost of the terms of the position and employment of an officer and the remainder of the employee’s of the Company

 

The compensation committee and the Board of Directors have examined the ratio between the cost of the terms of the position and the employment of officers, and between the cost of wage of the remaining employees of the Company and of the employees of contractors employed by the Company, and particularly the ratio between the average wage and the median wage of employees are stated, as of the date of approval of this compensation policy, and determined that these ratios are not anticipated to impact the work relationships at the Company, and this taking into account, inter alia, the manner of the activity of the Company and its size and the responsibility that various officers in the Company shall bear and the complexity of their positions.

 

 

4 Including by means of a mechanism for payment of sales commissions.

5 Subject to fulfillment of preconditions and targets and all in accordance with Clause 8 above. 

15

 

 

The following is the ratio as stated correct as of the date of the publication of this compensation policy.

 

Position   Ratio to Average Wage     Ratio to Median Wage  
Chairman of the Board of Directors     1.04       1.42  
CEO     6.30       8.62  
Other officers directly subordinate to the CEO     2.55       3.48  

 

(1) The average and median wage was calculated with regard to Israeli employees only.
(2) The value of the options is determined in accordance with their value on the date of the granting, with regard to options not yet vested, divided by the number of years of maturity.
(3) Grants contingent upon fulfillment of targets have not been taken into account.

 

14. Employment by Means of a Management Company

 

In the event that an officer provides services to the Company (for instance by means of a management company) and is not an employee of the Company, in every instance where this compensation policy refers to base wage and/or salary, the fixed components will be converted into a monthly management fees and the provisions of the compensation policy will apply with regards to the management fees, mutatis mutandis, and provided that there shall be no change in the costs to the Company due to the engagement with the service provider as compared to engagement with him as an employee. The payment to the service provider will be carried out through invoices and will include the base wage and all of the ancillary conditions and benefits (with the exception of refund of expenses). In such instance, the total and final cost to the Company as stated shall stand at the base wage multiplied by 1.33. VAT at law shall be added to the management fees.

 

15. Changes in the terms of the position and employment of an officer subordinate to the CEO

 

A non-material change (up to 5%) in the terms of the position and employment of an officer who is subordinate to the CEO of the Company, shall not require approval by the compensation committee if approved by the CEO and is in line with the compensation policy of the Company, and provided that the CEO shall report thereupon to the chairman and the compensation committee.

 

16. Miscellaneous

 

16.1 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors are responsible for the management of the compensation plan and its implementation and all of the actions required therefor including the authority to interpret the provisions of the compensation policy in any event of doubt with regard to the implementation.

 

16.2 It is emphasized that nothing in that stated in this compensation policy shall prejudice existing agreements and/or binding practices (if any) between the Company and the officers prior to approval of this compensation policy.

 

16

 

 

16.3 In the event of any change in the relevant law which is more lenient than the provisions of this compensation policy, the compensation committee and the Board of Directors shall be entitled to adopt the more lenient provisions of the law, and this without requiring approval of the general assembly of the Company in connection therewith.

 

16.4 The compensation committee and the Board of Directors will examine from time to time the compensation policy and the need for its adjustment in the face of a material change from circumstances which had prevailed when it was determined or for other reasons.

 

 

17

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made on the __ day of ________ 2019 between Brainsway USA INC., a subsidiary of Brainsway LTD. (collectively, “Brainsway” or the “Company”) and Christopher R. von Jako, PhD (“Executive” or the “Executive” or “you”).

 

1. Employment. Subject to the approval of this Agreement by a vote of the Board of Directors of Brainsway LTD. (the “Board”) and the shareholders and to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ Executive and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company commencing on January 1, 2020 or as soon thereafter as is possible under applicable procedures (the “Employment Start Date”). Executive shall be employed on an at-will basis, meaning that either he or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, without prior notice, for any reason or no reason at all. This Agreement is contingent upon the completion of a background check acceptable to the Company and proof of Executive’s eligibility to work in the United States.

 

2. Title and Duties. Executive’s title shall be President and Chief Executive Officer. In that capacity, Executive shall report directly to the Board. During his employment, Executive shall devote his full business time, attention, energy and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, and shall perform the duties and responsibilities (i) as are customary for an officer with this role in a publicly-traded company in the business such as the Company’s, (ii) as may be required by the Company’s policies or procedures, or (iii) as may be directed to you from time to time. Executive understands that the terms and conditions of his employment with the Company are also governed by standard Company policies as may be adopted or amended from time to time. Executive agrees that he shall not engage in or be interested in any capacity in any activity that is contrary to the interest of the Company or that is reasonably deemed by the Company to be harmful to the business, reputation or goodwill of the Company, unless such activity is fully disclosed and approved in writing prior to the undertaking. It is understood that the main offices of the Company are located in Hackensack, New Jersey, and that unless otherwise agreed, Executive will be expected to work in and from such offices during the workweek, except when traveling for the Company to other destinations. This is a material provision of the Agreement.

 

3. Compensation. (a) Base Salary. In consideration of his services, Executive shall be paid a gross base salary of $350,000 annualized, for the first year of active employment. Thereafter, the gross base salary shall be subject to 3% annual increases (or more, at the Board’s discretion if deemed reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances, and in accordance with applicable laws, policies and procedures) for so long as Executive continues his role at the Company. The annual base salary shall be paid in equal installments, less applicable taxes and withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s semi-monthly payroll schedule through Brainsway’s PEO TriNet/ADP. Executive confirms that he has had the opportunity to consult with a tax expert regarding tax liabilities applicable to the payments and other consideration, if any, to which he is entitled under this Agreement. The annual base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Company.

 

 

 

 

(b) Bonus. For each year of active employment, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus in a gross amount equal to up to 6 months of Executive’s then current base salary based on his achievement of the milestones, goals and targets to be agreed each year with the Board, as part of its annual operating plan approval process. The annual operating plan is made each year following discussions with Executive and such other appropriate individuals as deemed appropriate.

 

The exact amount of each annual bonus will be based upon the extent of Executive’s performance and the achievement of the specified individual and/or corporate milestones, goals and targets.

 

Receipt each annual bonus is also contingent upon Executive being employed in good standing at the Company through the end of any calendar year (the “Bonus Eligibility Date”). Executive acknowledges and understands that he will not be eligible to receive any year’s annual bonus payment if his employment with the Company has terminated for any reason prior to the Bonus Eligibility Date for that year.

 

(c) Equity Package. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted

 

a total of 240,000 performance-based restricted stock units(“RSUs”) (i.e. representing 240,000 ordinary shares) to be granted in 4 phases as below, subject to the terms, conditions, and vesting schedules stated herein:

 

a. 60,000 RSUs to be granted on Executive’s Employment Start Date, (“Tranche A”); and

 

b. 60,000 RSUs  granted on March 31, 2021, provided (i) Executive is still employed on such date, and (ii) subject to meeting the following measures: (x) 50% of the grant will be based on achievement of the annual operating plan objectives as agreed with the board for 2020; and (y) 50% of the grant will be contingent on whether the Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta (as defined herein) between Q4 2019 and Q4 2020 is at least 5% higher than the Industry Index Delta (as defined herein) for the same period (“Tranche B”); and

 

c. 60,000 RSUs  granted on March 31, 2022, provided (i) Executive is still employed on such date, and (ii) subject to meeting the following measures: (x) 50% of the grant will be based on achievement of the annual operating plan objectives as agreed with the board for 2021; and (y) 50% of the grant will be contingent on whether the Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta (as defined herein) between Q4 2019 and Q4 2021 is at least 7.5% higher than the Industry Index Delta (as defined herein) for the same period (“Tranche C”); and


2

 

 

d. 60,000 RSUs  granted on March 31, 2023, provided (i) Executive is still employed on such date, and (ii) subject to meeting the following measures: (x) 50% of the grant will be based on achievement of the annual operating plan objectives as agreed with the board for 2022; and (y) 50% of the grant will be contingent on whether the Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta (as defined herein) between Q4 2019 and Q4 2022 is at least 10% higher than the Industry Index Delta (as defined herein) for the same period  (“Tranche D”);

 

For purposes of this Agreement the “Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta” shall be defined as the difference in percentage between the average price of one Brainsway ordinary share in the first relevant quarter (i.e. Q4 2019) and the second relevant quarter (Q4 2020, Q4 2021 or Q4 2022, as the case may be). Thus, if for example, the average Brainsway ordinary share price in Q4 2019 is $5.00 and the average Brainsway ordinary share price in Q4 2021 is $6.00, this would represent a Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta of 20% between Q4 2019 and Q4 2021.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the “Industry Index” shall mean the biopharma index to be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties after signature of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Industry Index Delta” shall be defined as difference in percentage between the average price of one share of the Industry Index in the first relevant quarter (i.e. Q4 2019) and the second relevant quarter (Q4 2020, Q4 2021 or Q4 2022, as the case may be). Thus, if for example, the average Industry Index share price in Q4 2019 is $12.00 and the average Industry Index share price in Q4 2021 is $15.00, this would represent an Industry Index Delta of 25% between Q4 2019 and Q4 2021.

 

In the above scenario, because the Brainsway Ordinary Share Price Delta between Q4 2019 and Q4 2021 (i.e. 20%) is lower than the Industry Index Delta (i.e. 25%), executive would not be entitled to the relevant portion (i.e. 50%) of the RSUs comprising Tranche C. (However, even in this scenario, the remaining 50% of Tranche C could still be granted were Executive to achieve all of the annual operating plan objectives as agreed with the board for 2021. In such case, Tranche C would thus consist of 30,000 RSUs instead of 60,000. )

 

3

 

 

The grant of the equity will be subject to standard terms in the company’s Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan (the Plan”), or its predecessor plan if the Plan is not adopted by the shareholders, and compliance with applicable laws. The RSUs granted in each Tranche will vest over a period of four years beginning on the date upon which the Tranche is granted (each, a “Tranche Commencement Date”), with the first 25% of the tranche vesting on the last date of the 12 month period following the relevant Tranche Commencement Date, and with the remaining 75% of the tranche vesting in 12 equal portions – each upon the last day of every three month period thereafter until the tranche is fully vested, provided that the RSUs in each Tranche will only vest at the designated time if Executive continues to be employed with the Company at the time of each such scheduled vesting. 

 

In the event of the termination or conclusion of Executive’s employment for any reason, except to the extent specifically otherwise stated in this Agreement, any non-vested shares shall be forfeited without consideration effective on the date of the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

(d) All forms of compensation and/or consideration made from Company and/or its affiliates to Executive under this Agreement and/or otherwise resulting from the employment contemplated hereunder are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholdings, taxes and other deductions required by law. Whenever the Company proposes or is required to issue or transfer any form of equity under this Agreement, Company shall have the right to require Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any Federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate(s) for the equity. Alternatively, Company may issue or transfer the equity net of the number of shares sufficient to satisfy the withholding tax requirements. 

 

4. Benefits. Executive shall be eligible for employee benefits on the same basis as those benefits are made available to other senior executives within the Company. Such participation will be subject to the terms of the applicable plans and generally applicable Company policies. Executive will also be eligible to participate in any other benefit plans in place for the Company in accordance with the terms of such plans. To the extent there is a gap between the Employment Start Date and the date upon which coverage under the Company’s health benefits commence, Company will reimburse Executive for his costs associated with continuing with Executive’s previous health benefits plan for the period until the date upon which coverage under the Company’s regular health plan commences.

 

5. Paid Time Off. Executive will be entitled to will be entitled to 24 paid time off (PTO) days per year, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard PTO policies and procedures. The accrual and carrying forward of PTO days may be changed from time to time.

 

4

 

 

6. Expenses. In general, Executive will be expected to book any standard ongoing travel to and from home through the Company and its standard channels and vendors rather than directly. The Company will pay or reimburse Executive for all other reasonable business expenses incurred or paid by Executive in the performance of his duties and responsibilities, subject to any expense policy and compensation policy of the Company, which may change from time to time, and such substantiation and documentation requirements as may be specified by the Company from time to time.

 

7. Termination; Severance: (a) At Will Employment. Your employment with the Company is at-will and for no specified period. As a result, you are free to resign at any time for any reason or no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time effective immediately without notice, for any reason or no reason. Nothing contained herein may be construed to guarantee employment for any length of time or otherwise change the at-will status of your employment. This “at-will” employment relationship shall remain unchanged during your tenure as an employee of the Company, and cannot be changed except in an express written agreement which specifically and unambiguously provides that the employment is no longer at-will, signed by you and by the Company.

 

(b) Termination for Cause or Resignation. In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined herein), or in the event that Executive voluntarily resigns his employment without Good Reason (as defined herein) or his employment otherwise terminates for any reason except by termination by the Company without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, the obligations of the Company shall cease immediately and Executive shall not be entitled to any further payments or benefits of any kind, including any portion of the payments described in paragraph 3 other than earned Base Salary through the date of termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as: (i) Executive’s (a) material failure to perform Executive’s duties or (b) gross negligence in the performance of his duties, provided that in the case of either (a) or (b), the Company shall give written notice to Executive of at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination of the Company’s intent to terminate under this provision, which notice shall set out the ways in which Executive has failed to perform, and Executive shall have failed to cure such failure prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period; (ii) Executive’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or the Company’s policies, or a material breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) Executive’s willful violation of lawful directives from the Company’s Board; (iv) dishonesty, willful misconduct or fraud in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, the performance of his duties, or in any way related to the business of the Company; (v) a reportable violation of banking, securities or commodities laws, rules or regulations; or (vi) conviction or a plea of nolo contendere (or the equivalent) to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude.

 

5

 

 

(c) Termination Without Cause and Resignation for Good Reason. Subject to the compliance of this section with the shareholder-approved compensation plan in effect for the Company, in the event the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or Executive resigns his employment hereunder for Good Reason, he shall be entitled to:

 

1. Severance Payment: a total severance payment of an amount equal to:

 

a. Where such termination occurs before or on the one year anniversary of the Employment Start Date, provided Executive’s compliance with subsection 7(d) below, an aggregate amount, less applicable taxes and withholdings, equal to 50% of the first year’s gross base salary (payable in one lump sum within 30 days of termination), plus the pro-rata portion (as of the termination date) of the annual bonus that would have applied after the Company’s end-of year assessment of whether and to what extent Executive and Company have achieved the milestones, goals and targets set for the year by the Board as part of its annual operating plan approval process, less applicable taxes and withholdings, all subject to compliance with the terms of the Company’s compensation policy. (For the sake of clarity, any such pro-rata bonus will only be paid after the end of year assessment is conducted by the Board.); or

 

b. Where such termination occurs after the one year anniversary of the Employment Start Date, provided Executive’s compliance with subsection 7(d) below, an aggregate amount, less applicable taxes and withholdings, equal to 100% of Executive’s then-current gross base salary (payable in one lump sum within 30 days of termination), plus the pro-rata portion (as of the termination date) of the annual bonus that would have applied after the Company’s end-of year assessment of whether and to what extent Executive and Company have achieved the milestones, goals and targets set for the year by the Board as part of its annual operating plan approval process, less applicable taxes and withholdings, all subject to compliance with the terms of the Company’s compensation policy. (For the sake of clarity, any such pro-rata bonus will only be paid after the end of year assessment is conducted by the Board.)

 

and

 

2. Health Benefits: the option to continue participating in the Company’s group health plan and health benefits, to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq. (commonly known as “COBRA”), with the cost of the regular premium for such benefits shared in the same relative proportion by the Company and you as in effect on the date of termination until the earlier of:

 

a. six months after the Employment Start Date if Executive is terminated before or on the one year anniversary of the Employment Start Date, or one year after the Employment Start Date if Executive is terminated after the one year anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and

 

6

 

 

b. the date Executive and Executive’s dependents become eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise become ineligible for COBRA.

 

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without your prior written consent, any action or inaction by the Company that results in the occurrence of any of the following: (i) a reduction in your Base Salary; (ii) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties without your consent, (iii) discovery of a violation of compliance or regulatory obligations due to no fault of the Executive that the Company has failed to cure upon notice by Executive, and which Executive in good faith believes he cannot continue his employment under such circumstances; or (v) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination shall be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive follows the Good Reason Process. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason Process” shall mean that 1) you reasonably determined in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; 2) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such occurrence, with such notice specifically identifying same as a “Good Reason condition” under this Agreement, 3) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; 4) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and 5) you terminate your employment within 30 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Except as provided in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 7, Executive understands that he shall not be entitled to any further payments or benefits in the event of termination of his employment. Executive agrees that no payment shall be made to him pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 7 unless he executes a release in a form satisfactory to the Company in favor of the Company and all affiliated and related entities and their current and former officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all claims permitted to be released by applicable law.

 

8. Change of Control. In the event that, while Executive is still employed by the Company, a Change of Control (as defined herein) occurs and Executive is notified that his employment will be terminated within six months of such Change of Control, Executive will be entitled to the following:

 

(a) Receipt of the severance benefits set out in Section 7(c)(1) and 7(c)(2), and

 

(b) with respect to any tranche of RSUs granted to Executive by the Company prior to the date of the Change of Control that, as of the date of the Change of Control, have not yet vested and are subject to continued employment, the vesting date of such unvested shares shall be accelerated to the day immediately prior to the Change of Control, and any remaining portion of the RSUs that have not been granted prior to the Change of Control will terminate.

 

7

 

 

Executive’s receipt of the benefits set out in this Section 8 shall be subject to (i) his continued employment and satisfactory performance of his obligations through the termination of his employment by the Company, and (ii) Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release in a form satisfactory to the Company in favor of the Company and all affiliated and related entities and their current and former officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all claims

 

For purposes of this agreement, “Change of Control” means (i) the acquisition following the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, by any Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of securities of the Company representing in excess of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, if such person or his or its affiliate(s) do not own in excess of 50% of such voting power on the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the future disposition by the Company (whether direct or indirect, by sale of assets or stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of all or substantially all of their business and/or assets in one transaction or series of related transactions (other than a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company).

 

9. Treatment Under Code Sections 409A and 280G.

 

(a) In the event that the payments or benefits set forth in this Agreement constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, then the following conditions apply to such payments or benefits:

 

(i) Any termination of Executive’s employment triggering payment of benefits under Section 7 of this Agreement must constitute a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) before distribution of such benefits can commence. To the extent that the termination of Executive’s employment does not constitute a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) (as the result of further services that are reasonably anticipated to be provided by Executive to Company at the time Executive’s employment terminates), any such payments under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be delayed until after the date of a subsequent event constituting a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h). For purposes of clarification, this Section 9(a)(i) shall not cause any forfeiture of benefits on Executive’s part, but shall only act as a delay until such time as a “separation from service” occurs.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision with respect to the timing of payments under Section 7 of this Agreement if, at the time of Executive’s termination, Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” of Company (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), then limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, any payments to which Executive may become entitled under Section 4 which are subject to Section 409A (and not otherwise exempt from its application) shall be withheld until the first (1st) business day of the seventh (7th) month following the termination of Executive’s employment, at which time Executive shall be paid an aggregate amount equal to the accumulated, but unpaid, payments otherwise due to Executive under the terms of Section 4.

 

8

 

 

(b) It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided under Section 7 of this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A. Neither Company nor Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is intended to be interpreted and at all times administered in a manner that avoids the inclusion of compensation in income under Section 409A, or the payment of increased taxes, excise taxes or other penalties under Section 409A. The parties intend this Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Company does not guarantee the tax treatment or tax consequences associated with any payment or benefit arising under this Agreement, including but not limited to consequences related to Section 409A.

 

(d) If any payment or benefit Executive would receive under this Agreement, when combined with any other payment or benefit Executive receives pursuant to a Change of Control (for purposes of this section, a “Payment”) would: (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G the Code; and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be either: (A) the full amount of such Payment; or (B) such lesser amount (with cash payments being reduced before equity compensation) as would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employments taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.

 

10. Representations. Executive represents and warrants that he is not in breach of any agreement requiring him to preserve the confidentiality of any information, client lists, trade secrets or other confidential information or any agreement not to compete or interfere with any prior employer, and that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder will conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any agreement to which Executive is a party or to which he may be subject. Executive further represents that he has not taken and will not take any confidential information from any prior employer and will not use any such information in performing his obligations hereunder but instead will rely on his generalized knowledge and skill in performing his services hereunder.

 

9

 

 

11. Company Property. Executive agrees to deliver promptly on termination of his employment, or at any other time on request by the Company, all property and equipment of the Company of any kind in his possession.

 

12. Confidential Information; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. During the course of Executive’s employment, he will have access to and come into possession of information that is confidential and proprietary to the Company and its related entities and affiliates. As part of the consideration for the benefits and consideration paid to Executive under this Agreement, Executive agrees that he agrees to sign and comply with the CONFIDENTIALITY, INVENTIONS, NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT, attached hereto as Annex A.

 

13. Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees that he will not at any time, during or after his employment, disparage, criticize or ridicule Brainsway or any affiliated or related entity or make any negative public comments either by way of news interviews or the expression of his personal views, opinions or judgments to the media, to current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or to any individuals or entities with whom Brainsway or any affiliated or related entity have or may have a business relationship.

 

14. Return of Materials. Executive agrees to deliver promptly on termination of his employment, or at any other time on request by the Company, all property and equipment of the Company of any kind in his possession including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information, computer equipment, computer disks, identification cards, credit cards, cellular telephones, blackberries, magnetic key cards and the like.

 

15. Governing Law; Forum. This Agreement and your employment with the Company shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Any disputes arising hereunder out of your employment shall be resolved by non-binding mediation in New York City, and if a mutually acceptable resolution cannot be reached, followed by binding arbitration in New York City by a single arbitrator to be chosen according to the Rules of the American Arbitration Association

 

16. Severability. In the event that any provision or term of this Agreement is held to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision or term shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions, which shall remain in full force and effect. If at any time a court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement shall determine that any of the subject matter or duration is unenforceable as drafted in any respect, it shall be reduced and not terminated, as such court or body determines to be reasonable.

 

17. Non-Assignability. Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by him, Executive may not assign his rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

18. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties on the subjects covered here and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only in writing signed by both parties.

 

10

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY:

 

BRAINSWAY LTD. The following signature(s) are made subject to receipt of all necessary approvals (including of the Board of Directors and Shareholders) and satisfaction of all corporate policies and procedures.

 

 
Dr. David Zacut  
   
EXECUTIVE  
   
 
Christopher R. von Jako, PhD  

 

11

 

 

Annex A

 

CONFIDENTIALITY, INVENTIONS NON COMPETITION AND NON SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

 

This Confidentiality, Restrictive Covenant and Inventions Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by you, the undersigned employee and Brainsway USA, Inc. (the “Company”). In consideration of your employment and of the salary, benefits, and other compensation hereafter to be paid to you by or on behalf of the Company, as well as other consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in acknowledging that the Company is employing you in reliance on your full compliance with the Agreement, you promise and agree as follows:

 

A. Confidential Information.

 

1. Definition. During the course of your employment with the Company, you will receive confidential information of and/or be in the possession of confidential information from Brainsway, its parents, subsidiaries, and any affiliated companies (the Company and/or any or all of the above detailed entities shall collectively hereinafter be referred to as “Brainsway), as well as similar information pertaining to Brainsway’s clients or customers, including, but not limited to, customer or client lists, services provided to such customers or clients, sources and leads for obtaining new business, vendors or suppliers, trade secrets, images, slogans, logos, designs, sketches, mock-ups, samples, computer software, operations, systems, services, financial affairs of Brainsway, forms, contracts, agreements, literature or other documents designed, developed or written by, for, with or on behalf of the Company, concepts, ideas, inventions, original works of authorship, discoveries, techniques, copyrights, patents, trademarks, and any and all information and know-how now or in the future, whether or not such confidential information relates to any Work Product (as defined herein) including without limitation, the underlying concept and production methodology of such Work Product (hereinafter, “Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall not include information which is or which comes into the public domain through no fault of yours, or was known to you prior to any affiliation with the Company.

 

2. Exclusive Property. All Confidential Information is, and at all times shall remain, the exclusive property of Brainsway. You recognize and acknowledge that Confidential Information is valuable, special and unique to the business of Brainsway, and that access to and knowledge thereof is essential to the performance of your duties to the Company. During the time that you are an employee of the Company, and at all times thereafter, you will keep secret and will not use or disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity, in any fashion or for any purpose whatsoever, except at the request of or with prior written consent of the Company (or as may be required by applicable law). If you have any questions about whether any information is Confidential Information, as defined in this Agreement, you should consult with the Company before using or disclosing such information. You agree to store and maintain all Confidential Information in a secure place. You further agree that any property situated on Brainsway’s premises and owned by Brainsway, including electronic files and other digital, analog or hard copy storage media, filing cabinets, lockers, desks or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Brainsway personnel at any time with or without notice. At the time of termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, you agree to promptly deliver to the Company (and will not keep in your possession, or otherwise recreate or deliver to anyone else), in whatever medium recorded, any and all Confidential Information and all other documents, materials, information, and property developed or obtained by you pursuant to your employment or otherwise belonging to the Company.

 

12

 

 

B. Intellectual Property.

 

You agree that the Company or any affiliate thereof shall own all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, know-how, improvements, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, that you may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice during your employment, whether or not during regular working hours, provided that they (i) relate at the time of conception or development to the actual or demonstrably proposed business or research and development activities of Brainsway, (ii) result from or relate to any work performed for the Company, or (iii) are developed through the use of confidential information and/or resources of Brainsway or in consultation with any personnel of Brainsway (collectively referred to as “Work Product”). You hereby assign to Brainsway all right, title, and interest in and to any and all Work Product, and agree to Brainsway, at Brainsway’s expense, to further evidence, record, and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. In addition to, and not in contravention of any of, the foregoing, you acknowledge that all original works of authorship that are made by you (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and that are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101). To the extent allowed by law, this includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure, and withdrawal, and any other rights that may be known or referred to as “moral rights.” To the extent you retain any such moral rights under applicable law, you hereby waive such moral rights and consent to any action consistent with the terms of this Agreement with respect to such moral rights, in each case, to the full extent of such applicable law. You agree to confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by Brainsway.

 

C. Restrictions on Activities.

 

1. Competition and Interfering Activities. During your employment with the Company, and for the applicable Restricted Period (as such term is hereinafter defined), you agree that you will neither Compete (as such term is hereinafter defined) with Brainsway nor engage in any Interfering Activities (as such term is hereinafter defined), nor will you take any steps in anticipation of competing with Brainsway or engaging in Interfering Activities. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) “Compete” or “Competing” means to, directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, in any way, whether as an individual proprietor, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, consultant, agent, director, joint venturer, investor, or in any other capacity, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit your name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation, or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages, controls, or is affiliated with any venture or enterprise that, anywhere in the United States, offers or actively plans to offer competing products and services with those offered by Brainsway.

 

13

 

 

(b) “Interfering Activities” means to, directly or indirectly, on behalf of yourself or any other person or entity, in any way (i) solicit, induce, or encourage the resignation of any member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant of Brainsway (ii) solicit, induce or encourage any member, partner, employee, agent or consultant of Brainsway to join or perform services for anyone else, in any capacity, (iii) interfere in any way with the relationship between Brainsway and any of its respective members, partners, employees, agents, or consultants, (iv) hire or attempt to hire or reach any agreement (oral or written) with respect to the prospective hiring of any member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant of Brainsway or any person or entity that was a member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant within the six (6) month period immediately preceding the hire or attempt to hire, (v) interfere, or attempt to interfere, with the relationship between Brainsway and any of its actual or prospective clients or customers, or (vi) solicit, or attempt to solicit, the business of, any actual or prospective client or customer of Brainsway. You further acknowledge that this Section C.1(b)(vi) shall apply to clients or customers you originated or serviced during your employment with the Company, or about whom you are aware of Confidential Information, but only where Brainsway continues to provide services in the geographical area where such client or customer does business. This restriction is meant to protect the Brainsway from losing such clients or customers to you, who by virtue of your employment with the Company, maintained a relationship with the clients and customers, gained knowledge about them, and/or become familiar with the requirements of such clients and customers.

 

(c) “Restricted Period” means (i) with respect to your covenant not to compete, the period commencing on the termination of your employment for any reason and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination, and (ii) with respect to your covenant as to Interfering Activities, the period commencing on the termination of your employment for any reason and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination.

 

2. Tolling of Restricted Periods. If you shall violate any covenant contained herein with a stated duration, the duration of any such covenant so violated shall automatically be extended with respect to you for a period equal to the period during which you shall have been in violation of such covenant.

 

3. Non-Disparagement/No Speaking with the Media. Both during your employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, you agree that, except as required by applicable law or compelled by process of law, you will not, nor will you permit anyone acting on your behalf to disparage or make any critical statement about Brainsway’s products, services, customers or clients, whether to the press, via social media, or to any other third party.

 

4. Notice to Future Employers, Notice to Brainsway of Future Employers. In the event that you leave the employ of the Company for any reason, you hereby agree to notify your new employer of your obligations that are continuing under this Agreement after the termination hereof. To enable Brainsway to monitor your compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, you agree to inform the Company at the time you give notice of your termination of employment, of the identity of your new employer and of your job title and responsibilities, and will continue to so inform the Company, in writing, at any time you change employment during the eighteen (18) months following termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

 

14

 

 

5. Reasonableness of Covenants. You acknowledge and expressly agree that the covenants contained in this Annex A of this Agreement are reasonably necessary to protect valuable business interests of Brainsway, Brainsway’s business, its officers, directors and employees. You represent that your experience, capabilities and circumstances are such that these provisions will not prevent you from earning a livelihood. You further agree that you have received valuable and adequate compensation in exchange for entering into the restrictions set out in this Agreement.

 

D. Enforcement.

 

1. Injunctive Relief. You acknowledge and agree that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate, and therefore, agree that Brainsway shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security, in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting Brainsway from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach.

 

2. Jurisdiction and Governing Law. You agree that any proceeding concerning the enforcement of this Agreement, including an entry of a temporary and/or permanent restraining order which precludes the breach or continuing breach of this Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and you consent to personal jurisdiction therein. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

3. No Waiver. No failure or delay by Brainsway in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof or preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other rights, power or privilege hereunder.

 

4. No Oral Modification. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by a written agreement that has been signed by both you and a director or officer of the Company.

 

5. Blue Penciling and Severability. It is the intention of you and the Company that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws of New York. If any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel determinates that any covenant or provisions of this Agreement is unenforceable or unlawful, that covenant or provision shall not render unenforceable or impair the remaining covenants and provisions of this Agreement. In addition, if any covenant or provision is held to be unenforceable because of the scope, duration or area of its applicability, the court or tribunal making such determination shall have the power to modify such scope, duration or area, or all of them, and such covenant or provision shall then be applicable in such modified form and every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. Successor and Assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successors or assigns, and you shall be bound to any successor or assign of the Company.

 

15

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
BRAINSWAY LTD.  
   
 
Dr. David Zacut  
   
EXECUTIVE  
   
 
Christopher R. von Jako, PhD  

 

 

16

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made on the_24_day of July, 2019 between Brainsway USA, Inc. located at 3 University Plaza Suite 503, Hackensack, NJ 07601 (“Brainsway” or the “Company”) and Mr. Hadar Levy (“Levy”).

 

1. Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ Levy and Levy agrees to be employed by the Company commencing on September 1, 2019 or as soon thereafter as practicable (the “Start Date”). Levy shall be employed on an at-will basis, meaning that either he or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, without prior notice, for any reason or no reason at all, subject to the notice requirements set forth herein. This Agreement is contingent upon the completion of a background check acceptable to the Company and proof of Levy’s eligibility to work in the United States.

 

2. Title and Duties. It is hereby acknowledged that prior to this Agreement, Levy was employed in Israel as Chief Financial Officer of Brainsway LTD (the “Parent”). Following the Start Date, Levy will no longer be employed by Parent and will relocate to the United States to be employed by Parent’s subsidiary, Brainsway USA INC., a wholly separate legal entity. As of the Start Date, Levy shall hold the title and serve in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer as well as Chief Operations Officer. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that as of the Start Date, Levy will be providing the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer services, duties, functions and roles as described herein strictly in his capacity as an employee of Brainsway USA INC., and that this is deemed appropriate, reasonable, prudent and proper in light of the role which Brainsway USA INC. plays in the overall finance and operations of Parent. During his employment, Levy shall devote his full business time, attention, energy and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates, and shall perform the duties and responsibilities (i) as are customary for a Chief Operations Officer & Chief Financial Officer in the business such as the Company’s and its affiliates, (ii) as may be required by the Company’s and its affiliates’ policies or procedures, or (iii) as may be directed to Levy from time to time. Levy understands that the terms and conditions of his employment with the Company are also governed by standard Company policies as may be adopted or amended from time to time. Levy agrees that he shall not engage in or be interested in any capacity in any activity that is contrary to the interest of the Company or that is reasonably deemed by the Company to be harmful to the business, reputation or goodwill of the Company, unless such activity is fully disclosed and approved in writing prior to the undertaking. Levy will relocate his residence to within close proximity of the Company’s principal office in Hackensack, New Jersey. Levy’s primary work location will be from said office and he will travel as necessary to perform services for the Company.

 

3. Parent’s Board-Approved Compensation Plan Governs: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it is hereby understood by all parties that all aspects of compensation set forth in this document are subject to compliance with the Parent’s board-approved compensation plan. To the extent there is any conflict between this document and the Parent’s board-approved compensation plan, the latter shall control and govern. Any change in this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable corporate policies, procedures, approvals and decisions of the Company and the applicable law.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 1

 

4. Base Salary. In consideration of his services, Levy will be paid a base salary at the gross rate of $295,000.00 (Two Hundred Ninety Five Thousand US Dollars), annualized. Levy’s salary will be paid in equal installments, less applicable taxes and withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s semi-monthly payroll schedule through its PEO TriNet/ADP. The annual base salary shall be paid in equal installments, less applicable taxes and withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s semi-monthly payroll schedule through our PEO TriNet/ADP. Levy confirms that he has had the opportunity to consult with a tax expert regarding tax liabilities applicable to the payments and other consideration, if any, to which Levy is entitled under this Agreement. As an exempt employee under applicable US law, Levy will not be entitled to overtime compensation.

 

5. Incentive Compensation. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Parent’s compensation policy and its board decisions, Levy will be eligible to receive an annual incentive compensation payment following each full calendar year of active employment depending on the Company’s assessment of his performance and his satisfaction of an annual mix of corporate/personal goals and milestones to be set by the Company and/or the Parent for each such year (the “Annual Goals”).

 

a. 2019 Incentive Compensation and Annual Goals: For calendar year 2019, Levy will be eligible to receive an annual incentive compensation payment in the amount equivalent to three monthly base salaries provided the Company, in its sole judgment, determines that Levy has satisfied 100% of the Annual Goals that have been set for Levy. Furthermore, in the event the Company determines that Levy has exceeded and overperformed the 2019 Annual Goals, the Company may pay him up to a maximum of three additional monthly base salaries correlating to its assessment of his performance (for a maximum possible total incentive compensation of an amount equal to six monthly salaries).

 

The following is a summary of the 2019 Annual Goals, in accordance with the board-approved decisions regarding 2019 (the “2019 Plan”). The following is subject to the additional terms and conditions in the 2019 Plan, and to the extent there is any inconsistency herein with the 2019 Plan, the 2019 Plan shall prevail.

 

Annual Goals for 2019
Goal       Weight  
Levy’s Personal Goals   Parameter   Sub-Weight        
    Global sales of $22.5 – 27.5 million (i.e. 90-110% of this parameter)     6 %        
    Global operating profit of $1 million (with neutralization of R&D costs)     6 %        
    Average US customer days of credit (i.e. aging) does not exceed 65 days     4 %     50 %
    ERP System assessment by end of 2019     4 %        
    US sales of $20.25 – 24.75 million (i.e. 90-110% of this parameter)     15 %        
    US operating profit of $5 million (after deduction of all US expenses)     15 %        
                     
Corporate-Wide goals   As set by Parent board in 2019 Plan       30 %
               
Overall performance evaluation   In Company’s Judgment and Discretion       20 %
               
Total       100 %

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 2

 

b. Designated Payment Date: The date upon which the Company plans to pay the applicable Incentive Compensation shall be by the date falling two weeks after the financial statements for the relevant calendar year for which the Incentive Compensation is being paid are released to the public (the “Designated Payment Date”).

 

c. Additional Terms and Conditions regarding Incentive Compensation: Incentive compensation is not “earned” in whole or in part until the time of actual payment. Prior to the time of payment, follow-up with customers may be appropriate and payment terms and revenue/profitability may thus still be variable. Therefore, the controlling definition of “earned” incentive compensation under this Plan is when the incentive compensation payments are actually made by the Company. In order to be eligible to receive the applicable incentive compensation, Levy must still be employed by the Company on the relevant Designated Payment Date indicated herein.

 

d. Subsequent Years: The Annual Goals for subsequent years and applicable terms and conditions will be set by the Company and/or the Parent (via its compensation committee and board of directors) in the future and communicated to Levy. The Company will use reasonable efforts to communicate this to Levy by the end of Q1 of each year.

 

6. Options Package. Subject to the terms, conditions, policies, procedures and decisions of the board of directors of Brainsway’s parent company (the “Parent”), Levy will be granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of stock in the Parent (collectively, the “Options”). The grant of the Options is expressly conditioned upon and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the terms and conditions set forth in the Parent’s then-current Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and any stock option agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan, and to Levy’s execution of an option agreement with the Parent. Levy understands that the terms and conditions of the current options plan in place for employees of the Company (which may or may not change, at the Parent’s sole discretion), include that: (A) the Options grant is exercisable on a cashless basis (i.e. upon exercise of the Options, Levy shall not be required the pay the respective exercise price, and such price shall be taken off from the consideration to which Levy shall be entitled); (B) the Options may only be exercised, and will only vest, provided Levy’s continued employment with the Company; (C) the shares granted will vest over a period of four in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Plan; and (D) that the Options’ exercise price shall be 10% above the average closing price of a share of the Parent on the NASDAQ exchange over the ninety (90) day calendar period as specified in the Plan. In the event of the termination of Levy’s employment for any reason, any non-vested Options shall be forfeited without consideration effective on the date of the termination of Levy’s employment.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 3

 

7. One-Time Relocation Grant. Levy will be entitled to a one-time grant in the amount of up to $30,000 (Thirty Thousand Dollars) for expenses incurred by Levy as a result of the relocation of his residence to the United States, subject to compliance with any documentation requests made by the Company and any requirements of the Parent’s compensation policy.

 

8. Benefits. Levy shall be eligible for employee benefits on the same basis as those benefits are made available to other employees of the Company. This includes eligibility to participate in the Company’s employee health benefits plan (i.e. medical, dental and vision) and any other benefit plans as currently offered or as may otherwise be adopted by the Company from time to time and in effect for employees of the Company. Participation will be subject to the terms of the applicable plans and generally applicable Company policies.

 

9. Paid Time Off. Levy will be entitled to paid time off (PTO) 24 days. The accrual and carrying forward of PTO days may be changed from time to time.

 

10. Expenses. The Company will pay or reimburse Levy for all reasonable pre-approved (in writing, in advance, by management) business expenses incurred or paid by Levy in the performance of his job duties and responsibilities, subject to any expense, substantiation and documentation policies and requirements as may be set by the Company from time to time.

 

11. Termination; Severance:

 

a. At Will Employment. Levy’s employment with the Company is at-will and for no specified period. As a result, Levy is free to resign at any time upon 90 days written notice for any reason or no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with Levy at any time upon 90 days written notice, for any reason or no reason. Nothing contained herein may be construed to guarantee employment for any length of time or otherwise change the at-will status of Levy’s employment. This “at-will” employment relationship shall remain unchanged during Levy’s tenure as an employee of the Company, and cannot be changed except in an express written agreement, signed by Levy and by the authorized representative(s) of the Company.

 

i. It is hereby clarified that in order for Company to terminate Levy’s employment in the United States for any reason whatsoever, such decision must be reached by the Chief Executive Officer of the Parent.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 4

 

b. Termination Without Cause. In the event, within the first 24 months of Levy’s Start Date, the Company terminates Levy’s employment with the Company in the United States without Cause:

 

i. If Levy is nonetheless offered by Company to return to Israel and continue working for the Parent with the same or greater base salary to that which was in place prior to this Agreement, and Levy indeed works for the Parent for at least one more year, then Levy shall be entitled to a one-time total severance payment of $60,000.00 (Sixty thousand Dollars);

 

ii. If Levy is not offered to return to Israel and continue working for the Parent with the same or greater base salary to that which was in place prior to this Agreement, Levy shall be entitled to a one-time total severance payment of $120,000.00 (One hundred and twenty thousand Dollars);

 

c. Termination for Cause or Resignation. In the event that the Company terminates Levy’s employment for Cause (as defined herein), or in the event that Levy voluntarily resigns his employment for any reason, or if Levy’s employment relationship with Company and its affiliates otherwise terminates for any reason other than termination by the Company without Cause, then except for (i) Levy’s earned base salary through the date of termination and (ii) the reasonable direct expenses incurred by Levy and the members of his family in order to facilitate their return to Israel as evidenced by receipts to be provided by Levy, the obligations of the Company shall cease upon termination and Levy shall not be entitled to any other payments or benefits of any kind. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as: (i) willful or deliberate failure to perform duties or gross negligence in the performance of duties; (ii) material breach of the terms of this Agreement or the Company’s policies, or a material breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) willful violation of lawful directives from the Company’s or the Parent’s Board of Directors; (iv) dishonesty, willful misconduct or fraud in connection with the business of the Company; (v) a reportable violation of banking, securities or commodities laws, rules or regulations; or (vi) conviction or a plea of nolo contendere (or the equivalent) to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude.

 

d. Release: Levy agrees that no payment shall be made to him pursuant to subsection (b) or (c)(ii) of this section 11 unless he executes a release in a form satisfactory to the Company and its counsel in favor of the Company and all affiliated and related entities and their current and former officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all claims related to his employment or the termination of his employment permitted to be released by applicable law.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 5

 

12. Return of Materials. Levy agrees to deliver promptly on termination of his employment, or at any other time on request by the Company, all property and equipment of the Company of any kind in his possession including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information, computer equipment, computer disks, identification cards, credit cards, cellular telephones, magnetic key cards and the like.

 

13. Confidential Information; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. During the course of Levy’s employment he will have access to and come into possession of information that is confidential and proprietary to the Company and its related entities and affiliates. As part of the consideration for the benefits and consideration paid to Levy under this Agreement, Levy agrees to sign and comply with the CONFIDENTIALITY, INVENTIONS, NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT, attached hereto as Annex A.

 

14. Governing Law; Forum. Except to the extent otherwise specified herein, the laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Offer Letter, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of law. Any disputes arising hereunder out of Levy’s employment shall be resolved by non-binding mediation in New York City, followed by binding arbitration in New York City by a single arbitrator to be chosen according to the Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

 

15. Severability. In the event that any provision or term of this Agreement is held to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision or term shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions, which shall remain in full force and effect. If at any time a court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement shall determine that any of the subject matter or duration is unenforceable as drafted in any respect, it shall be reduced and not terminated, as such court or body determines to be reasonable.

 

16. Non-Assignability. Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by him, Levy may not assign his rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

17. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties on the subjects covered here and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only in writing signed by both parties.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY:

 

     
Levy   BRAINSWAY USA INC.
     
     
Date   Date

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 6

 

Annex A

 

CONFIDENTIALITY, INVENTIONS NON COMPETITION AND NON SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

 

This Confidentiality, Restrictive Covenant and Inventions Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by you, the undersigned employee and Brainsway USA, Inc. (the “Company”). In consideration of your employment and of the salary, benefits, and other compensation hereafter to be paid to you by or on behalf of the Company, as well as other consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in acknowledging that the Company is employing you in reliance on your full compliance with the Agreement, you promise and agree as follows:

 

A. Confidential Information.

 

1. Definition. During the course of your employment with the Company, you will receive confidential information of and/or be in the possession of confidential information from Brainsway, its parents, subsidiaries, and any affiliated companies (the Company and/or any or all of the above detailed entities shall collectively hereinafter be referred to as “Brainsway), as well as similar information pertaining to Brainsway’s clients or customers, including, but not limited to, customer or client lists, services provided to such customers or clients, sources and leads for obtaining new business, vendors or suppliers, trade secrets, images, slogans, logos, designs, sketches, mock-ups, samples, computer software, operations, systems, services, financial affairs of Brainsway, forms, contracts, agreements, literature or other documents designed, developed or written by, for, with or on behalf of the Company, concepts, ideas, inventions, original works of authorship, discoveries, techniques, copyrights, patents, trademarks, and any and all information and know-how now or in the future, whether or not such confidential information relates to any Work Product (as defined herein) including without limitation, the underlying concept and production methodology of such Work Product (hereinafter, “Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall not include information which is or which comes into the public domain through no fault of yours, or was known to you prior to any affiliation with the Company.

 

2. Exclusive Property. All Confidential Information is, and at all times shall remain, the exclusive property of Brainsway. You recognize and acknowledge that Confidential Information is valuable, special and unique to the business of Brainsway, and that access to and knowledge thereof is essential to the performance of your duties to the Company. During the time that Levy is an employee of the Company, and at all times thereafter, you will keep secret and will not use or disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity, in any fashion or for any purpose whatsoever, except at the request of or with prior written consent of the Company (or as may be required by applicable law). If you have any questions about whether any information is Confidential Information, as defined in this Agreement, you should consult with the Company before using or disclosing such information. You agree to store and maintain all Confidential Information in a secure place. You further agree that any property situated on Brainsway’s premises and owned by Brainsway, including electronic files and other digital, analog or hard copy storage media, filing cabinets, lockers, desks or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Brainsway personnel at any time with or without notice. At the time of termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, you agree to promptly deliver to the Company (and will not keep in your possession, or otherwise recreate or deliver to anyone else), in whatever medium recorded, any and all Confidential Information and all other documents, materials, information, and property developed or obtained by you pursuant to your employment or otherwise belonging to the Company.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 7

 

B. Intellectual Property.

 

You agree that the Company or any affiliate thereof shall own all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, know-how, improvements, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, that you may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice during your employment, whether or not during regular working hours, provided that they (i) relate at the time of conception or development to the actual or demonstrably proposed business or research and development activities of Brainsway, (ii) result from or relate to any work performed for the Company, or (iii) are developed through the use of confidential information and/or resources of Brainsway or in consultation with any personnel of Brainsway (collectively referred to as “Work Product”). You hereby assign to Brainsway all right, title, and interest in and to any and all Work Product, and agree to Brainsway, at Brainsway’s expense, to further evidence, record, and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. In addition to, and not in contravention of any of, the foregoing, you acknowledge that all original works of authorship that are made by you (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and that are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101). To the extent allowed by law, this includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure, and withdrawal, and any other rights that may be known or referred to as “moral rights.” To the extent you retain any such moral rights under applicable law, you hereby waive such moral rights and consent to any action consistent with the terms of this Agreement with respect to such moral rights, in each case, to the full extent of such applicable law. You agree to confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by Brainsway.

 

C. Restrictions on Activities.

 

1. Competition and Interfering Activities. During your employment with the Company , and for the applicable Restricted Period (as such term is hereinafter defined), you agree that you will neither Compete (as such term is hereinafter defined) with Brainsway nor engage in any Interfering Activities (as such term is hereinafter defined), nor will you take any steps in anticipation of competing with Brainsway or engaging in Interfering Activities. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) “Compete” or “Competing” means to, directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, in any way, whether as an individual proprietor, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, consultant, agent, director, joint venturer, investor, or in any other capacity, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit your name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation, or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages, controls, or is affiliated with any venture or enterprise that, anywhere in the United States, offers or plans to offer competing products and services with those offered by Brainsway.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 8

 

(b) “Interfering Activities” means to, directly or indirectly, on behalf of yourself or any other person or entity, in any way (i) solicit, induce, or encourage the resignation of any member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant of Brainsway (ii) solicit, induce or encourage any member, partner, employee, agent or consultant of Brainsway to join or perform services for anyone else, in any capacity, (iii) interfere in any way with the relationship between Brainsway and any of its respective members, partners, employees, agents, or consultants, (iv) hire or attempt to hire or reach any agreement (oral or written) with respect to the prospective hiring of any member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant of Brainsway or any person or entity that was a member, partner, employee, agent, or consultant within the six (6) month period immediately preceding the hire or attempt to hire, (v) interfere, or attempt to interfere, with the relationship between Brainsway and any of its actual or prospective clients or customers, or (vi) solicit, or attempt to solicit, the business of, any actual or prospective client or customer of Brainsway. You further acknowledge that this Section C.1(b)(vi) shall apply to clients or customers you originated or serviced during your employment with the Company, or about whom Levy is aware of Confidential Information, but only where Brainsway continues to provide services in the geographical area where such client or customer does business. This restriction is meant to protect the Brainsway from losing such clients or customers to you, who by virtue of your employment with the Company, maintained a relationship with the clients and customers, gained knowledge about them, and/or become familiar with the requirements of such clients and customers.

 

(c) “Restricted Period” means (i) with respect to your covenant not to compete, the period commencing on the termination of your employment for any reason and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination, and (ii) with respect to your covenant as to Interfering Activities, the period commencing on the termination of your employment for any reason and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination.

 

2. Tolling of Restricted Periods. If you shall violate any covenant contained herein with a stated duration, the duration of any such covenant so violated shall automatically be extended with respect to you for a period equal to the period during which you shall have been in violation of such covenant.

 

3. Non-Disparagement/No Speaking with the Media. Both during your employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, you agree that, except as required by applicable law or compelled by process of law, you will not, nor will you permit anyone acting on your behalf to disparage or make any critical statement about Brainsway’s products, services, customers or clients, whether to the press, via social media, or to any other third party.

 

4. Notice to Future Employers, Notice to Brainsway of Future Employers. In the event that you leave the employ of the Company for any reason, you hereby agree to notify your new employer of your obligations that are continuing under this Agreement after the termination hereof. To enable Brainsway to monitor your compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, you agree to inform the Company at the time you give notice of your termination of employment, of the identity of your new employer and of your job title and responsibilities, and will continue to so inform the Company, in writing, at any time you change employment during the eighteen (18) months following termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

 

5. Reasonableness of Covenants. You acknowledge and expressly agree that the covenants contained in this Annex B of this Agreement are reasonably necessary to protect valuable business interests of Brainsway, Brainsway’s business, its officers, directors and employees. You represent that your experience, capabilities and circumstances are such that these provisions will not prevent you from earning a livelihood. You further agree that you have received valuable and adequate compensation in exchange for entering into the restrictions set out in this Agreement.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 9

 

D. Enforcement.

 

1. Injunctive Relief. You acknowledge and agree that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate, and therefore, agree that Brainsway shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security, in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting Brainsway from pursuing any other rights and remedies available for any such breach or threatened breach. You further agree that if suit is successfully brought to enforce this Agreement or to seek damages for its breach or threatened breach, you will pay to Brainsway, in addition to any other damages caused to Brainsway, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Brainsway in seeking such relief.

 

2. Jurisdiction and Governing Law. You agree that any proceeding concerning the enforcement of this Agreement, including an entry of a temporary and/or permanent restraining order which precludes the breach or continuing breach of this Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and you consent to personal jurisdiction therein. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

3. No Waiver. No failure or delay by Brainsway in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof or preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other rights, power or privilege hereunder.

 

4. No Oral Modification. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by a written agreement that has been signed by both you and a director or officer of the Company.

 

5. Blue Penciling and Severability. It is the intention of you and the Company that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws of New York. If any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel determinates that any covenant or provisions of this Agreement is unenforceable or unlawful, that covenant or provision shall not render unenforceable or impair the remaining covenants and provisions of this Agreement. In addition, if any covenant or provision is held to be unenforceable because of the scope, duration or area of its applicability, the court or tribunal making such determination shall have the power to modify such scope, duration or area, or all of them, and such covenant or provision shall then be applicable in such modified form and every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 10

 

6. Successor and Assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successors or assigns, and you shall be bound to any successor or assign of the Company.

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

By:        
  [EMPLOYEE NAME]   Date  

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 11

 

Addendum to Employment Agreement

 

Dated July ____, 2019

 

To: Brainsway USA, Inc. and/or
  Brainsway Ltd.

 

Re: Confirmation of Absence of Employer-Employee Relationship

 

I, the undersigned, Hadar Levy, Israeli I.D. No. 025176884 irrevocably warrant, declare, confirm and undertake towards Brainsway USA, Inc. / Brainsway Ltd. and/or any of their affiliates as follows:

 

a. On July ___, 2019 I signed the Employment Agreement with Brainsway USA, Inc. (the: “Company”), under which I agreed to be employed in the US as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer (the: “Employment Agreement”).

 

b. I acknowledge that the Company is a separate legal entity from Brainsway Ltd. and there does not now exist, nor shall there exist during the course of the provision of my services, an employer-employee relationship between myself and Brainsway Ltd. (the: “Parent”).

 

c. I neither have, nor shall I have in the future, any claim and/or demand and/or contention against Parent in connection with the existence of any employer-employee relationship and/or my entitlement to payment of any kind including but not limited to; salary, compensation, benefits, pension, social security, recreation pay, severance pay and so forth from the Parent.

 

d. I hereby specifically acknowledge that Parent is not responsible for my employment in any way, and any assistance it may render to the Company by way of handling various aspects regarding my relocation is merely in order to facilitate the Company’s execution of the Employment Agreement and shall not constitute any form of contractual relationship between myself and Parent.

 

e. I am aware that due to my engagement with the Company outside of Israel, the consideration paid to me under the Employment Agreement is substantially higher than if I was engaged by Parent, in which event my consideration would be set at 69,888.60 NIS, and in the event of employment by an Israeli company, the aforementioned sum would include all social and other benefits afforded under law, including vacation, recreation, severance pay and pension payments.

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 12

 

f. I agree and accept that my services to the Company, under the Employment Agreement are not governed by Israeli Law, and therefore that I am solely responsible to ensure my pension and/or social security and/or any other right conferred by Israeli Law and the Company and/or anyone on its behalf and/or Parent shall not be liable towards me in any way under any circumstances regarding any such rights or infringement on any of my rights derived from my stay and employment in the US.

 

g. In the event that at any time in the future I or anyone on my behalf shall raise a claim or press charges or suit against the Company and/or anyone on its behalf and/or Parent attempting to assert that the Israeli Law governs my engagement under the Employment Agreement or that there are employer-employee relations between myself and Parent, despite the provisions of the Employment Agreement and my explicit agreement that the laws of the state of New York governs the Employment Agreement, it shall be determined that my consideration/wages shall be set at 54,387.17 NIS and I shall be liable to reimburse the Company for all excess payments made to me including interest and linkage differentials, and the sum stated in this clause shall be considered the complete and total sum of the consideration/wages for the purpose of calculation of all and any of my rights, benefits and payments.

 

h. The provisions of this declaration shall survive termination or expiration of the Employment Agreement for any reason and shall remain in full force and effect at all times thereafter, and I acknowledge that the Company and Parent rely on this declaration.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has affixed his signature hereto on the day and year first set forth above.

 

 
 

 

 

Brainsway USA, Inc. Page 13
 

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Christopher von Jako, certify that:

 

1.       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Brainsway Ltd.;

 

2.       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.       The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)       Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)       Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.       The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 23, 2020

 

/s/ Christopher von Jako  
Christopher von Jako  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Hadar Levy, certify that:

 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Brainsway Ltd.;

 

2.       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.       The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)       Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)       Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.       The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 23, 2020    
     
/s/ Hadar Levy    
Hadar Levy    
Chief Financial Officer    

 

Exhibit 13

 

CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL

OFFICER PURSUAN TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Brainsway Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer's knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
   
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 23, 2020

 

/s/ Christopher von Jako  
Christopher von Jako  
Chief Executive Officer  
   
/s/ Hadar Levy  
Hadar Levy  
Chief Financial Officer  

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

 

 

 

Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

144 Menachem Begin Road, Building A

Tel-Aviv 6492102, Israel

 

 

 

 

Tel: +972-3-6232525

Fax: +972-3-5622555

ey.com

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-230979) of Brainsway Ltd. of our report dated March 22, 2020 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Brainsway Ltd., included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) of Brainsway Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
A member of Ernst & Young Global

 

Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 23, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited